Eleventh Development Plan (2019-2023)

Home , Bilecik, Derince, Erdemli, Gebze, Karasu, Kocaali

DECISION OF THE GRAND NATIONAL ASSEMBLY OF TURKEY

Decision on the approval of the Eleventh Development Plan (2019-2023)

Decision No. 1225 Decision Date: 18 July 2019 The Eleventh Development Plan (2019-2023) was approved in the 105th plenary session of The Grand National Assembly of Turkey on 18.07.2019, in accordance with the provision of the Law No. 3067, dated 30.10.1984. The Eleventh Development Plan (2019-2023) has been prepared in Turkish. This is translation of the original document. CONTENTS

TABLES...... vi ABBREVIATIONS...... viii

CHAPTER ONE 1. INTRODUCTION...... 1 2. GLOBAL DEVELOPMENTS AND TRENDS...... 5 2.1. GLOBAL TRENDS AND INTERACTIONS WITH TURKEY...... 5 2.2. GLOBAL MACROECONOMIC DEVELOPMENTS AND PROSPECTS...... 15 3. PRE-PLAN PERIOD ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL DEVELOPMENTS IN TURKEY...... 19

CHAPTER TWO 1. VISION, MAIN OBJECTIVES AND PRINCPLES OF THE ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN...... 29 2. OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN...... 31 2.1. STABLE AND STRONG ECONOMY...... 31 2.1.1. Macroeconomic Policy Framework...... 33 2.1.2. Domestic Savings...... 39 2.1.3. Balance of Payments...... 40 2.1.4. Inflation and Monetary Policy...... 44 2.1.5. Financial Sector...... 45 2.1.6. Fiscal Policy...... 49 2.1.7. Social Security System and Finance...... 53 2.1.8. Public Enterprises and Privatization...... 54

2.2. COMPETITIVE PRODUCTION AND PRODUCTIVITY...... 57 2.2.1. Industrial Policies...... 61 2.2.1.1. Horizontal Policy Areas...... 61 2.2.1.1.1. Strong Financial Structure...... 61 2.2.1.1.2. High Institutional Capacity...... 64 2.2.1.1.3. Business and Investment Climate...... 67 2.2.1.1.4. Human Resources...... 73 2.2.1.1.5. Logistics and Energy Infrastructure...... 75 2.2.1.1.6. Digital Transformation...... 80 2.2.1.1.7. R&D and Innovation...... 82 2.2.1.1.8. Critical Technologies...... 84 2.2.1.2. Priority Sectors...... 86 2.2.1.2.1. Chemical Industry...... 86 2.2.1.2.2. Pharmaceuticals and Medical Devices...... 87 2.2.1.2.3. Electronics...... 88 2.2.1.2.4. Machinery and Electrical Equipment...... 89 2.2.1.2.5. Automotive...... 91 2.2.1.2.6. Rail System Vehicles...... 92 2.2.1.3. Other Manufacturing Industries...... 94

III CONTENTS

2.2.1.3.1. Textile-Clothing-Leather Industry...... 94 2.2.1.3.2. Non-Metallic Mineral Products Industry...... 94 2.2.1.3.3. Basic Metal Industry...... 94 2.2.1.3.4. Ship-Building Industry...... 94 2.2.1.3.5. Furniture Industry...... 95 2.2.2. Priority Development Areas...... 95 2.2.2.1. Agriculture...... 95 2.2.2.2. Defence Industry...... 101 2.2.2.3. Tourism...... 103 2.2.3. Sectoral Policies...... 106 2.2.3.1. Public Investment Policies...... 106 2.2.3.2. Science, Technology and Innovation...... 109 2.2.3.3. Entrepreneurship and SMEs...... 111 2.2.3.4. Intellectual Property Rights...... 113 2.2.3.5.Information and Communication Technologies...... 117 2.2.3.6. Energy...... 122 2.2.3.7. Mining...... 125 2.2.3.8. Logistics and Transportation...... 127 2.2.3.9. Services for the Promotion of Trade and Consumer Protection...... 131 2.2.3.10. Customs Services...... 132 2.2.3.11. Construction, Engineering-Architectural, Technical Consultancy and Contracting Services...... 135 2.2.3.12. Management Consultancy...... 136

2.3. QUALIFIED PEOPLE, STRONG SOCIETY...... 137 2.3.1. Education...... 138 2.3.2. Employment and Working Life...... 144 2.3.3. Health...... 148 2.3.4. Strengthening the Family...... 152 2.3.5. Woman...... 154 2.3.6. Children...... 156 2.3.7. Youth...... 160 2.3.8. Social Services, Social Assistance and Poverty Reduction...... 164 2.3.9. Culture and Arts...... 168 2.3.10. Sports...... 170 2.3.11. Population and Aging...... 172 2.3.12. External Migration...... 174

2.4. LIVABLE CITIES, SUSTAINABLE ENVIRONMENT...... 174 2.4.1. Regional Development...... 174 2.4.2. Urbanization...... 176 2.4.3. Housing...... 179 2.4.4. Urban Transformation...... 179

IV CONTENTS

2.4.5. Urban Infrastructure...... 181 2.4.6. Rural Development...... 184 2.4.7. Protection of Environment...... 187 2.4.8. Disaster Management...... 189

2.5. RULE OF LAW, DEMOCRATIZATION AND GOOD GOVERNANCE...... 192 2.5.1. Rule of Law and Democratization...... 192 2.5.1.1. Justice Services...... 193 2.5.1.2. Security Services...... 195 2.5.1.3. Civil Society...... 196 2.5.2. Good Governance...... 197 2.5.2.1. Transparency and Accountability, Administrative Structure and Policy Making...... 197 2.5.2.2. Strategic Management in Public Sector...... 199 2.5.2.3. Local Administrations...... 200 2.5.2.4. Human Resources in the Public Sector...... 201 2.5.2.5. e-Government Applications in Public Services...... 202 2.5.2.6. International Cooperation for Development...... 205 2.5.2.6.1. National Capacity for International Cooperation...... 205 2.5.2.6.2. Regional Cooperation...... 207 2.5.2.6.3. Increasing Contribution and Visibility of Turkey in Global Development Agenda...... 210 2.5.2.7. Sustainable Development Goals...... 211

V TABLES

Table 1: Main Global Macroeconomic Indicators of World Economy...... 18 Table 2: Growth and Employment Realizations and Targets...... 37 Table 3: Developments and Targets of Resources of Growth...... 37 Table 4: General Balance of Economy...... 38 Table 5: Domestic Saving Targets...... 40 Table 6: Targets on Balance of Payments...... 43 Table 7: Inflation Forecasts...... 45 Table 8: Targets for Financial Markets...... 49 Table 9: Targets on Public Finance...... 53 Table 10: Targets on the Social Security System...... 54 Table 11: Targets on SOEs...... 56 Table 12: Targets on the Manufacturing Industry...... 60 Table 13: Financial Targets for Manufacturing Industry...... 63 Table 14: Productivity Targets of Manufacturing Industry...... 67 Table 15: Targets of Business and Investment Climate...... 73 Table 16: Logistics Targets...... 80 Table 17: Digital Transformation Targets...... 82 Table 18: Targets in R&D and Innovation...... 84 Table 19: Targets in Agriculture Sector...... 101 Table 20: Targets in Defense Industry...... 103 Table 21: Targets in Tourism Sector...... 106 Table 22: Public Sector Fixed Capital Investment Goals...... 108 Table 23: Science, Technology and Innovation Goals...... 111 Table 24: Entrepreneurship and SME Targets...... 113 Table 25: Targets on Intellectual Property Rights...... 117 Table 26: Information and Communication Technologies Targets...... 122 Table 27: Energy Sector Targets...... 125 Table 28: Mining Sector Targets...... 127 Table 29: Logistics and Transportation Sector Targets...... 130 Table 30: Targets on Trade and Consumer Protection Services...... 132 Table 31: Targets in Customs Services...... 135 Table 32: Technical Consultancy and Contracting Services Targets...... 136 Table 33: Targets in Education...... 144 Table 34: Targets in Employment and Working Life...... 148 Table 35: Health Targets...... 152 Table 36: Targets on Woman...... 156 Table 37: Targets on Youth ...... 162 Table 38: Targets in Social Services, Social Assistance and Poverty Reduction...... 163 Table 39: Targets for Culture and Arts...... 168 Table 40: Targets for Sports...... 170 Table 41: Population Estimates...... 172 Table 42: Regional Development Targets...... 176 Table 43: Targets for Urbanisation...... 178

VI TABLES

Table 44: Housing Targets...... 179 Table 45: Urban Transformation Targets...... 181 Table 46: Urban Infrastructure Targets...... 184 Table 47: Rural Development Targets...... 186 Table 48: Environmental Targets...... 189 Table 49: Disaster Management Targets...... 191 Table 50: e-Government Targets...... 204

VII ABBREVIATIONS

5G Fifth Generation AFAD Disaster and Emergency Management Authority ASDEP Family Social Support Programme BIST Borsa Istanbul Inc. Brexit British Exit (Withdrawal of the UK from the EU) BRSA Banking Regulation and Supervision Agency BSEC Black Sea Economic Cooperation CBRT Central Bank of the Republic of Turkey Cif Cost Insurance and Freight CMB Capital Markets Board CO2 Carbon Dioxide COMCEC Standing Committee for Economic and Commercial Cooperation of the Organization of Islamic Cooperation CPI Consumer Price Index CRA Central Registry Agency Inc. ÇAYKUR Directorate General of Tea Enterprises ÇEMATEM Child and Adolescent Substance Addiction Treatment and Education Centre D-8 Developing Eight Countries DSİ Directorate General of State Hydraulic Works ECB European Central Bank ECO Economic Cooperation Organization ESK Directorate General of Meat and Milk Board EU European Union EXIST Energy Exchange Istanbul Inc. Fed Federal Reserve Fintech Financial Technology Fob Free on Board FSRU Floating Storage and Regasification Unit FTE Full Time Equivalent G20 Group of Twenty GDP Gross Domestic Product HBM Hot Bituminous Mixture HPP Hydroelectric Power Plants ICT Information and Communication Technologies IFK Mortgage Financing Agency IoT Internet of Things IPARD Instrument for Pre-Accession Assistance ISO International Organization for Standardization ITS Intelligent Transport Systems ITU International Telecommunication Union IXP Internet Exchange Point İLBANK Directorate General of İller Bankası Inc. İŞKUR Turkish Employment Organization

VIII ABBREVIATIONS

KEP Registered Electronic Mail KIRDES Metropolitian Municipality Rural Infrastructure Project KOSGEB Small and Medium Enterprises Development Organization of Turkey KÖYDES Village Infrastructure Support Project kWh Kilowatt Hours LDC Least Developed Countries LIBOR London Inter Bank Offered Rate LNG Liquified Natural Gas M2M Machine to Machine Communication MS Market Surveillance MTA Directorate General of Mineral Research and Exploration MW Megawatt NGO Non-Profit Organization NIH National Institutes of Health NPP Nuclear Power Plant OECD Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development OIC Organization of Islamic Cooperation OIZ Organized Industrial Zone OPEC Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries P&D Product Development PED Thousand Tonnes of Equivalent Oil PERBİS Retail Information System PPP Public-Private Partnership PPP Purchasing Power Parity PPS Private Pension System R&D Research and Development RDISP Rural Development Investments Support Programme SDG Sustainable Development Goals SIZ Small Industrial Zone SME Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises SOE State-Owned Enterprise SSI Social Security Institution SSL Secure Sockets Layer SUKAP Water, Sewage and Infrastructure Project TDZ Technology Transfer Office TEİAŞ Directorate General of Turkish Electricity Transmission Corporation TFP Total Factor Productivity TL Turkish Lira TOE Tonne of Oil Equivalent TOKİ Housing Development Administration TPS-OIC Trade Preferential System among the Member States of the Organization of Islamic Cooperation TRNC Turkish Republic of Northern Cyprus

IX ABBREVIATIONS

TSE Turkish Standards Institution TTO Technology Transfer Office TURKPATENT Turkish Patent and Trademark Office TURKSTAT Turkish Statistical Institute TÜBİTAK Scientific and Technological Research Council of Turkey TWh Terawatt Hours UAV Unmanned Aerial Vehicle UN United Nations UNESCO United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization USA United States of America YEKA Renewable Energy Resource Areas YÖK Council of Higher Education

X Chapter One

1. INTRODUCTION

1. Eleventh Development Plan (2019- countries, a global process of re-balancing 2023), the first development plan prepared continues, and new centers of power and under the Presidential Government Sys- attraction are being formed in political and tem, lays down development vision of our economic levels. country with a long-term perspective and will serve as a basic roadmap in meeting the 4. Coupled with political, economic and fi- fundamental values and expectations of our nancial risks growing at the global level, the nation, raising the position of our country rising tensions in the field of trade, grow- in international rankings and improving ing technological competition and uncer- the welfare level of our people. tainties fueled by new protectionist trends lead to continued displacements in areas 2. Designed as the first five-year part of of conflict and alliances, making it difficult a fifteen-year perspective, the Develop- for countries to take firm positions in cer- ment Plan envisages an overall change and tain areas. On the other hand, global pow- breakthrough in all fields, and a resolute er elites tend to manage their development and uninterrupted implementation in the and economic growth processes with a long-term perspective. The plan aims at much more strategic approach, develop key transforming the economic structure, to cooperation initiatives, improve their com- maintain stability and sustainability in the petencies in critical technologies and adopt long-term, while boosting human capital a more planned approach in their economic through a breakthrough in education as preferences. This further increases the need well as technology and innovation capac- for development process planning which ities through a breakthrough in national makes it easier to foresee long term prior- technology. ities. The Eleventh Development Plan will play a guiding role for increasing economic 3. The Development Plan has been pre- and social resources and channeling them pared in an environment where interna- to more productive areas in the medium tional cooperation has been diversified and and long term, by implementing concen- become further complicated, uncertainties tration strategies targeting common goals. have increased, the balance of economic and political powers have been changing 5. The Eleventh Development Plan calls rapidly among developed and developing for an economic and social development

1 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

process that would boost the productivity ers policies to achieve competitiveness and of our country in all fields and help us cre- productivity increase in the economy and ate more value to achieve greater competi- to support the structural transformation tiveness at the international level, through in production as well as the improvement a breakthrough in technology. The Plan in welfare. Under the pillar of “qualified adopts the principles of supremacy of law, human and strong society”, the Plan sets fundamental rights and freedoms protect- out policies to strengthen human capital, ed and enhanced by strong democracy as explicitly implement the inclusive growth the pillars of development efforts, while its approach and scale up welfare across all priority objectives include economic stabil- sections of the society. Under the pillar “Liv- ity and sustainability, improved and more able Cities and Sustainable Environment”, fairly shared welfare and a continued orien- the Plan includes goals and policies aimed tation towards development in the fields of at protecting the environment, improving human, social and spatial development. the quality of living in urban and rural areas and reducing regional development dis- 6. The Development Plan focuses on fa- parities in line with the goal of enhanced cilitating competitiveness and efficiency economic and social benefit. The pillar of increase in all fields. The Plan has five fun- “rule of law, democratization and good gov- damental pillars; namely, stable and strong ernance” covers goals and policies aimed at economy, competitive production and reinforcing the application of the principles productivity, qualified human and strong of rule of law and democratization across society, livable cities and sustainable envi- all institutions and organizations making ronment, and rule of law, democratization up the state, strengthening inclusiveness, and good governance. All these pillars aim transparency and accountability at all levels in public administration. at achieving the ultimate vision of “a stronger and more prosperous Turkey that pro- 8. In the Eleventh Development Plan, duces more value and shares more fairly”. which includes significant steps for funda- Building on this approach, the Plan aims at mental structural transformation targeted boosting domestic production and acceler- in economic and social domains in the me- ating industrialization particularly in prior- dium and long terms, the implementation ity sectors identified in the manufacturing aspect of the Plan has been strongly and industry. In addition to the priority sectors, concretely designed, with policies and mea- agriculture, tourism and defense industry sured envisaged under all pillar, primari- have been established as the priority fields ly including competitive production and of development in the development plan. productivity. In this framework, resource allocation has been prioritized according 7. Under the pillar of “stable and strong to needs and productivity enhancing func- economy”; the Plan lays down a basic tions, and the implementation mechanisms framework and principles governing the and instruments to be used over the five- monetary, fiscal, revenue and foreign trade year Plan period have been set out. policies as well as macroeconomic targets to reinforce these policies. The pillar of “com- 9. The Eleventh Development Plan has petitive production and productivity” cov- been prepared through an inclusive ap-

2 INTRODUCTION

proach involving all sections of the society 11. Given the expedited and effective including ministries and public institutions structure of the executive function under and organizations. In this scope, 75 special- the Presidential Government System, the ized commissions (SC) and working groups Eleventh Development Plan, which lays were set up, bringing together and more down the highest-level policies to be imple- than 3,500 public employees and represen- mented in this framework, will be efficient- tatives from the private sector, NGOs and ly implemented by administrations. In this academia. As part of the consultation pro- framework, the monitoring and evaluation cess on the development priorities of our of progress achieved in the Development country a total of 267 meetings and work- Plan will be carried out through an efficient shops were organized in 81 provinces, with monitoring and evaluation mechanism to the participation of approximately 12,000 be established through the coordination of people at the local level. In addition, com- the Ministry of Treasury and Finance and ments and suggestions were collected from the Presidency of Strategy and Budget, and more than 19,000 people on the priorities monitoring and evaluation results will be of the Plan, through a citizen survey carried reported to the President annually. out via the internet. 12. Public institutions will be responsible 10. The Development Plan offers a set of for developing the sub-policies and mea- policies which will guide all institutions in sures applicable to their respective fields setting priorities for the preparation of oth- of duty, within the framework of the Plan’s er policy documents and strategic plans. In objectives, goals, principles and policies. order to efficiently implement the policies The Plan’s objectives, goals and policies will and measures envisaged in the Plan, the provide the overall framework for the bud- Presidency Program, medium-term pro- get and expenditure processes. grams (MTP), annual programs of the Pres- idency, regional development and sectoral 13. In the time of increased geopolitical strategies, institutional strategic plans will and economic uncertainities and global be prepared on the basis of the Develop- balances of power started to be reshaped, all ment Plan. The Development Plan has par- resources of our country will be channeled ticularly considered the budgetary aspects to the achievement of goals set by this Plan, of all policies and measures to be imple- through a shared understanding, in order to mented, in order to strengthen the linkages address risks and threats, take the available between the Plan and budget. Public insti- opportunities for the benefit of our nation, tutions will set their policies, investment maintain a government understanding that and current expenditures, institutional and values welfare and equally shared prosper- legal arrangements in compliance with the ity above everything and raise our country targets and resources envisaged in the Plan. to the level of contemporary civilizations.

Chapter Two

2. GLOBAL DEVELOPMENTS AND TRENDS

2.1. GLOBAL TRENDS AND dermined confidence in liberal democracy, INTERACTIONS WITH TURKEY more protectionist and inward oriented populist policies have strengthened and in- Increasing Uncertainties and New Quests terventionist policies have taken root.

14. Despite extensive measures taken 16. The searches for power balance con- during the process following the global fi- tinue globally in geopolitical, military and nancial crisis in 2008 a total recovery has economic domains. This search has signif- not yet been achieved in global economy. icant implications on the formulation of The global financial crisis has undermined energy, global trade, international invest- the confidence in the efficient functioning ments, logistics and defense policies. The of liberal market economies, while it has advantages to be offered by accelerated severely affected income distribution. Cou- technological transformation to countries pled with the discontentment caused by the which take initial market making steps go- practices introduced to address the acute ing forward will lead countries to take steps problems caused by the crisis, the income beyond market mechanisms and shape up disparities observed recently among coun- trade wars on technology grounds. tries and population groups has further exacerbated the distrust towards liberal de- 17. During this period, when uncertain- mocracy and institutions. ties have grown and it has become more difficult to communicate policies target- 15. Thegrowing intensity of international ing long-term benefits despite short-term migration and geopolitical tensions have losses, there is a need for a sustainable and fueled xenophobia. Defense expenditures efficiently operating international policy have grown alongside terrorist acts glob- coordination that is based on equality and ally. In this context, coupled with the un- regularity.

5 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

Shifts in Economic Center of Gravity and Changing Technology, Production Struc- Quest for Global Economic Rebalancing ture and Service Delivery Forms

18. The axis of production is shifting from 23. The current organization of global high-income countries to developing coun- economy and the business models that have tries, and these economies including Tur- brought about this organization style are key are expected to get stronger and more under heavy pressure from new products, influential in the fields of global produc- services and business models that have tion, trade, technology and value added in emerged in some major technology areas. the future. 24. Innovations to originate from the use of 19. High-income countries, on the other general purpose technologies such as bio- hand, seek reinforcing their superiorities technology, digital technologies, advanced in innovative production technologies and material technologies and stratified pro- qualified human resources through tech- duction technology are expected to be- nology wars, trade wars and protection- come the primary sources of productivity ist approaches with a view to maintaining gains, through transformation in produc- their leadership in global value chains. tion structure and value chains.

20. The protectionist approach adopted 25. The reduced dependency of cost on by the United States of America (USA) economy of scale in the manufacturing in- and Brexit are expected to negatively af- dustry, due to the development of 3D print- fect global trade and integration. While the ers, the customization of production and USA, European Union (EU) and Japan fo- the transformation of logistic networks in cus on bilateral agreements, China attempts support of the emerging production structure could be the potential trends going for- to expand its global trade network through ward. Belt and Road Initiative. 26. Digitalization is expected to strength- 21. It is foreseen that the trade corridors en in industry as it collects and processes between African and Asian countries will detailed and real-time data from the indus- grow faster than the corridors among de- trial production value chain and thus helps veloped countries and new logistics net- raise productivity. works and regions with transit passages will gain importance. 27. In line with the developments in digital technologies, the services complementing 22. Brexit, the “crisis of values” which has manufacturing will assume greater impor- broken out with the rise of extreme right- tance through the collection and processing ist and xenophobic policies, the weakening of detailed data on production and logistic in transatlantic relations, and accelerated processes and consumer preferences and irregular migration reduce the normative their integration into the whole value chain. power of the EU and make it imperative to re-define its role particularly in security 28. The sharing economy business models, terms. which have become prevalent in areas like

6 GLOBAL DEVELOPMENTS AND TRENDS

transportation and accommodation, are and computational thinking skills for the expected to be applied in a much broader solution of real-life problems through an range of fields during the upcoming period. approach that focuses on natural sciences, technology, engineering and mathematics 29. The information platforms in the fields disciplines in an integrated manner, are such as social media and e-trade are ex- gaining greater importance. pected to be customized and scaled up in sectors like health, finance, manufacturing 34. Learning environments and techniques industry and agriculture with the help of involving mutual teaching and learning in accelerated digitalization. groups and imposing skills of capturing knowledge from different sources outside 30. The developments experienced in tech- school and comparing them, adopting nologies mentioned above will increase the edutainment approaches, and promoting importance of innovative enterprises which self-confidence in decision making are get- can act more flexibly in the global economy ting more popular. relative to the large firms. 35. Innovative learning designs using mo- Cyber Security and Privacy bile technology, enabling students and teachers to rapidly access the information 31. Due to the spread of digital technolo- they demand, are gaining value. gies and their transboundary nature, cyber security has become one of the primary el- 36. The creation of learning environments ements of national defense as cyber threats where workplace and experimental settings and crimes diversify and expand. Therefore, are simulated so that technology can be countries make intensive efforts to put in integrated into education, organization of place the required technical infrastructure, virtual site trips instead of constantly read- institutional capacity, and human capital in ing texts, and learning approaches involv- the field of cyber security. ing media creation rather than follow-up are emerging trends. 32. Countries with large technology firms call for the facilitation of cross-border 37. We are experiencing a shift towards an transfer of digital data, while other coun- entrepreneurial university model where- tries do not permit such transfer or require by universities take active role in the con- certain legal and technical measures to be version of knowledge produced into value taken. More stringent measures are expect- and cooperate closely with the industry and ed to be taken on the protection of privacy public sector. and cross-border data transfers. 38. The lifelong learning approach aimed Evolution of Educational Approaches at acquiring skills required for changing needs in the face of rapid technological de- 33. The education systems which equip velopments is diversifying and expanding students with analytical, critical, creative in all fields.

7 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

Changes in Demographic Structure force while uncertainities over the management of non-qualified and poor population 39. While global population growth rate movements persist. slows down, life expectancy is increasing and the aging trend continues. The rate of Transformation of Economic and Social old-age population is expected to rise to 16 Structures in the Labor Market percent by 2050, from 8 percent in 2015. 45. With the effect of technological changes 40. Economies are slowing down as the la- in today’s and future’s works; labor supply bor force contracts in developed countries with demographic and migration dimen- which heavily experience an aging process sions; employment relations with the effect in demographic transformation, and the of changes in the quality of work; and the growing health and social security expendi- social reconciliation with the distribution tures increase the need for the development and assurance of income is transforming of healthy and active aging policies. on a global scale.

41. In response to the growing old-age pop- 46. The technology-driven transformation ulation, there is a growing need for improv- production methods increase the demand ing elderly care services, enhancing lifelong for qualified labor and reduce the demand learning facilities and helping the elderly for moderate and low-skill jobs subject to adapt to change. automation. The shares of moderate-skill jobs and wages in employment are declin- 42. In developing countries at earlier stag- ing, particularly in developed countries. es of demographic transformation, however, rapid economic development can be 47. The developments in digital technolo- achieved by employing additional labor by gies bring about new occupations and ways increasing productivity, during times when of doing business, and countries are revis- the share of employable population grows, ing their labor legislation to accommodate and thus the importance of education poli- different flexible employment modes. cies for productivity increases. 48. Despite the increase in the level of ed- 43. During the aging process, economic ucation in women, the high rate of female growth and the development of middle class labor in areas such as low-quality, infor- transform markets in terms of qualified job mal and unpaid family labor continues. opportunities and product demand, while Although it varies by country, female labor elevated social expectations increase the force participation is declining. need for a change in management styles. 49. The issue of migration is becoming a 44. International migration is expected to key element of labor supply, and rising lev- flow from less developed countries with els of migration are obscuring the distinc- rapid population growth to rapidly grow- tion among migration receiving, sending ing economies. Selective migrant policies and transit countries. The concentration increase the competition for qualified labor of uncontrolled migrants in low-skill jobs

8 GLOBAL DEVELOPMENTS AND TRENDS

is leading to the deterioration of working sustainability of economic growth and the conditions and causing reactions among efficiency of public policies. host communities. 56. Imbalanced growth and rapid techno- 50. The free movement of the workforce, logical transformation are the most im- which has increased with globalization, will portant reasons behind the rise in income affect the economies in which young pop- inequality. The fact that the increase in the ulations are dense such as South Asia and quality of human capital cannot keep up Africa and cause them to become the main with the rapid technological transforma- source of global workforce in the coming tion affects all segments of the society and years. causes polarization in wages.

51. The economic gains generated through 57. Technological transformation restricts globalization and increased weight of the fi- the employment opportunities and the nancial sector concentrate mostly in a small share of income for low-income individuals group of population, and real wages lag be- with limited skills development. hind efficiency gains in most parts of the world due partly to the weakening of labor 58. As the production structures of compa- market institutions. nies change over time, their labor demand diversifies and capital movements shift to Deterioration in Income Distribution countries with low cost of labor, which lead to a continued fall in wages. 52. The high growth levels recorded by the Asia-Pacific economies including China 59. Increasing capital efficiency due to pro- and India have positively affected the in- gressive technology reduces the attractive- come disparities among countries. ness of cheap labor and causes some of the production to return to technology inten- 53. Domestic income disparities of coun- sive production countries and put pressure tries, however, have been exacerbated by on income distribution in developing coun- the further enrichment of high-income tries. earners and impoverishment of the low-income earners, resulting in deterioration of Reorganization of Health Services in the domestic income distribution. Face of Changing Technologies

54. In developing countries where institu- 60. As health literacy improves and the in- tional capacity, access to technology, levels terest in healthy living styles grows, health of education and efficiency of public poli- services have been evolving towards a focus cies are relatively lower, income disparities on user preferences from a focus on physi- tend to increase when compared with the cians and service providers. developed countries. 61. Biotechnological products and indi- 55. Income inequality affects all segments vidualized medicines are being developed of societies, complicating social cohesion, in line with the development of health sci-

9 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

ences, diversified and massive use of sub- 67. The fact that metropolises and city re- cutaneous chips measuring body values gions attract population and investments and wearable health technologies including poses a risk of deepening the disparities smart watches and wrist bands expected to between regions within the country, partic- be widespread. ularly in fast growing developing countries.

62. Aging population and the increased 68. Environment friendly urbanization ap- proportion weight of non-communicable proach maintains its importance. On the and chronic diseases in the burden of dis- other hand, policies are being developed to ease are changing the needs for healthcare ensure that the efficiency gains and value services, increasing financial burdens and added created by urbanization inclusively making the rational use of medicine and integrate different social sectors into the treatment more important. development process.

63. Health tourism sector is expected to 69. Global economic and political uncer- grow in line with increased access to infor- tainties and the fight over the sharing of en- mation about more attractive countries in ergy and natural resources are triggering vi- terms of price and quality of healthcare ser- olence and terror in cities. This undermines vices and facilitation of transportation. urban life and slow down investments, capital movements and tourist inflows. Rapid Urbanization 70. Failure to adapt the migrant popula- 64. Urban population has been rising glob- tions to urban life may both result in exten- ally and the number and population share sive unemployment and poverty, and cause of metropolises and mega cities are grow- tensions among social sectors, destruction ing significantly particularly in developing of the sense of belonging and confidence, countries. rise in crime rates and spatial distinctions between social groups. 65. By 2050, the share of urban population in world population is expected to reach 70 71. More democratic and inclusive mech- percent, and approach 90 percent among anisms are being developed for the man- the Organization of Economic Cooperation agement of urbanization. The establish- and Development (OECD) countries. ment of local-level participation and citizen oversight together with other supervision 66. City regions that integrate production mechanisms is incentivized alongside the and daily life in metropolises and surround- preparation of urban development plans ing settlements are being developed. Gov- which involve arrangements to enable so- ernance plans which are developed at city cial inclusion, sustainable growth and envi- and region level are gaining importance as ronmental protection. a result of their ability to compete in the global system and to flexibly and effective- 72. In smart cities around the world, smart ly adapt to uncertainties even in countries growth plans, smart card systems for public that have central administration structures. transportation, smart mobility programs

10 GLOBAL DEVELOPMENTS AND TRENDS

such as integrated pricing systems and in- 77. Big data applications play a crucial role formation and communication technol- in improving the decision making and im- ogies (ICT) controlled energy and infra- plementing capacities of the public admin- structure systems are being improved in istration. The data created through mobile order to increase life quality inhabitants applications and social media, in addition and to grow the local economy. to the data produced by the government, allow for the identification and solution of Rapid Socio-Cultural Changes existing and potential problems concerning public services such as health, traffic and 73. The facilities for inter-cultural interac- public order. tion have become much more diverse, faster and inclusive through the introduction 78. While a results-focused understanding of new media instruments. The contents of public administration is strengthening, disseminated through means of mass com- it is getting more common to integrate im- munication that serve the export of culture pact analyses conducted before public ac- lead to changes in the values and habits of tivities and policy-focused reporting evalu- individuals and societies. ating the post-activity status into the public administration system, in addition to the 74. While new communication tools sup- monitoring of activities, goals and policies. port multiculturalism by enabling promotion of local cultures, developing com- Climate Change, Food Safety and Efficient munication facilities increase cultural Use of Water interaction, and the standardizing mass culture accelerated by multinational com- 79. As various global impacts of climate panies strengthens cultural hegemony in change seem to accelerate, the commitment the name of universal culture. and adaptation levels of developed and developing countries under Paris Agreement, Increasing Need for Good Governance which offers a new framework, fall short in achieving the global targets. 75. While the role of the public in social and economic life continues to change, its 80. The increased demand for food, climate regulatory and intervening functions in the change and urbanization weigh on soil global economy are strengthened. and water resources as well as agricultural products and producers, while it gets more 76. For an efficient public administration important to develop plant and animal spe- that can contribute to the development cies compatible with changing climate and of human capital, growth of the industry protect the environment and biodiversity. and establishment of economic security, it Furthermore, the need for skilled labor and is important to put in place principles of technology is growing, so that the demand good governance which make it possible for food can be met with less resource. to transparent, accountable, responsive and rapid decision-making as well as to include 81. While advanced countries are expected citizens in this decision-making process. to sustain their commercial superiorities

11 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

through new-generation applications, de- risks and opportunities relating to technol- veloping countries are struggling to sup- ogy and labor force in Turkey. In the com- port technology-based small agricultural ing period, it is important to make the best enterprises and become competitive in the use of the opportunities and to manage the food supply chain with large scale produc- risks in a way that will be turned in favor of tion. our country.

82. The demand for healthy and organic 85. Turkey has limited capabilities in inno- products produced through good agricul- vative technology development and produc- tural practices is growing, as the trends for tive usage of these technologies compared supplying plain and local products directly to developed countries. In order to ensure to consumers through different marketing the adaptation of our country to technolog- channels get stronger. ical transformation and to increase competitiveness of our country in the Eleventh Interaction of Global Developments with Development Plan period, enriching qual- Turkey ified human resources in priority sectors, increasing the spread of technology to en- 83. Uncertainties and imbalances in the terprises, improving the organization and economic and geopolitical spheres on a innovation capabilities of companies, and global scale feed the direction search and ensuring effective mechanisms for financ- increase the need for effective internation- ing innovation and research and develop- al policy coordination even more. In order ment (R&D) are the priority areas. to create a sound basis for Turkey’s development dynamics; it is essential to take 86. In order to proactively prevent the po- measures against disruptions observed in tential risks to the national security of our the international dimension in the period country, which may arise as a result of tech- after the crisis and be an active and engag- nological advancements, Turkey needs to ing member of constructive international improve her capacity to develop technolo- policy coordination for ensuring peace and gies relating to cyber security and data pri- shared prosperity in the region and in the vacy, address the gaps in the availability of world. qualified human resources, complete her institutional restructuring and keep her le- 84. Our country which has close economic gal infrastructure up-to-date and compliant and commercial relations with the EU and is with evolving technologies. a transit country between Asia and Europe has the advantage in the Middle Corridor, 87. While significant progress has been TEN-T, TRACECA and VIKING corridors. made in the field of education, the achieve- The fact that production axis being orient- ment of the goals established in the Plan ed to the east through the logistic oppor- requires improving the quality of education tunities springing from the change in glob- and raising the labor force equipped with al production and trade channels and the the skills needed for competitive produc- Western countries’ responses with moves tion and productivity, through radical re- like Industry 4.0 bring about important forms in the education system.

12 GLOBAL DEVELOPMENTS AND TRENDS

88. Similar to the trends observed world- cation and spreading on-the-job trainings wide, our country which has a relatively will enable the active working low-skilled young population is facing the issue of ag- workforce to rise to upper income groups. ing population; but the window of opportunity is still open in the demographical 93. The reorganization of tax and social transformation process. The advantages transfer policies in order to develop social offered by the demographic window of op- security networks outside the labor mar- portunity are expected to diminish during ket and education opportunities continues the upcoming period and hence there is a to be an important policy area on behalf of greater need for taking structural measures our country in reducing income inequality. in the fields of health and social security so that the growing needs and demands of the 94. The burden and cost of chronic diseas- old-age population can be met within the es have been growing as population ages existing capacities. in our country, which makes it even more important to increase efficiency in service 89. Our country needs to complete the vo- provision and untap the potential in tech- cational education and institutional struc- nological developments, highlighting the turing compliant with the qualifications potential of our country in the health tour- and ways of doing business required by ism market. technological transformation, and the demographic window of opportunity must 95. While urbanization rate has declined in be used to transform the young labor force our country, urban population continues such that this need can be addressed. rising and the urbanization process continues predominantly with increased popula- 90. Global economic developments pose a tion of big cities and metropolitanization. series of risks to the employability of vulnerable groups in particular. Empowering 96. As internal migration concentrates women and disabled individuals such that particularly in provinces with developing they can meet labor market demands re- economy and external migration increases mains to be an important priority in our and concentrates in certain provinces due country. to instabilities in the neighboring countries, effective policies are needed to address the 91. Facilitating the access of all individuals population distribution and the integration to high-quality education and ensuring that of migrant population with urban life. the required skills are available in the labor market, so that our country can respond to 97. The growth of cities requires environ- the growing need for skilled labor against mental measures to be taken in line with the increase in technology-intensive pro- economic and social development. The duction, will contribute positively to in- assessment of investments and services come distribution in the long term. required for the development of cities in conjunction with economic policies as well 92. Starting from pre-school education, as environmental protection and improve- encouraging secondary and tertiary edu- ment will make it possible to turn this pro-

13 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

cess into an opportunity in terms of pro- of sudden rains, flood and drought. In line duction. with our country’s developing country position, efforts to reduce emissions and to 98. In Turkey, metropolitan model is devel- adapt to climate change have been continu- oping and expanding to ensure efficiency ing. Clarification of opportunities to access in service provision. However, this mod- climate financing for Turkey, that has in- el needs to be further improved to engage tense industrial growth trend, will enable citizens and strengthen coordination with the use of emission reduction opportunities central administration in terms of regional having the lowest marginal cost. and local development, urban planning and service provision. Furthermore, it would be 103. Efforts are growing for sustainable use important to develop mechanisms to foster of soil and water resources, ensuring food coordination between the civil society and safety and keeping agricultural population private sector at the local level on the one in rural areas, increasing rural development hand and the public administrations on the subsidies in our country, ensuring efficient other hand. use of inputs through more common use of technology and knowledge in agriculture, 99. Local authorities are given direction to- diversification of marketing channels and wards the target of becoming a smart city organizing production in a demand-re- by the National Smart Cities Strategy and sponsive manner. Action Plan prepared in Turkey.

100. It would be important to establish strong governance structures and boost the confidence in institutions, to accelerate the development process with a multiplier effect, in achieving the long term goals of our country.

101. In order to boost our competitiveness and protect the interests of our country, it is necessary to support a government structure which is capable of producing effective economic and social policies when necessary, which pursues an understanding of open governance, and which operates effectively, transparently and in a coordinated manner.

102. Due to its geographical location, Tur- key is among the countries that will be affected most from climate change and is already faced with an increased incidence

14 GLOBAL DEVELOPMENTS AND TRENDS

2.2. GLOBAL MACROECONOMIC 109. Economic and political uncertainties DEVELOPMENTS AND around the world adversely affect growth PROSPECTS expectations in many countries. Brexit led downward revisions in growth forecasts for 104. The world economy is losing pace due the UK and many other European coun- to the slowdown in manufacturing industry tries. The Eurozone, which grew by 2.4 output and the reduced international trade percent and 1.8 percent in 2017 and 2018, as aresult of global trade wars. The weak is expected to continue to slow down and outlook for investment, trade, productivi- grow by 1.3 percent in 2019. In the 2019- ty and wage increases, high debt ratios, the 2023 period, the Eurozone is expected to increase in income inequality and the slow- grow by 1.4 percent annually on average. down in China weigh on global economic activity. 110. Some advanced countries, which have supported economic activity in response 105. As a result of these developments, to the global financial crisis, have entered world economy is expected to grow by 3.3 into a monetary normalization process. The percent in 2019, slightly down from 3.6 Fed increased the policy rate nine times be- percent on average during the period 2014- tween December 2015 and June 2019 and 2018. raised the policy rate from near zero to 2.5 percent. As the European Central Bank 106. The rapid fall in commodity prices (ECB) has also started the normalization since mid-2014 and the geopolitical tur- process, the London Interbank Interest Rate moil in the Middle East have made it diffi- (LIBOR) on a global scale has increased cult for oil-exporting countries to break the since 2017. However, uncertainties regard- economic slump and adversely affect world ing the monetary normalization process of growth. the ECB remain. In Japan, where the effect 107. Advanced economies, which grew of expansionary policies on the economy is by 2.1 percent annualy on average in the limited, monetary expansion policy is ex- 2014-2018 period, and emerging markets pected to continue for a while. and developing economies, which annualy grew by 4.6 percent, are expected to grow 111. By the second quarter of 2018, acceler- by 1.8 percent and 4.4 percent, respectively, ation of Fed’s monetary policy normaliza- in 2019 with some loss of momentum. tion process has led to fluctuations in global financial markets. Portfolio flows to emerg- 108. During the period 2019-2023, emerging economies countries weakened as risk ing markets and developing economies are perception deteriorated towards these expected to recover and grow by 4.7 per- economies, causing exchange rate depreci- cent annually on average, as a result of the ation and volatility. While this has helped supportive policies of the central banks of these countries gain competitiveness and developed countries. During this period, improve their current account deficits, it economic activity in developed economies also created pressures on their inflation is expected to continue losing pace, with a rates. forecast growth rate of 1.7 percent.

15 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

112. Recent aggravated concerns over glob- been replaced by a controlled and quality al economy and protectionist trade policies growth approach. The long-term average have interrupted the normalization process growth rate of Chinese economy abefore of monetary policies. Despite positive de- 2011 was around 10 percent, declining to velopments in the labour market, due to the an annual average of 6.9 percent for 2014- fact that growth and inflation remain far 2018 period, and it is expected to further from targets especially in the Eurozone and decline to 5.9 percent in 2019-2023 peri- high level of uncertainty over global trade, od. While this is a significant cause of the a more supportive stance is expected from slowdown in the global economy, China is the central banks of advanced economies. expected to contribute positively to global demand through the One Belt and One 113. Net capital flows to emerging mar- Way Initiative, which is an important devel- kets and developing economies which have opment in terms of international economic started to increase since 2016, have recent- cooperation and integration. ly recorded a modest upward trend as the advavced economy central banks showed a 116. Unemployment rates in advanced more supportive stance than expected and economies, which were 8.1 percent in 2010- the prospects over resolution of trade dis- 2013, decreased to 6.2 percent in 2014-2018 putes. With the expectation that the sup- period with contributions from the growth portive stance in monetary policies will and employment-oriented policies after the continue, capital flows to developing econ- global crisis. The average unemployment omies are expected to be positive and to rate in these economies is expected to be occur predominantly in the form of foreign 5 percent in 2019. It is estimated that the direct investment during the upcoming pe- global unemployment rate will continue riod, albeit below former levels. to be around 5 percent level in 2019-2023 period. Despite the improvement in the 114. Global trade growth which was 5.4 overall unemployment levels converging to percent in 2017 due to increasing invest- the pre-crisis levels, youth unemployment, ments in advanced economies, decreased which constitutes 35 percent of the unem- to 3.8 percent in 2018. Given the trade ten- ployed globally, continues to be a common sions between the US and China, coupled issue. with mutual retaliations, and the weakening investments and output globally, world 117. Although unemployment rates have trade volume is expected to hit lowest levels improved significantly due to the measures during the upcoming period since the glob- in the post-crisis period, labor market pro- al financial levels, with an annual average ductivity has slowed down in many coun- growth rate of 3.8 percent during the peri- tries over the past decade. Weak produc- od 2019-2023. tivity gains lead to low real wage increases. It also leads to limited demand and output 115. In China, with the transition process growth. Going forward, extensive techno- from export-oriented growth model to do- logical advancements particularly includ- mestic demand-driven growth model, the ing digitalization are expected to contribute concept of rapid and strong growth has positively to productivity.

16 GLOBAL DEVELOPMENTS AND TRENDS

118. In the post-crisis period, inflation nificant increase in US oil production and rates in advanced economies was below the stocks, oil prices decreased to 50 dollars by targets and world averages, due to the de- the end of 2018. clines in global energy prices, weak wage increases and economic recession. Con- 122. Since early 2019, oil prices have entered tinuing supportive monetary policy stance to an upward trend due to the cut downs of in advanced economies will eliminate the oil supply by OPEC+ countries and the in- pressure of depreciation on emerging mar- creasing tension between the US and Iran. ket currencies and contribute to the im- Oil prices are expected to be shaped by the provement in inflation levels in the upcom- geopolitical events in the Middle East, the ing period. tension between the US and Iran, the supply levels of the US, OPEC’s production 119. The general government gross debt cuts, global demand and the course of trade stock has risen dramatically recently, es- tensions. pecially in emerging markets and developing economies. High indebtedness levels 123. The global economic outlook for the reduce the effectiveness of fiscal policy in upcoming period has weakened due to both advanced and developing economies. the downside risks. Protective trade policy In emerging markets and developing econ- trends, the loss of momentum in the Chi- omies, the borrowing trend is expected to nese economy, developments regarding continue in the coming period, and the ra- Brexit and the financial fragility created by tio of the general government gross debt the private sector’s high indebtedness will stock to Gross Domestic Product (GDP) is continue to be risk factors. The decline in expected to rise to 58.5 percent by 2023. capital inflows to emerging markets in the event of worsening global financial condi- 120. Rising levels of debt and declining tions is one of the major risks. Trade wars saving rates render economies vulnerable not only affect the short-term but also the to shocks, from the perspective of financial medium and long-term expectations re- and macroeconomic stability, in the me- garding the global economic outlook due dium term, while the trends for sustained to the uncertainty and the postponement of supportive monetary policies of advanced investment-trade decisions. economies turn out to be an opportunity to tolorate these vulnerabilities. 124. In this process, ensuring policy harmonization of countries, balanced imple- 121. Brent type crude oil prices, which test- mentation of fiscal and monetary policies, ed the lowest levels of past 12 years in early giving priority to structural reforms focus- 2016, rose to 86 USD in the global markets ing on saving and productivity increase will because of the supply shortages caused by play an important role in reviving global the developments in Iran and Venezuela in demand and growth and increasing citi- 2018. However, due to the negative expec- zens’ income, welfare and living standards. tations for the global economy and the sig-

17 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

Table 1: Main Global Macroeconomic Indicators of World Economy (Percent) 2014-20181 2019-20231 World GDP Growth 3.6 3.6 Developed Economies 2.1 1.7 Euro Zone 1.9 1.4 USA 2.4 1.8 Japan 1.0 0.6 Emerging Markets and Developing Economies 4.6 4.7 China 6.9 5.9 India 7.6 7.6 Brazil -0.8 2.2 Russia 0.5 1.6 ASEAN-52 5.0 5.2 Middle East and North Africa 2.7 2.6 World Trade Volume 3.6 3.8 World Inflation Rate 3.1 3.5 Developed Economies 1.2 1.9 Emerging Markets and Developing Economies 4.5 4.6 General Government Budget Balance/GDP Developed Economies -2.4 -2.2 Emerging Markets and Developing Economies -4.0 -4.4 General Government Gross Debt Stock/GDP Developed Economies 103.7 102.6 Emerging Markets and Developing Economies 46.0 55.8 World Unemployment Rate3 5.1 5.0 Developed Economies 6.2 4.9 Euro Zone 10.0 7.6 Source: World Economic Outlook, IMF, April 2019. (1) Period average (2) ASEAN-5 countries are Malaysia, Indonesia, the Philippines, Thailand and Vietnam. (3) Global Employment Trends, International Labor Organization (ILO), 2019.

18 Chapter One

3. PRE-PLAN PERIOD ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL DEVELOPMENTS IN TURKEY

125. Turkish economy was affected relative- 128. While the share of industrial and ser- ly mildly from financial crises, oppressing vices sectors in GDP increased year by year global economy starting from second half during the period 2014-2018, the share of of 2008, due to its solid foundations and agriculture sector contracted. The shares of measures timely taken and hence recovered agricultural, industrial and services sectors rapidly as of 2010. in GDP were 5.8 percent, 22.2 percent and 61.5 percent in 2018 respectively. Due to the 126. Despite the fall in tourism revenues leading role of industrial sector in efficien- and slowdown in trade revenues, triggered cy gains, it is very important to sustain its by geopolitical tensions, domestic political rising trend in its share within GDP during developments including the atrocious coup the upcoming period. attempt in 2016 and the negative developments such as the intensified global trade 129. Although its share in the economy has wars in 2018, annual growth rate averaged decreased over time during the Tenth De- 4.9 percent during the Tenth Development velopment Plan period, private consump- Plan period (2014-2018). tion maintained its importance within economic activity, growing by 3.8 percent 127. During this period, the per capita in- annually on average during the period. A come level of our country made a signifi- positive development experienced during cant progress in the process of convergence this period is that the contribution of net with developed countries. Turkey’s per cap- goods and services exports to economic ita income in terms of purchasing power growth has risen significantly, with average parity (PPP), which follows a rising trend for the period reaching 1 percentage point. in general, reached 64.6 percent of EU average in 2018. Per capital national income in 130. While fixed capital investments in- terms of PPP, as defined by OECD, rose to creased by 4.5 percent on average during USD 28,205 from 22,205 in 2013. the subject period, the share of produc-

19 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

tive areas within the investment composi- tives, total employment grew by 3.2 per- tion has relatively contracted as resources cent annually on average during the period have been channeled to sectors not subject 2014–2018. This period also saw a decline to foreign trade, rather than the industri- in the rate of informal employment, par- al sector. In order to boost the economy’s ticularly in non-agricultural sectors, while potential growth rate in the medium and actual working times decreased and mini- long term, our country needs investments mum wage increased significantly. in productive areas, which would raise our country’s position in the hierarchy of global 134. During the Plan period, rising TL-de- value chain. nominated import prices due to the depreciation of TL, high course of food pric- 131. During the period 2014-2018, all es and deterioration in pricing behavior sub-components of expenditure side con- caused inflation to remain above the target. tributed positively to GDP growth. While Throughout the period, Central Bank of consumption contributed by 3 percentage the Republic of Turkey (CBRT) tightened points to the average growth rate of 4.9 per- monetary policy stance in order to limit cent, fixed capital investments had a con- the deterioration of inflation expectations. tribution of 1.3 percentage point and net While medium term inflation was expected goods and services exports by 1 percentage to stabilize at single-digit levels in the Tenth point. Going forward, ensuring a more bal- Development Plan, Consumer Price Index anced growth composition and raising the (CPI) growth rate was realized as 10.4 per- contribution of net goods and services ex- cent annually on average. ports would be important in terms of the quality of growth. 135. The political developments in our close region, the fluctuating course of the EU 132. Productivity gains maintain their im- economy and the domestic developments portance for a sustainable growth structure. which negatively affected economic activi- During the Tenth development Plan period, ty during the Plan period have resulted in capital stock contributed to growth by 57.2, the slowdown of exports relative to previ- employment by 39.9 percent, whereas total ous periods. Despite the negative develop- factor productivity (TFP) contributed by ments, our country’s exports, amounting to only 3 percent. This low level of TFP con- 167.9 billion USD in 2018, managed to in- tribution to growth was due to the negative crease its global share, which demonstrates domestic and external conditions prevalent the competitiveness of real sector as well as during the Plan period. its strong and resilient structure. The declining trend of imports and foreign trade 133. The unemployment rate, which was 9 deficit over the Plan period, combined percent in 2013, rose to 11 percent in 2018 with the recovery in tourism sector, which due to the strong increases in labor force is more pronounced particularly recently, participation rates particularly for female have contributed positively to the current population, as well as increases in working accounts balance, with the rate of current age population. With the effect of labor accounts deficit to national income falling market programs and employment incen- to 3.5 percent in 2018.

20 PRE-PLAN PERIOD ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL DEVELOPMENTS IN TURKEY

136. Fiscal policy tightened in 2014-2015 ly compliant with all Basel standards. With period has been used effectively in 2016 the help of macro-prudential measures and 2017 to mitigate the effects of econom- and Credit Guarantee Fund (KGF) over ic and political uncertainties, unfavorable the period 2014-2018, the financial system geopolitical developments and July 15 mili- supported economic growth. During this tary coup attempt on the domestic econom- period, alternative products could not be ic activity. Within the scope of this fiscal developed sufficiently despite the efforts framework, beginning from the last quarter to diversify products and services, and de- of 2016, macro prudential measures such as posits continued to be the largest funding tax easing, postponement of social securi- source. ty premium collection and facilitating the access of enterprises to financial resources 138. Various reform arrangements were were applied to support domestic demand implemented to improve the business envi- and to enhance economic recovery. As the ronment and progress was achieved in this economy entered into a rebalancing pro- field over the Tenth Development Plan pe- cess since the middle of 2018, fiscal poli- riod. In the World Bank’s Doing Business cies which prioritized fiscal discipline in index, our country climbed to the 43rd place the public sector and support price stability out of 190 countries in 2018, up from the became prominent. In the previous Devel- 51st place out of 189 countries in 2014. opment Plan period, general government balance excluding privatization revenues 139. Manufacturing industry production and interest expenditures run 0.6 percent grew by 5.3 percent annually on average surplus on average as of GDP. The share over the period 2014-2018. Our country of EU-defined general government debt ranked 13th in the World and 5th in Europe stock in GDP, which is well below devel- in terms of total value added production in oped and developing country averages and the manufacturing industry in 2018. De- Maastricht criteria, has been 30.4 percent velopment and dissemination of advanced in 2018. technology production remains to be a key structural issue. The share of high-technol- 137. Within the framework of the estab- ogy sectors in manufacturing industry ex- lishment of continued economic stability ports rose to 3.2 percent in 2018 from 3.1 and sustainability in order to facilitate ac- percent in 2013, while the share of medi- cess to finance, activities were carried out um-high technology sectors rose to 34.6 to diversify products and services and de- percent from 31.5 percent. Thus, the share velop interest-free finance system over the of medium-high and high technology sec- Tenth Development Plan period. As part tors rose to 39.6 percent from 34.6 percent of its evaluation dated December 2016, the between 2013 and 2018. The share of these European Commission acknowledged that sectors in world trade is around 60 percent. the regulatory and supervisory framework for the banking sector was equivalent with 140. Progress has been achieved in promot- the EU legislation. Furthermore, the review ing R&D and innovation activities over the completed by Basel Banking Supervision course of Tenth Development Plan period, Committee in 2016 found our country ful- and the share of R&D expenditures in GDP

21 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

reached 0.96 percent in 2017, up from 0.82 infrastructure was improved to respond to percent in 2013. During this period, R&D the growing demand, projects were imple- and innovation subsidy programs were mented to facilitate customs procedures diversified, the amount of private sector and efficient anti-smuggling actions were R&D expenditures and number of research taken. Overall, it is important to expand staff have increased, and Law No. 6550 on the share and exports of high value added Supporting Research Infrastructure was areas in the services sector and to scale up enacted in 2014 with a view to scaling up the use of ICT. and streamlining research infrastructures. However, there is still a need to promote 142. Turkish economy is still weigh heavi- information and technology transfer and ly on small and medium-sized enterprises entrepreneurship and commercialization (SME). As of 2017, there are approximately activities which would transform R&D re- 3.09 million SMEs in Turkey and 99.8 per- sults into economic and social benefit. cent of total enterprises, 74.2 percent of employment, 54.1 percent of value added, 56.2 141. Significant developments have been percent of exports, 19.6 percent of R&D recorded in the services sector which plays expenditures are composed of SMEs. In a key role in improving the competitiveness December 2018, SMEs used 26 percent of of the economy and which has a share of bank loans. In terms of increasing compet- 61.5 percent in GDP as of 2018. Construc- itiveness in the economy, improving inno- tion sector grew by 4.48 percent on average vation and entrepreneurship and creating during the period 2014-2018. The sector’s employment, the need to increase produc- share in total employment reached 6.9 per- tivity and the need for growth and institu- cent, accounting for 1,992,000 people as tionalization of SMEs continues. of end-2018, up from 1,768,000 in 2013. Tourism sector saw fluctuations during the 143. During the Tenth Development Plan period 2014-2018, and the growth trend period, various studies were carried out in since early 2000s reached the peak level order to ensure structural transformation in 2014, but a contraction was recorded in in the agricultural sector, including diversi- 2015 and 2016 due to domestic and exter- fication of agricultural supports, food safe- nal developments. However, the recovery ty, sustainable use of soil and water resourc- process which started in 2017 gained a sig- es, development of R&D, modernization of nificant impetus in 2018, when the number agricultural enterprises, plant and animal of foreign visitors amounted to 39.5 million health and breeding. In the land consolida- and tourism revenues to 29.5 billion USD. tion studies, the target of 8 million hectares During the Plan period, wholesale and re- of plan period has been achieved and the tail trade developed significantly, while registration process of the aggregated areas electronic trade also flourished and raised is continuing. In order to improve the irri- its share in retail market to 4.5 percent. gation infrastructure, investments acceler- In the customs services sector, due to the ated and a net irrigation area of 487 thou- developments in foreign trade and trav- sand hectares was opened during the plan el demand, total number of declarations period. processed grew by 19 percent, the physical

22 PRE-PLAN PERIOD ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL DEVELOPMENTS IN TURKEY

144. Taking advantage of the geostrategic Studies have been undertaken for prepar- position of our country between producing an inventory and certificating our min- tion and consumption regions, efforts were eral reserves in harmony with international made to make our country a key regional standards, as well as archiving the geologi- actor in the energy sector. On the other cal data produced by the public and private hand, our country is among the top coun- sectors during the mineral exploration, tries in terms of energy demand due to her research and production activities so that developing economy. While our primary they can be reused later. Oil and natural gas energy consumption grew by 6.4 percent exploration activities were started in the on average during the period 2014-2017, seas, including the licensed fields of Turk- electrical energy demand grew by 3.9 per- ish Republic of Northern Cyprus (TRNC). cent on average over the period 2014-2018. In this scope, in addition to the seismic re- As a result of the liberalization process in search vessel purchased by Turkish Petro- the electricity market, the share of private leum Corporation in 2012, two advanced sector in electricity generation reached 85 drilling vessels were procured in 2017 and percent. The share of renewable energy re- 2018, and another seismic research vessel, sources in total electricity generation rose built using domestic resources to a large to 32.5 percent in 2018 from 28.9 percent extent was engaged. In order to promote in 2013, while the share of electricity gen- global scale and highly-competitive mining erated from indigenous coal resources rose companies, legal arrangements were put to 14.9 percent from 12.6 percent over the in to force to allow Directorate General of same period. In 2017, auctions for Renew- Mineral Research and Exploration (MTA) able Energy Resource Areas (YEKA) based to commit exploration and research activi- on wind and solar energy, with a total capac- ties abroad and establish companies for this ity of 2.000 MW, were completed in order purpose. to efficiently and effectively use renewable energy resources and promote domestic 146. During the Plan period, the logistic production of equipment used in genera- and transportation infrastructure were im- tion facilities. In order to strengthen securi- proved and activities were carried out to ty of energy supply measures were taken to interconnect domestic and overseas pro- support renewable energy generation, use duction and consumption centers and in- of indigenous coal resources for electricity tegrate various modes of transportation. generation and expand natural gas under- 3,591 km long divided highways including ground storage capacity. The foundations motorways, 325 km long high-speed rail- of Akkuyu Nuclear Power Plant were laid ways, three new airports including Istanbul in 2018, and studies were conducted for the Airport and 249 km long urban rail system construction of new nuclear power plants. lines for public transport were completed. In addition, activities were carried out for 145. As a result of significant exploration the infrastructure of Filyos Port, one of the activities for lignite coal, which has a signif- three main ports planned. As of end-2018, icant share in mining activities, the proven progress rate has reached 43 percent for lignite reserve increased to 18.9 billion tons electrical railways and 45 percent for lines as of 2018, from 14.1 billion tons in 2013. with signaling system, and significant elec-

23 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

trification and signaling work is underway. Istanbul Airport, 8 city hospitals. There is Although the geometrical and physical still a need to address PPP projects within standards of highways have been improved, an integrated framework, streamline pro- there is still a need for improving highway cesses such that they will be compliant with traffic safety. The dominant position of macroeconomic policies and improve insti- highways among transport modes persists tutional capacity. in passenger and cargo transportation, and it is necessary to focus on cargo transpor- 148. During the Plan period, significant tation and railway mode in transportation progress has been achieved in terms of investments. The integration, efficiency widespread use of ICT by enterprises, cit- and predictability of transportation system, izens and institutions. In this context, the particularly the improvement of customs use of communication services, especially services, could not reach the desired levels broadband access, has increased; the num- and Turkey’s position in Logistic Perfor- ber of broadband subscribers, which was mance Index has worsened. In this scope, 42.5 percent in 2013, raised to 90.8 percent there is still a need to reduce logistic costs, in 2018. In the same period, the total fiber improve manufacturing industry and trade, cable length in the telecommunication in- develop combined transportation practices frastructure of our country increased from and raise the shares of railway and maritime 227 thousand km to 355 thousand km. In transportation in order to strengthen the this period, ICT sector has grown in real competitiveness of our country, and estab- terms and information technology exports lish a fast, flexible, safe, reliable, predictable have increased significantly. Besides, num- and integrated logistics and transportation ber of innovative enterprises, especially in system. the field of e-commerce and digital gam- ing, has risen. On the other hand, although 147. During the term of Tenth Develop- there is intense competition based on in- ment Plan, total public fixed capital invest- frastructure in mobile services in the elec- ments amounted to 4.2 percent of GDP. tronic communication sector, the same de- Furthermore, Public-Private Partnership velopment has not been achieved in fixed (PPP) Model has been applied in many infrastructure and the need to develop in- sectors, primarily including transporta- frastructure based competition in this field tion and health sectors. While 190 PPP continues. Qualified employees in informa- contracts with contract value of 120 billion tion technologies and effective policies that dollars and total investment cost of 51 bil- enable companies operating in the software lion dollars (in 2019 prices) were signed as sector to expand into foreign markets are of end-2013, the number of contracts rose still needed. to 2421 as of end-2018, and total investment cost and contract value amounted to 149. During the term of Tenth Develop- 64 billion dollars and 140 billion dollars, ment Plan, significant progress has been respectively. Major projects implemented achieved in raising the quality of basic pub- through the PPP model during the period lic services such as health and education 2014-2018 included Yavuz Sultan Selim and making them more extensive and more Bridge, Eurasia Tunnel, Osmangazi Bridge, easily accessible. Effective policies have

24 PRE-PLAN PERIOD ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL DEVELOPMENTS IN TURKEY

been developed to strengthen the vulner- 151. The policies pursued in the field of able groups of the population, and a more health during the Tenth Development inclusive social security system and more Plan period have expanded the coverage of efficient and extensive social assistance and healthcare services and improved quality. services system have been created. Policies The physical and human resources infra- implemented have eradicated absolute pov- structure for healthcare services has been erty and reduced relative poverty. improved and the efficiency of preventive and therapeutic health services has been 150. During the term of Tenth Develop- increased. In this direction, the number of ment Plan, human and physical infra- patient beds per teen thousand people rose structure have been improved in the field to 27.9 in 2018, from 26.4 in 2013, the num- of education, number of teachers has been ber of physicians per one hundred thou- increased, enrollment rates have been in- sand people rose to 186 from 174, infant creased in all levels of education, particular- mortality rate per one thousand live births ly for girls and disadvantaged students, and declined to 9.1 from 10.1 and maternal the number of students per classroom have mortality rate per one hundred thousand been reduced significantly. The number of live birth declined to 14.6 from 15.9 during provinces where the number of students the same period. The new Plan aims at im- per classroom is higher than 30 declined to proving further the quality of healthcare 6 in 2018, from 15 in 2013. Moreover, edu- services and ensuring financial viability. cational subsidies were maintained in order to increase the share of private education. 152. The social policies implemented Despite the progress achieved in access to during the Plan period have been effective education in all levels, it is still important to in improving the participation of all seg- increase access to preschool education and ments of society in economic and social reduce dropouts in secondary education. life and strengthening pragile segments of Over the course of the Plan period, signifi- the population. In consequence of the de- cant progress has been achieved in meeting velopments in the labor market, there has the access and infrastructure needs of tertia- been significant increase in employment. ry education, and Higher Education Qual- On the other hand, labor force participa- ity Board has been established as an organ tion was higher than this increase, resulting that is administratively and financially au- in an increase in the unemployment rate. tonomous. As a result of the efforts for in- The need of strengthening the physical and ternationalization in higher education, the human infrastructure in the labor market number of international students in Turkey and improving the quality of service pro- climbed to 148 thousand in 2018, from 73 vision remain important. In other respects, thousand in 2015. However, there is still a important regulations have been made to need for setting higher education quotas by strengthen women in society and to en- taking into consideration supply and de- sure equal opportunities for women and mand balance and education-employment men. Turkey, as a country with a high pop- linkages, for enhancing the international ulation of children and young people, has competitiveness of higher education system prioritized policies aimed at ensuring child and strengthening accountability. wellbeing and supporting young people to

25 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

become equipped and productive genera- more than 750,000 were given the status of tions. Based on active aging understanding, metropolitan municipality, covering all ter- care models aimed at the interaction of the ritories within provincial boundaries, and elders with the social environment have thus the areas of authority of metropolitan been developed. Social services offered to municipalities have been expanded, which disabled people have been diversified and increased the rate of population living in expanded; and policies for the participation metropolitan municipalities to 93.8 per- of disabled people in education, social life cent. The Law aimed at serving rural settle- and labor market have continued. ments with the possibilities of metropolitan municipalities. However, there is still a need 153. Through the humanitarian and emer- for expanding the service provision capac- gency assistance offered to the population ities of metropolitan municipalities and under international protection and tempo- reviewing their overlapping powers and rary protection, these groups are allowed to responsibilities with district municipalities. benefit from public services such as education and health. In this framework, a total 156. In our country, policies that take en- of 180 migrant health centers were estab- vironmental problems into consideration lished in 29 provinces, and 5 million vac- have been carried out within the framework cinations were applied during the period of sustainable development principles. In 2014- 2019. Furthermore, 61.7 percent of this context, efforts were made to improve the school-age children in the population the institutional structure, legislation and under temporary protection was allowed standards in the field of environment. In access to education as of 2018. order to minimize losses caused by disasters, efforts were made to improve the insti- 154. With the transition to the Presidential tutional structure and response capabilities. Government System, the multi-headings in Urban transformation practices have been the decision-making processes of the ex- continued and decreasing trend in housing ecutive were eliminated. The Presidential deficit has been sustained. During the Plan decrees aiming at the systematic and holistic design of the structural and functional period, the Housing Development Admin- transformation of public administration istration (TOKI) produced 239 thousand have been published in a way to comply houses, 89 percent of which was social hous- with the requirements of the new governing. The quality of life has been improved ment system. In this context, while the cen- through urban infrastructure investments, tral organization of the Presidency focused particularly drinking water, wastewater and on policy and strategy development, moni- solid waste services, and efforts to increase toring and evaluation in order to realize cit- accessibility in urban transportation have izen-oriented, efficient and effective public continued. service delivery, the ministries were shaped in a more executive and functional struc- 157. Turkey is among the countries that will ture. be affected most from climate change, due to her geographical position, and is there- 155. Through Law No. 6360 enacted in fore contributing to the efforts to combat 2012, the provinces with a population of climate change with an understanding that

26 PRE-PLAN PERIOD ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL DEVELOPMENTS IN TURKEY

observes the realities facing our country. in terms of ODA/GDP ratio. Humanitarian In line with the developing country status aid accounts for 86 percent of the develop- of our country, Turkey is pursuing a poli- ment assistance provided by our country in cy aimed at promoting green growth and 2018. According to the humanitarian aid limiting the rising trend of emissions, while data for 2018, Turkey provided 7.4 billion efforts for adaptation to climate change re- USD worth humanitarian aid in 2018. In main important. this scope, Disaster and Emergency Man- agement Authority (AFAD) and Turkish 158. During the Tenth Development Plan Red Crescent, acting as global actors in this period, regional development plans were field, provided assistance in response to put into practice, attraction centres pro- natural and man-induced disasters in 138 gram was implemented and comprehen- different countries during the past 10 years. sive financial and technical supports were In the light of all these developments, the provided by development agencies that need for new planning, implementation, contribute to the competitiveness of the coordination, monitoring and evaluation regions. Furthermore, rural development instruments has increased as the volume policies continued to be implemented in and coverage of development ads expand- line with the determined strategies and ac- ed. tion plans. In this context, the Village In- frastructure Support Project (KÖYDES) 160. During the term of Tenth Develop- and the Water, Sewerage and Infrastructure ment Plan, the activities of Standing Com- Project (SUKAP) and the Social Support mittee for Economic and Commercial Program for the priority provinces for so- Cooperation (COMCEC) within the Or- cial development were implemented. ganization of Islamic Cooperation (OIC) gained significant impetus; the types and 159. The Official Development Assistance volume of its operations expanded substan- (ODA) provided by Turkey to developing tially and significant steps have been taken countries increased consistently over the to make COMCEC a more efficient plat- period of Tenth Development Plan and form of development, dialogue and policy reached 8.6 billion USD according to the development among the member states. In preliminary data for 2018. Turkey’s rate of this scope, priorities in areas of cooperation ODA to GDP rose to 1.1 percent accord- have been identified and instruments for ing to the preliminary data for 2018, from the development of cooperation have been 0.4 percent in 2013. This rate makes Tur- defined (Working Groups and COMCEC key one of the seven countries that have Project Finance). Our country hosted the achieved the 0.7 percent target set by the Organization of Islamic Cooperation (OIC) United Nations (UN) for the ODA/GDP Exchanges Forum, COMCEC Capital Mar- ratio of countries, as one of the sustainable ket Regulators Forum, OIC/COMCEC development goals. Based on the prelim- private Sector Tourism Forum and OIC/ inary data, Turkey ranks sixth among the COMCEC central Banks Forum. member states of OECD Development As- sistance Committee (DAC) in terms of the 161. Within the context of Turkey’s policy total ODA amount in 2018, and ranks first to make Istanbul a regional center for the

27 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

United Nations, many UN organizations tanbul International Center for Private Sec- were attracted to Istanbul, including UN tor in Development, among others. In June Development Program’s Europe and Com- 2018, UN Technology Bank for Least De- monwealth of Independent States Regional veloped Countries (LDC) was established service Center, UN Population Fund’s Cen- in our country. Our country has played a tral Asia and Eastern Europe Regional Of- key role in voicing the problems of develop- fice, UN Women Europe and Central Asia ing countries in particular on platforms like Office and UN Development Program’s Is- the UN, OECD and G20.

28 Chapter Two

1. VISION, MAIN OBJECTIVES AND PRINCPLES OF THE ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN

162. The Eleventh Development Plan pres- tion and industrialization process will be ents a long-term perspective based on the speeded up, efficiency levels will be raised vision of “stronger and more prosperous in all fields, domestic savings and produc- Turkey that produces more value added tive investments will be scaled up; and pro- and shares more fairly”. duction investments will be converted into export-oriented, innovative and less im- 163. Within the framework of this vision, port-dependent structure. the Plan’s long-term development objective is to raise the international position of our 165. Our basic objectives include achiev- country and welfare levels of our people, ing economic welfare, whereby our citizens building on the fundamental values and can maintain a happy, healthy and safe life, expectations of our nation. The Eleventh their fundamental rights and freedoms are Development Plan aims at raising Turkey safeguarded a fair and fast-running justice to the level of high-income countries and system, as well as providing citizen-centric countries with highest levels of human de- and easily accessible public services based velopment. To this effect, the Plan aims at on equal opportunities, through highly pre- raising GDP to 1,080 billion USD, per cap- dictable public policies. ita income to 12,484 USD; exports to 226.6 billion USD, reducing unemployment rate 166. It is essential to create an environment to 9.9 percent and inflation toconsistent- where individuals can produce and gen- ly low and single-digit figures by the year erate income through a human-focused 2023. development understanding, can develop skills to adapt to new knowledge and tech- 164. In this framework, the Plan envisages nologies and can participate more actively a stable and sustainable economic growth in socio-economic life; as well as to offer and raising the competitiveness and wel- better job opportunities and living environ- fare levels of our country. With the strong ments in urban and rural areas in line with support of the government and leading role the goal of expanding the coverage of social of the private sector, the capital accumula- welfare.

29 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

167. By making best use of the demo- nity will be strengthened and maintained graphic window of opportunity, the level through active diplomacy, and effective of individual and social qualifications and policies will continue to be produced for competencies will be raised, and inter-gen- the solution of global and regional prob- erational fairness and viability will be ob- lems. served in social security regulations and in the use of natural resources. 169. Over the Plan period, through a human centric, participatory, inclusive, account- 168. During the term of the Eleventh De- able, transparent and efficient approach, it velopment Plan, the achievements of our will be ensured that the objectives and goals country in economic and social fields will set out in the Plan are bought in by all sec- be utilized at the maximum level and the tions of the society and fundamental steps position of our country in becoming a pres- are taken to achieve the Plan’s vision. tigious member of international commu-

30 Chapter Two

2. OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

2.1. STABLE AND STRONG ments will be ensured in the allocation of ECONOMY public investments.

170. The objectives of the Eleventh Devel- 173. Political stability, macroeconomic sta- opment Plan have been determined within bility, the rule of law, democratization and the framework of an export-oriented stable strong business and investment environ- growth model that focuses on productivity ment will constitute the most important and leading role of the industrial sector. driving factors in achieving the Plan objectives thus the confidence and stability envi- 171. During the Plan period, the harmoni- ronment will increase investment, produc- zation between monetary, fiscal and reve- tion, employment and exports. nue policies will be strengthened by providing strong policy coordination in economic 174. Those groups of the working age popu- administration. In addition, the business lation which are outside the labor force will and investment environment will be fur- be included in the labor force. The compe- ther developed, the elimination of market tencies of the labor force and their harmo- imperfections and the development of rule ny with the business environment will be based perfect competitive market will be improved with better quality education and supported. disseminated vocational and focused training opportunities. 172. In order to ensure technological transformation in industry, especially in the pri- 175. In the first two years of the Plan pe- ority sectors underlined in the Plan period riod, arebalancing period for economic and to increase the value added that will activity is expected. Thanks to important enable the establishment of a more produc- steps taken, growth is expected to accel- tive and competitive economic structure, erate in the next three years and reach a enhancement of physical and human cap- high and sustainable level. In this context, ital that will motivate private sector invest- it is targeted that the growth rate will be

31 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

4.3 percent annually on average in the Plan sidering the national rights and interests of period and at the end of the Plan period, our country; bilateral, regional, multiple, income per capita is expected to reach USD multilateral trade and economic relations 12,484 and income per capita in terms of and cooperation will be improved and PPP (purchasing power parity) is expected share of our country in world trade will to exceed USD 37,000. It is foreseen that 4.3 be increased in line with growth targets. million new jobs will be generated during A significant improvement in the quality the Plan period and the unemployment rate of financing of the current account will be will decrease to 9.9 percent at the end of the achieved with the effect of technology trans- period. fer provided foreign direct investments.

176. Under the defined growth model, it is 178. In the Plan period, with the policies important that the investment channeled and measures to be implemented, exports to productive areas are stable and substan- are expected to reach 226.6 billion dollars tial. The Plan aims at increasing the level and imports to 293.5 billion dollars and of domestic savings, which constitute the with the targeted increase in tourism rev- most reliable funding source of these in- enues, the ratio of current account deficit vestments, with a target of raising the rate to GDP is expected to realize 0.9 percent at of domestic savings to national income be- the end of the period. yond 30 percent by the end of plan period. Rising the level of domestic savings will 179. The policy framework based on price contribute to reducing current accounts stability and financial stability in monetary deficit and making Turkish economy more policy will continue and inflation will con- resilient to potential shocks. In addition to verge gradually to the 5 percent target un raising the level of public savings, house- der the strengthened policy coordination. holds and companies will be encouraged Accordingly, while the floating exchange to gain greater awareness and tendency rate regime is maintained, all available in- of saving, with incentives for longer-term struments will continue to be used decisive- savings, and policies will be implemented ly in order to ensure the price stability for to channel savings to investments in more reaching the target. productive fields of the economy. 180. In line with the growth targets envis- 177. On the basis of policies that increase aged to be achieved in the Plan period, it competitiveness and productivity, the solid is aimed that the financial markets will be foundations of export-oriented transfor- able to meet the financing needs of the real mation that will enable more exports with a sector at low cost and to provide different production structure that is less dependent financial instruments. In this period, when on imports will be revealed. The current ac- structural transformation is aimed in the count deficit will be significantly reduced industry, it is essential that both financial with the contribution of tourism revenues markets be effective in the implementation increase as well as exports that will increase of the policies put forward and that our by supporting sectors with competitive po- country will progress decisively towards tential and high foreign trade deficit. Con- becoming a global financial center. In this

32 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

context, capital markets will be developed, objectives of increasing productivity in the financial technology ecosystem will be economy and improving public fiscal bal- strengthened and the weight of interest-free ances. finance within the sector will be increased. 2.1.1. Macroeconomic Policy 181. The public fiscal discipline will be Framework maintained in a way that will support the quality growth path that does not generate 184. In the Eleventh Development Plan, an inflation and the expenditure policy will be export-oriented stable growth model is en- implemented in a way that will utmost affect visaged that focuses on productivity, where the plan targets. In this context, program industrial sector plays a leading role. budget system will be implemented and expenditure reviews will bemade. Revisions 185. Strengthening and maintaining of a will be made to strengthen tax justice and rule based and functioning free market broaden the tax base, and own revenues of economy will play an active role in the de- local government will be increased. At the velopment of competitive production infra- end of the Plan period, public sector bor- structure. rowing requirement, general government deficit and the central government budget 186. The regulatory and supervisory role of deficit ratio to GDP are targeted to be 1.7, the government will be strengthened and 1.8, and 2 percent, respectively. independent regulatory and supervisory agencies in the markets will continue to op- 182. In order to strengthen the financial erate to ensure the effectiveness of the mar- sustainability of the social security system ket within the framework of predictability by taking into account the actuarial bal- and transparency. ance; the population covered in the system will be expanded by increasing the formal 187. Efforts to facilitate market entry and employment, the pressure of the pension exit, eliminate market failures and strength- and health expenditures on public finance ening the fully competitive market will be will be kept under control by increasing of continued with determination. premium collections and the social security 188. Physical and social capital which is system will be ensured to operate in an effi- needed in the allocation of public invest- cient and fair structure. ments and which motivates private sector investments will be increased. 183. Public enterprises will continue to operate in accordance with the principles of 189. The business and investment environ- profitability, efficiency and corporate gov- ment will be further improved through the ernance. In this framework, public enter- establishment of macroeconomic stability, prises will determine their prices and tariffs improvement of investment processes and on a commercial basis, increase product encouraging productive investments. optimization and productivity, and develop R&D and innovation activities. Privatiza- 190. In addition to improving the invest- tion practices will continue in line with the ment environment, different support mech-

33 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

anisms will be implemented to increase pri- 197. CBRT will continue to maintain to vate sector investments. price stability and oversee financial stability. While the floating exchange rate regime 191. Foreign direct investments will be at- is maintained, all available instrument will tracted especially to the industrial sector continue to be used decisively to ensure the and the share of green-field investments price stability required by the target set. will be increased. 198. The fiscal policy framework will be 192. While focusing on efforts to attract sustained on fiscal discipline with an ap- foreign direct investment, the principle of proach supporting qualified growth, and free of movement of capital will continue to with expenditure policy based on sustain- be applied. Accordingly, the share of quali- ability, efficiency and productivity in the fied and long-term resources in the financ- use of resources. ing of the current account deficit will be increased. 199. The borrowing policy will be carried out on the basis of strategic criteria based 193. The privatization will continue to re- on financing at the best possible cost in the duce the share of the state in production medium and long term within a reasonable that does not involvepublic benefit, and the risk level considering domestic and foreign activities of existing state-owned enterpris- market conditions and cost factors. es (SOEs) will be maintained in an efficient and productivity-based manner that will 200. Efficiency will be taken as a basis in not have a distorting effect on the market. public expenditures as well as saving, focus will be given to rationalization of invest- 194. Coordination and harmony will be es- ment and current expenditures, and ex- sential in economic administration. While tending the tax base will be one of the basic ensuring strong coordination among pol- tools to increase sustainable and healthy icies, thanks to effective decision-making income. mechanisms, the continuity of macroeconomic stability will be ensured by keeping 201. The fiscal gains achieved from public in mind the harmony between monetary, finance will be used to support stable and fiscal and incomes policies. strong growth.

195. Medium and long-term effects will be 202. Governance processes of SOEs and taken into consideration in the implemen- local administrations will be improved and tation of macro-prudential policy imple- fiscal implementations will be controlled mentations. within the framework of sustainability.

196. When taking basic transformation de- 203. Expenditure responsibilities will be cisions, particular attention will be paid to clarified in line with the general fiscal poli- ensuring social consensus with the partic- cies of administrations. ipation of public, private sector, non-governmental organizations (NGOs) and all 204. A balanced risk sharing with the pri- other stakeholders. vate sector will be observed in PPP trans-

34 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

actions taking into consideration budgetary areas, observing the relationship between obligations as well. education and employment, increasing the qualifications of the labor force, encourag- 205. New instruments will be created to ining the participation of women in the labor crease the domestic savings in order to fi- force, and equipping the youth with the nance stable and strong growth and these professional skills needed in the labor mar- resources will be directed to competitive ket are among the main priorities. areas in a balanced and effective manner. Priority sectors will be highlighted in the 211. The steps to be taken to make the labor public resource allocation and public sup- market flexible through practices that are in ports will be re-evaluated in a way to en- favor of wage-earners and employers will courage institutionalization, scale-up and both increase participation in labor force technological innovation. and contribute to growth by making the matching mechanisms between jobs and 206. Physical, human and technological in- job seekers more efficient. frastructure will be strengthened in order to achieve technological transformation in 212. Working conditions will be improved the industry, especially the priority sectors to encourage labor force participation, pro- identified for the Plan period, and to in- ductivity gains, formal-employment, job crease the added value that will enable the quality and vocational education. Employ- establishment of a more efficient and com- ment growth and quality job opportunities petitive economic structure. will be main tools for fighting poverty and ensuring improvement in income distribu- 207. A holistic approach will be adopted in tion. which the services and agricultural sectors supporting the industrial sector are com- 213. Arrangements to improve flexibility mon to the overall productivity gains. in the labor market, expanded child-care services and education opportunities and 208. With the policies that increase com- employment oriented policies will support petitiveness and productivity, export-ori- the labor market competencies of women ented transformation will be realized which and will support their more intensive par- ensures more exports with lower import ticipation into working life. Participation of dependency in foreign trade. women in the labor market at higher rates and with better jobs will boost household 209. The diversity and quality of tourism incomes and directly will contribute to services will be improved so that the con- savings, thereby enable more financing re- tribution of tourism sector to the economy sources for investments. can be increased substantially. 214. As a result of the policies focusing on 210. Human resources will be one of the productivity and competitiveness, the real main elements of the stable growth process GDP growth is targeted to be 4.3 percent envisaged in the Plan period. Directing of annually on average. Following the rebal- the labor force in the productive sectors and ancing period envisaged for the first year of

35 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

the Plan period, it is expected that the pro- manufacturing industry and the steps to duction level will converge to the potential be taken for the development of techno- and the growth rates will move upwards logical capacity, the industrial sector is ex- with our potential as a result of productiv- pected to grow by 5.7 percent annually on ity gains. average, coupled with a significant change in the sectoral composition of production, 215. By the end of the Plan period, the cur- raising the share of industry in GDP to 24.2 rent GDP is expected to reach 1,080 billion percent. It is expected that the agriculture dollars per capita income is envisaged to sector to grow 3.1 percent annually on aver- reach 12,484 USD, exceeding the high in- age and its share in GDP to decrease to 5.4 come threshold. Per capita income in terms and the share of services sector in GDP to of PPP is expected to reach 69.5 percent be 60.1 percent. of the EU average and OECD defined per capita income in terms of PPP will exceed 219. In the industrial sector, through the 37,000 dollars. adoption of a production model that adapts to the transformation in global trade, that is 216. During the Plan period, 4.3 million technology intensive and has high domestic additional jobs are envisaged to be creat- innovation capacity, together with expected ed, with an annual average rate of increase growth in tourism revenues, net goods and of 2.8 percent. Building on the economic services exports are anticipated to contrib- growth to be achieved, rapid employment ute more to growth, by an additional 1.1 growth and increased participation of point on average over the Plan period. women in the labor market through policies to be implemented towards the labor 220. At the center of productivity and inno- market will raise labor force participation vation, fixed capital investments is expected rate to an estimated 56.4 percent level. In to grow at a rate of 5.3 percent annually on line with these developments, unemploy- average in the Plan period. Private sector ment rate is envisaged to fall to 9.9 percent investments are expected to contribute sig- by the end of the Plan period. nificantly to this growth in investments It is predicted that the share of private fixed 217. It is aimed that the targeted growth capital investments in GDP to reach 26.8 to be realized in a balanced path, in terms percent at the end of the Plan period with of both production and expenditure com- a 1.7 percent increase annually on average. ponents. It is expected that contribution of TFP to growth to increase within sources 221. Within the framework of the steps of production, while the contribution of towards increasing technological capacity, investments and net exports to accelerate strengthening institutional capacity and relatively within demand components and developing human capital, TFP is expected the share of industrial value added in GDP to increase by 0.3 percent annually on aver- to rise. age in the Plan period and its contribution to growth is expected to reach 13.9 percent 218. Through improvement of competi- at the end of the period. tiveness and productivity by focusing on

36 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

Table 2: Growth and Employment Realizations and Targets 2018 2023 Main Indicators GDP (2009=100 Chain Linked Volume Index, Billion TL) 1,737 2,142 GDP (Current, Billion TL) 3,701 7,453 GDP (Current, Billion Dollars) 784 1,080 Population (Mid-year, Mil. Persons) 81.4 86.5 GDP Per Capita (Current, Dollars) 9,632 12,484 GDP Per Capita (PPP, Dollars) 28,205 37,423 Sectoral Distribution of Value Added (ratio to current GDP, Percent) Agriculture 5.8 5.4 Industry 22.2 24.2 Services 61.5 60.1 Labor Market Labor Force Participation Rate (%) 53.2 56.4 Labor Force (Million People) 32.3 36.7 Employment (Million People) 28.7 33.0 Employment Rate (%) 47.4 50.8 Unemployment Rate (%) 11.0 9.9 Source: 2023 figures are estimates of the Eleventh Development Plan.

Table 3: Developments and Targets of Resources of Growth 2014-20181 2019-20231 Growth (%) 4.9 4.3 Growth of Production Factors (%) Capital Stock 2 7.3 5.9 Employment 3.2 2.8 TFP 0.1 0.3 Source: 2019-2023 figures are estimates of the Eleventh Development Plan. (1) Refers to period average (2) Adjusted with capacity utilization rate

37 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

Table 4: General Balance of Economy (Current Prices, as a share of GDP, Percent) 2018 2023 TOTAL CONSUMPTION 72.0 68.5 Public 10.7 9.6 Private 61.3 58.9 TOTAL INVESTMENT 29.2 31.2 Public 4.5 4.4 Private 24.7 26.8 FIXED CAPITAL INVESTMENT 29.7 31.2 Public 4.6 4.4 Private 25.1 26.8 CHANGE IN STOCK -0.5 0.1 Public -0.1 0.0 Private -0.4 0.0 TOTAL DOMESTIC DEMAND (TOTAL SOURCES) 101.2 99.8 Net Goods and Services Export -1.2 0.2 Goods and Services Export 29.6 30.8 Goods and Services Import 30.8 30.5 GROSS DOMESTIC PRODUCT (GDP) 100.0 100.0 Net Factor Income + Net Current -1.6 -1.3 Transfers from Abroad 0.1 0.1 GROSS NATIONAL DISPOSABLE INCOME (GNDI) 98.5 98.8 PUBLIC DISPOSABLE INCOME 12.5 12.0 Public Consumption 10.7 9.6 Public Saving 1.8 2.4 Public Investment 4.5 4.4 Public Saving-Investment Gap -2.7 -2.1 PRIVATE DISPOSABLE INCOME 86.0 86.8 Private Consumption 61.3 58.9 Private Saving 24.7 27.9 Private Investment 24.7 26.8 Private Saving-Investment Gap 0.1 1.1 Total Domestic Saving 26.5 30.3 Source: 2018 figures reflect calculations of the Presidency of Strategy and Budget, whereas 2023 numbers indicate Eleventh Development Plan estimates. Note: Figures are rounded to single decimal digit. Total values may differ from the sum of sub-components.

38 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

2.1.2. Domestic Savings 223.4. It will be ensured that complementary pension institutions based on sector, a. Objective branch of activity or occupation will be developed and expanded in line with best 222. The main objective is to increase do- practices. mestic savings during the Plan period and to direct increased savings to the financing 224. Corporate savings and their efficient of investments in priority sectors in manu- use in priority sectors will be increased by facturing industry and productive areas. additional tax incentives. b. Policies and Measures 224.1. Cash capital increases of the companies in the priority sectors will be encour- 223. In order to strengthen the tendency to aged by additional tax regulations. make long-term savings and increase the pension income of individuals, participa- 225. By reducing the attractiveness of un- tion in systems other than the public pen- productive investments through tax and sion system will be encouraged; the private macro prudential arrangements, savings pension system (PPS) will be improved to will be directed to investments in produc- increase number of participants, duration tive areas. of the stay in the system and amount of funds. 225.1. Regulations and practices regarding taxation and credit utilization in second 223.1. The current state subsidies in the and subsequent housing purchases will be PPS will be differentiated by age to make reviewed. long-term savings attractive to the young population. 225.2. Legislation and implementation on taxation of value increases arising from re- 223.2. In order to prevent the exit of PPS zoning will be strengthened. participants due to their short-term cash needs, individuals will be given the oppor- 226. Efforts will continue to attract the re- tunity to withdraw some of their savings sources outside the financial system into without leaving the system due to needs the system by diversifying instruments. such as health, marriage, education and property ownership. 226.1. Special incentives will be maintained and new incentives will be designed to at- 223.3. Automatic enrollment in private tract under-the-mattress savings to the fi- pension system will be re-arranged such nancial system. that the duration of stay in the system and fund amounts will be improved and it will 227. In order to increase household sav- be integrated with the severance pay fund ings, behavior of saving before spending to be established on the basis of individual instead of spending by borrowing will be accounts. supported.

39 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

227.1. For spending items such as durable 228.1. Financial literacy will be increased consumer goods, education and holidays, especially for SMEs in order to increase special savings accounts will be created for corporate savings. each expenditure item group in banks and tax incentives will be applied for the related 228.2. Financial training activities carried purchases using these savings. out by public institutions, especially the Capital Markets Board (CMB), will be ex- 228. By increasing financial literacy, aware- panded and educational support will be ness of households and firms to make sav- provided to households on basic finance ings and the level of knowledge about fi- concepts. nancial instruments to which savings will be directed will be increased. 228.3. Guidance and regulation will be provided in order to make banking services be more easily understood by consumers.

Table 5: Domestic Saving Targets 2018 2023 Rate of Domestic Savings (% of GDP) 26.5 30.3 Public Sector Savings Rate (% of GDP) 1.8 2.4 Private Sector Savings Rate (% of GDP) 24.7 27.9 Number of PPS Participants (Million People)1 11.6 15.2

, Amount of PPS Funds (Billion TL)1 2 96.3 296 Source: Data for 2018 belongs to Strategy and Budget Presidency and EGM. Data for 2023 are estimates of the Eleventh Development Plan. (1) Total of voluntary and automatic participation systems. Year-end values. (2) At Prices of 2018

2.1.3. Balance of Payments b. Policies and Measures a. Objective 230. The medium-term export route map of Turkey will be prepared. 229. The main objective is to significantly improve the balance of payments with the 230.1. The Export Master Plan will be pre- contribution of foreign direct investments pared and put into practice with a target that provide technology transfer ensuring market and target product-oriented ap- sustainable export growth by supporting proach, which supports the integration of priority sectors and development areas with our companies into the value-added stages strong employment and international com- of the global value chains and aims for sus- petitive potential, reducing dependence on tainable export growth. imports, as well as reducing current account deficit with increasing tourism revenues. 231. The value-added and competitiveness of the exported goods and services will be

40 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

increased by supporting the design, prod- 232.3. Support mechanisms will be devel- uct development (R&D) and branding ac- oped for companies exporting in the field tivities of our companies. of halal products.

231.1. Market penetration action plans 233. Competitiveness of domestic produc- will be implemented for exporters, market tion to reduce import dependency will be penetration barriers will be monitored and increased. solutions to overcome these barriers will be supported. 233.1. Support will be provided to local firms that produce goods and services for 231.2. Training and consulting services will exporters. be developed through projects to support the companies preparing for export activ- 233.2. The visibility and awareness of do- ities. mestic goods will be increased by encouraging domestic consumption. 231.3. Within the scope of export supports for enterprises, institutional capacity for 233.3. The protection of domestic produc- design and branding activities will be im- tion will be ensured within the framework proved; fair participation, office and store of our international obligations against the opening, branding and Turquality support damages and threats caused by imports on will be continued. domestic production.

231.4. The legislation covering export sup- 233.4. Internationalization of national in- ports will be activated at regular intervals stitutions will be ensured in the certifica- as a result of impact analyzes, and new sup- tion of production standardization of Turk- port tools will be developed while the sup- ish export products. ports that do not meet the conditions of the day are terminated. 233.5. By conducting commercial quality audits effectively, the quality image of agri- 232. Efforts will be increased for our coun- cultural products in export markets will be try to gain more shares in the global halal preserved and it will be ensured that they product market growing increasingly. meet international quality standards.

232.1. Necessary support will be provided 234. The necessary infrastructure will be for the Institute of Standards and Metrology strengthened to enable the exporter to op- of Islamic Countries hosted by our country erate based on more information and anal- to work more effectively. ysis.

232.2. The institutional capacity of the Ha- 234.1. A digital “Easy Export Platform” lal Accreditation Agency will be strength- which covers comprehensive and up-to- ened and the volume and type of activity date data will be established to enable ex- will be increased. porters can follow up global commercial data closely and obtain information about

41 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

government supports, potential products 236.3. In order to increase competitiveness and markets and recipient country applica- and productivity in the economy and to de- tions. velop opportunities for preferential market entry, new free trade agreements support- 235. Sustainability of the promotion and ing macroeconomic targets will be negoti- awareness of the companies and brands be- ated and efforts will be continued to expand longing to our country will be ensured. the scope of the free trade agreements in force. 235.1. A database containing the information of the companies that have participat- 236.4. Efforts to improve bilateral trade and ed in the trade delegations held abroad and economic relations within the framework the information of the foreign companies of the Belt and Road Initiative will be con- contacted will be established and updated tinued. periodically. 236.5. Diplomatic, economic, commer- 235.2. In order to maximize the competi- cial and cultural relations with African tiveness of our companies through fast sup- countries will be strengthened; the foreign ply advantage, Turkish Trade Centers will trade volume between Turkey and the re- be equipped with a structure that is inte- gion countries will be increased within the grated with distribution and storage chan- framework of the Turkey’s opening policy nels. to Africa.

235.3. In order to more efficiently use the 236.6. Our existing diplomatic, economic, funds and resources used for the promo- commercial and cultural relations with the tion of our country and Turkey brand, the Middle East countries will be strengthened; resources spent by different institutions foreign trade volume with the region coun- and agencies will be consolidated and a new tries will be increased. promotion strategy will be developed. Financing of the Current Account Deficit 236. Considering the national rights and interests of our country; bilateral, regional, 237. A strong legal, administrative and multiple, multilateral trade and economic physical infrastructure will be established relations and cooperation will be devel- to ensure our country more attractive in oped. terms of international direct investments, the sustainability of these investments and 236.1. Dialogue with foreign countries on increase its share in financing the current bilateral, regional, multiple and multilateral account deficit. platforms will be strengthened in order to improve our companies’ access to markets 237.1. An investment and business envi- and ensure their work in a fair competition ronment that compliant with international environment. standards will be developed.

236.2. Efforts to update the Customs Union 237.2. Beside the basic regulation to fa- with the EU will continue. cilitate private sector investment, a com-

42 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

prehensive legislative restoration will be ufacturing industry to our country, active carried out to increase predictability and promotion, negotiation and customized in- transparency, strengthening investor confi- centive mechanisms will be implemented. dence, guarantee the retrospectivity of adverse judgement and remove the obstacles 239. The current accounts deficit will be that preventing the acceleration of invest- financed from external resources that do ments. not create substantial levels of debts, and financing quality will be improved. 237.3. Arrangements will be made to ensure that all kinds of bureaucratic proce- 239.1. In long-term investment projects, fi- dures related to investments are completed nancing instruments that are aligned with by the public administration in a shorter the maturity structure and that are based period on a single addressee. on long-term international partnership will be developed. 237.4. The infrastructure that aims to expand the use of solution in international 239.2. Long term external borrowing facil- standards for dispute resolution related to ities will be eased, international collabora- investments will be strengthened. tion mechanisms will be strengthened, and investment environment of our country 237.5. Information system will be estab- will be promoted in the international arena lished to ensure fast, user-friendly and through a detailed program. cost-effective processes of permits, approvals, licensing processes and etc. related to 239.3. New financial instruments will be investments. developed to attract large scale funds, especially pension funds, for long term invest- 238. Foreign direct investments will be di- ment to our country. rected to exporting sectors. 239.4. Advertising activity related to real es- 238.1. In order to attract the greenfield in- tate sales to nonresidents will be increased vestments creating value added in the man- and the processes will be activated.

Table 6: Targets on Balance of Payments 2018 2023 Exports Fob (Billion USD ) 167.9 226.6 Imports Cif (Billion USD) 223.0 293.5 Current Accounts Balance (Billion USD) -27.1 -9.9 Current Accounts Balance / GDP (%) -3.5 -0.9 Travel Revenues (Billion USD) 25.2 55.3 Proportion of Imports Covered by Exports (%) 75.3 77.2 Foreign Direct Investment Inflow (Billion USD) 13.0 23.8

Source: The data (2018) belong to Turkish Statistical Institute (TURKSTAT) and Central Bank of the Republic of Turkey. The data (2023) are estimates of the Eleventh Development Plan.

43 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

2.1.4. Inflation and Monetary Policy the effective functioning of the monetary transmission mechanism in line with its a. Objective primary objective of achieving price stability. 240. The basic objective is to continue effectively using monetary policy instru- 242.1. Monetary policy decisions will be ments and ensuring and maintaining price made by taking into consideration inflation stability through a strong monetary policy expectations, pricing behavior and other stance, while preserving financial stability. factors affecting inflation. b. Policies and Measures 242.2. Within the scope of the communication of policy decisions, the public will con- 241. Monetary policy instruments will continue to be informed about developments tinue to be used robustly. Monetary, fiscal in pricing behavior and factors affecting in- and income policies will be carried out in flation and how these developments affect coordination. decisions.

241.1. In line with the inflation targeting 242.3. Reserve-enhancing practices and regime, Inflation targets will be continued instruments for financial stability will be to be determined and announced by the strengthened and diversified. Government and the Central Bank. 243. The floating exchange rate regime will 241.2. The prudential monetary policy in- continue to be implemented and necessary struments aimed at reducing inflation grad- steps will be taken to ensure stability in ually to 5 percent will be supported by fiscal markets in case of unhealthy price forma- and revenue policies as well. tions in exchange rates or excessive volatility. 241.3. In order to maintain fiscal discipline, managed and administered prices and tax 244. Necessary arrangements will be intro- regulations will be determined to help reduced in the fields of logistics and storage duce the indexation behavior of past infla- in order to reduce the pressure of food pric- tion. es on inflation, and institutional infrastructure of regional- and product-based plan- 241.4. By closely monitoring the factors af- ning will be implemented in agriculture. fecting the general level of prices, monetary and fiscal policy instruments will be put 244.1. The organized structure in agricul- into practice in a coordinated, rapid and ef- tural production will be strengthened in or- fective manner in order to avoid deviation der to reduce intermediation and logistics from the inflation target against the sud- costs in the food distribution chain. den developments that will adversely affect price stability. 244.2. A more competitive structure that provides food logistics and warehousing 242. The CBRT will continue to use all in- services at international standards will be struments decisively and independently for created.

44 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

244.3. Cold storage chains that will help 2.1.5. Financial Sector minimize periodic price fluctuations will be supported. a. Objective

244.4. The modernization and transforma- 246. The main objective is to form a finan- tion of transport vehicles aimed at mini- cial sector with a strong institutional struc- mizing casualties during transport will be ture that can sufficiently satisfy financing encouraged. needs of the real sector at a lower cost; offer various financial instruments to investors 244.5. Vegetable and animal stock exchang- in a wide spectrum through reliable insti- es will be established to create a competitive tutions and support the target of Istanbul product market. for becoming an attractive global financial centre. 244.6. Product Surveillance Mechanism will be implemented in order to monitor b. Policies and Measures price fluctuations in food products closely by using big data and advanced analytical 247. The effectiveness of financial sector in methods by establishing an early warning the financing of real sector will be increased system that enables supply and yield fore- and real sector’s use of fund from capital casts in agricultural products to be made in market and non-bank financial institutions a healthy manner. under the supervision of Banking Regula- tion and Supervision Agency (BRSA) will 244.7. Technological greenhouse cultiva- be encouraged. tion and modern irrigation systems will be supported, as balancing factors against sea- 247.1. The issuance limit of the Mortgage sonality and price surges in the fresh fruit Finance Institution (MFC) will be made in- and vegetable market. dependent of its capital.

245. Awareness will be raised on the neg- 247.2. In order to decrease issuance costs of ative effects of inflation on economic and MFC, transaction costs such as CMB board social life, and social consensus on the fight fee and Central Securities Depository of against inflation will be strengthened. Turkey (CSD) custody fee will be reduced.

245.1. By using communication channels 247.3. The securities to be issued by MFC actively, written, visual and audio content, may be subject to liquidity transactions which is diversified, will be shared with the such as repo. public to address all sections of the society. 274.4. The securitization of assets in bank Table 7: Inflation Forecasts balance sheets will be encouraged.

2018 2023 247.5. SME asset leasing company will be CPI (End of Year, 20.3 5.0 established, sukuk will be issued by and %) support for issuance costs will be provided. Source: Data for 2018 is announced by TURKSTAT. Data for 2023 is forecast of the Eleventh Development Plan.

45 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

247.6. To a certain extent, investments in 248.1. Financial regulatory and supervi- Borsa İstanbul (BIST) Private Market com- sory bodies will be merged under Turkey panies will be deducted from the period Financial Services Committee in order to profit of the investing companies. improve the efficiency of regulation and supervision. 247.7. Legislation will be made for intermediary institutions to establish project 248.2. The effectiveness of existing con- finance funds and issue project-based secu- solidated audit framework covering main rities. shareholders and all subsidiaries of financial institutions will be increased. 247.8. It will be ensured that non-performing loans other than finance sector can be 248.3. Cross-border supervision frame- transferred to asset management compa- work and practices will be strengthened. nies. 248.4. Direct access to the documents and 247.9. Asset management companies will information requested for loan applications become members of the Association of Fi- will be provided through a central database. nancial Institutions. 248.5. Electronic check and bond system 247.10. Tax incentives will be provided to will be established. support the public offerings of companies. 248.6. A regulation will be made to elim- 247.11. Partnership-based securities in- inate the differences between financial instruments which will be backed on public stitutions in terms of access to information. and private assets and projects will be developed. 248.7. Regulations will be made to reduce the use of physical documents and wet sig- 247.12. In order to financing the innova- natures in the transactions of financial in- tive projects, modern and new generation stitutions with customers. financing models such as mass funding will be introduced to the Turkish capital mar- 248.8. Financial regulations will be an- kets. nounced to the public during their preparation phase, sufficient time will be allotted 247.13. In order to financing of the PPP for the related parties to give their opinions projects, in addition to credit markets, cap- and regulatory impact analysis will be done ital markets will be used. for the regulations.

248. The regulation and supervision 248.9. Regulations that violate transparency and predictability criteria and that have framework of financial institutions will be retrospective impact will be avoided while strengthened, an effective competition en- making financial regulations. vironment will be provided, transaction costs will be reduced, and access to sound 248.10. Reference interest rates will be set information will be facilitated. for hedging interest rate risk of TL denomi-

46 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

nated assets and pricing assets with variable 250.2. Regulatory Sand Box and Industry interest rate. Sand Box will be launched.

249. In order to develop alternative money 250.3. Association of Payment Services and and payment systems that will be accepted Electronic Money Institutions will be estab- in the international trade system, country lished. collaborations will be established and for this purpose studies will be continued. 250.4. Istanbul Finance and Technology Base will be established. 249.1. The structure of European Payment System, which will be used in barter-based 250.5. In order to strengthen open banking trade, will be examined and a similar struc- legal infrastructure, legislative alignment ture will be introduced in our country, too. with the EU Payment Services Directive-2 will be provided. 249.2. In order to create a global reserve money alternative, collaborations between 251. Activities will be carried out to facili- countries will be established and it will be tate access to financial services and to im- ensure that the central banks of these coun- prove financial awareness and investor base. tries will conduct joint projects. 251.1. Financial literacy education will be 249.3. Trade opportunities in terms of local expanded in the primary, secondary and currencies will be developed through bilat- higher education institutions and this edu- eral agreements. cation will be provided to adults within the scope of non-formal education. 249.4. The opportunities for compatible payment systems with the central banks of 251.2. Financial Advisory System will be the target countries will be searched and developed in which the needs of financial measures will be taken to strengthen the consumers are determined correctly, their reliability of trade and to accelerate trade. rights are protected against financial institutions and intermediary services are pro- 249.5. Blockchain-based digital central vided between both parties. bank money will be implemented. 251.3. In order to improve supplementary 250. The formation of a safe financial tech- health insurance, advantages will be pro- nology (fintech) ecosystem which provides vided to the employers for group policies. equal opportunities for companies will be supported considering international good 251.4. Turkey Reinsurance Pool will be practices. launched to operate.

250.1. A road map for the development of 251.5. In case the issuers fail to fulfil their a fintech ecosystem in our country will be payment obligations, a legal arrangement prepared and coordination of the imple- will be made to ensure that the document mentation will be provided by a single pub- to be obtained from CSD of Turkey has the lic agency.

47 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

quality of verdict and create “general as- 252.4. Regulations will be made to increase sembly of debt instrument holders” in the the diversification of financial instruments companies issuing debt securities. and services in interest-free finance system.

251.6. Employee stock ownership programs 252.5. In order to carry out commodity will be defined. murabaha transactions in Turkey, platforms based on lease certificate, electronic 251.7. The existing arbitration mechanism warehouse receipt or stock portfolio will be will be made more operational in order to created. build a trustworthy ecosystem in the capital markets. 252.6. The use of lease certificate issuances in the financing of public investments will 251.8. The information related to fees and be increased. commissions taken from financial customers will be provided more transparently, 252.7. Legislation will be revised in order understandably and comparably. to provide ease of application in the use of special purpose institutions in issuing lease Interest-Free Finance certificates.

252. The position of interest-free finance 252.8. Interest-free financial audit stan- system in our country’s financial system dards will be established. will be strengthened, diversification of financial instruments and services and hu- 252.9. The standardization of the terminol- man resources in interest-free finance will ogy of instruments and institutions related be developed, tools and mechanisms to to interest-free finance will be ensured. support policy development processes will be established. 252.10. Interest-free corporate governance system will be established and will be har- 252.1 Regulations will be made for the im- monized with international practices. plementation of new business model/window system in order to expand participa- 252.11. Legal and institutional structure tion banking. encouraging takaful will be developed and expanded to address all types of risk groups. 252.2. Awareness of the interest-free finance system will be increased by provid- 252.12. Retakaful fund will be established ing more information to the public about in order to prevent the flow of national re- the functioning of the interest-free finance sources abroad. system and financial products.

252.3. An integrated data reporting infrastructure in interest-free finance will be established.

48 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

Table 8: Targets for Financial Markets (Percent) 2018 2023 Banking Loans / GDP 67.3 82.2 Participation Bank Loans / Total Loans 4.7 7.0 BIST Market Capitalization / GDP 21.5 39.3 Nominal Stock of Private Sector Debt Securities / GDP 1.7 5.8 Source: 2018 data belong to BRSA, CMB and TURKSTAT. 2023 data are the estimations for the Eleventh Development Plan.

2.1.6. Fiscal Policy structural transformations set out in the Plan with a fresh quality-growth friendly a. Objective perspective.

235. The basic objective is to protect the 257. In order to achieve the targets set for strong and sustainable structure of public the priority sectors and areas of improve- finance by decisively maintaining fiscal dis- ment, it is planned to budget, over the Plan cipline. period, the expenditures required for the incentives and subsidies to support private b. The rameworkF of Public Finance sector investments, R&D, innovation, production and export activities, in addition 254. The robust and sustainable stance of to public sector investment expenditures public finance will be maintained during primarily for education, logistics infra- the Plan period. In this context, the central structure, industrial zones infrastructure government budget deficit, which was 2 and irrigation. These expenditures will be percent in 2018 in terms of GDP, is expected financed through the fiscal space to be cre- to remain at the same level in the Plan pe- ated by rationalizing budgetary revenues riod. Compared to GDP, the program-de- and expenditures. The share of expenditure fined central government budget balance, items that will strengthen the long-term which had a deficit of 1.5 percent in 2018, is projected to increase to a surplus at the productivity and efficiency of the economy end of the Plan period. The public sector in the budget expenditures will be increased borrowing requirement, which was 2.4 per- over the Plan period. cent in 2018, is expected to be reduced to 1.7 percent at the end of the Plan period. 258. Policies to strengthen the actuarial balance of the social security system will 255. The ratio of public consumption to be implemented. Spending principles of ex- GDP, which was 10.7 percent in 2018, is tra-budgetary and revolving funds will be foreseen to be reduced to 9.6 percent by the determined and unity principle of the bud- end of Plan period, while the rate of public get in application will be strengthened. Val- savings is foreseen to be raised to 2.4 per- ue-added created by SOE’s as a percentage cent from 1.8 percent in 2018. of GDP will be increased by profitability and efficiency policies. Rising SOE invest- 256. Public finance policy will be used ef- ments will be financed by increasing prof- fectively for achieving the objectives and itability hence borrowing requirement of

49 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

SOE’s will remain the same as a percentage inated and the fiscal space created will be of GDP. channelize to the prioritized expenditure areas. c. Policies and Measures 260.3. Public human resources will be used 259. Program based budgeting system will more efficiently, employee satisfaction will be initiated in order to prioritize resource be increased, and public employees’ fiscal allocation and usage according to the poli- and social rights are going to be adjusted cy and targets of the Development Plan and according to the macroeconomic policies to perform budget with output and result foreseen on the Plan. oriented approach and to follow and assess it, and as a result of these, to strengthen the 260.4. By reconsidering organizational and tie of plan-program-budget and implemen- methodological structures, public service tation, following and assessment processes. delivery will be made more effective and efficient with fewer administrative units, new 259.1 Works on program-based classifica- service demands will be met by existing tion of public expenditures will be complet- units instead of creating new units, e-Gov- ed. ernment applications will be extended, and thereby the efficiency of public espendi- 259.2. A budgetary structure that address- tures will be improved. es public services with a program approach will be adopted, by observing compliance 260.5. Competition will be increased by with the Development Plan, medium-term improving public procurement and con- program, annual program of the Presiden- tract processes in order to save on public cy and strategic plans. investment expenditures.

260. Spending reviews will be conducted to 260.6. The Vehicles Law will be updated to assess and prioritize public expenditures, to ensure efficiency and effectiveness in vehi- ensure the efficient use of resources, to eval- cle management. uate the performance of public institutions and to perform healthy fiscal consolidation 260.7. The scope of central government practices. Efficiency in processes of public budget will be enlarged by decreasing the expenditures programs will be developed number of revolving funds and special ac- and level of expenditures will be kept under counts, to contribute to fiscal discipline. control. 261. Incentive, subsidy and social aid prac- 260.1. Spending reviews which will enable tices will be reviewed and inefficient prac- reporting public expenditures’ efficiency, tices will be terminated, structural arrange- effectiveness and economic conditions will ments will be made within the scope of be conducted. Plan priorities.

260.2. As a result of expenditure reviews, 261.1. A new incentive system which is unproductive expenditures will be elim- flexible, centered on investment period,

50 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

consists of cash based incentives and pro- 262.2. The institutional capacity of the rev- viding a competitive advantage in areas of enue administration will be increased and value added product will be established. fight against the informal economy will be sustained. 261.2. Tax incentives will be evaluated according to their economic and social ef- 262.3. Works on establishing a Tax Data fects, ineffective ones will be gradually ter- Analysis Center will be completed. minated by inspecting regulations qualified as tax expenditures. 262.4. Through the activation of the Tax- payer Services Center and Interactive Tax 261.3. The existing incentive and support Office project, all tax related services will programs will be reevaluated and the dupli- be provided electronically and it will be cated incentives and subsidies will be elimi- ensured that small taxpayers keep their tax nated in line with the Plan objectives. records electronically.

261.4. Agricultural subsidies will be allo- 262.5. E-invoice and e-ledger applications cated in a manner that increase value add- will be improved systematically and coun- ed, a monitoring and evaluation system will terfeiting will be more effectively tackled. be established to allow for the comparison of the intended social and production-ori- 262.6. Legal infrastructure will be estab- ented benefit with the financial burden, the lished for tax-payer rights. effectiveness of the subsidies will be measured regularly and ineffective practices 263. Revisions will be made in the tax sys- will be terminated. tem in order to enhance tax justice, broaden the tax base and increase tax revenue. 261.5. Transfer payments will be made via registration payment systems. 263.1. The Income Tax Law will be enacted, which combines income and corporate 261.6. Social assistance programs will be taxes in a single law, enlarges the tax base, carried out with a holistic approach consid- facilitates tax compliance, increases pre- ering their impact on the labor market and dictability, and supports investment and duplications will be prevented. production.

262. Voluntary compliance, predictability 263.2. Mechanisms for taxation according and transparency in taxation will be in- to ability to pay will be increased at an increased and taxation services will be im- creasing rate. proved. 263.3. A new Tax Procedure Law which re- 262.1 An effective mechanism will be set duces compliance costs, includes compre- up to determine and produce the required hensive regulations on taxpayer rights, re- tax statistics and more detailed and explan- solves disputes quickly, adopts deterrent tax atory tax statistics will be regularly shared penalties to increase voluntary compliance with the public. will be introduced.

51 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

263.4. By rearranging the scope, base and 264.2. Tax justice will be improved and the rates, the share of direct taxes in tax reve- efficiency of taxation will be strengthened nues will be increased. by introducing a new system for identifying the declaring the purchase and sale values 263.5. Lump sum taxes will be adjusted taken as a basis for the taxation of immov- with respect to changes in the general price able properties. In this context, the relevant levels. ministries will form the necessary infrastructure and the regulations regarding the 263.6. Luxury goods and goods with high design and implementation of the system import intensity which are not subject to together. special consumption tax will be reviewed and tax regulation will be made. 267. Integrated Public Financial Manage- ment Information System Project will be 263.7. Taxes on property ownership will be completed. reassessed by taking into account the taxation of other savings instruments. 265.1. An accounting-oriented information system infrastructure with new technolog- 264. Own revenues of local governments ical facilities such as e-document, e-signa- will be increased in order to strengthen ture, e-file invoice, and e-invoice will be es- their financial structures. tablished for public administrations within the scope of central government. 264.1. Law on Municipal Revenues will be revised.

52 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

Table 9: Targets on Public Finance (as a share of GDP, Percent) 2018 2023 Public Sector Public Expenditures 10.7 9.6 Public Savings 1.8 2.4 Public Fixed Capital Investments 4.6 4.4 1 Public Sector Borrowing Requirement 2.4 1.7 Public Sector Program Defined Balance2 -2.3 0.2 General Government General Government Revenues 33.4 32.3 General Government Expenditures 35.8 34.1 General Government Balance -2.4 -1.8 Central Government Budget Central Government Budget Revenues 20.5 20.3 Central Government Budget Expenditures 22.4 22.3 Central Government Budget Balance -2.0 -2.0 Central Government Budget Primary Balance 0.0 0.5 Central Government Budget Program Defined Balance2 -1.5 0.0 Source: 2018 figures belong to Presidency of Strategy and Budget, 2023 figures are Eleventh Development Plan estimates. Note: Public sector consists of central government budget, local governments, social security institutions and general health insurance funds, extra budgetary funds, revolving funds, Unemployment Insurance Fund and SEEs. When obtaining the total general government expenditure and revenue, SEEs are excluded (1) (-) refers to surplus. (2) Interest expenditures and revenues, privatization revenues, public bank dividends and other one-off revenues are excluded. saplanmaktadır.

2.1.7. Social Security System and 267.1. In order to increase flexible employ- Finance ment opportunities, easy employer practices will be extended in the registration of a. Objective employees.

266. The main objective is to ensure the 267.2. After performing an impact assess- long-term financial sustainability of the so- ment on employment incentives, the incen- cial security system by taking into account tives will be designed to have simple and the actuarial balance of the system. effective structure. b. Policies and Measures 267.3. Audit practices in the social security system will be developed and diversified, 267. The social insurance premium base and risk-oriented audit practices will be ex- will be expanded, access to the system will panded. be facilitated and the system will be activated through audits.

53 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

267.4. Cooperation between the institu- such as farmers and seasonal agricultural tions on auditing will be strengthened and workers. maintained. 270. The social security system will be en- 268. Informal employment and undeclared sured to have an effective operating struc- wages will be tackled more effectively. ture.

268.1. After determining the sectors where 270.1. The social security legislation will be it is difficult to increase registered employ- modified in a simple and understandable ment, registration practices which are ap- manner. propriate to the characteristics of those sectors will be developed. 270.2. IT structure of the Social Security Institution (SSI) will be strengthened. 268.2. Programs to raise awareness on the fight against unregistered work will be im- 270.3. Social security legislation and prac- plemented. tices will be harmonized with changing labor market and working conditions. 269. Contribution collections will be increased. 271. Participation in other pension schemes other than the public pension system will 269.1. Contribution collections will be in- be encouraged to increase the pension increased by tracking and collecting contri- come of individuals. bution debts efficiently. 271.1. Complementary pension systems 269.2. Specific contribution payment pe- based on sector, business or profession will riods will be determined for those earning be strengthened by extending the scope of income during certain months of the year, these schemes.

Table 10: Targets on the Social Security System 2018 2023 Ratio of Budget Transfers to SSI to GDP (%) 4.0 3.2 File Based Active-Passive Ratio1 1.73 1.90 Total Contribution Collection Ratio (%) 82.9 88.1 Social Insurance Coverage (%) 85.6 92.0 Source: 2018 data belongs to SSI. Numbers for 2023 are estimates of the Eleventh Development Plan. (1) Trainees, course attendees and apprentices are excluded. It is based on the number of files instead of the number of persons. 2.1.8. Public Enterprises and on the basis of profitability and productivi- Privatization ty principles in a way that does not cause a disrupting effect on the market mechanism a. Objective and they should not give primary deficit; if these enterprises are assigned for social and 272. The main objective is that public en- public interest activities, the incurred cost terprises should carry out their activities should be totally covered in time.

54 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

b. Policies and Measures 274.1. Instead of making new meat combine investments for General Directorate 273. It will be ensured that public enterpris- of Meat and Milk Institution (ESK), idle es will perform more efficient production at capacities of company’s existing meat com- low cost and product optimization. bines or private sector’s meat combine capacities will be considered as priority. 273.1. Projects aimed to increase productivity in the organizational structures, busi- 274.2. The idle capacity in the General ness processes and labor force of public en- Directorate of Meat and Milk Institution’s terprises will be implemented. (ESK) meat combines will be utilized by the public and private sectors and nongovern- 273.2. In order to increase the product di- mental organizations. versity and productivity, capacity building regarding R & D and innovation activities 275. The prices and tariffs of SOEs will be will be concentrated on in the investment determined according to commercial prin- budgets of public enterprises. ciples and their practices that prevent liberalization and competition in the sector will 273.3. The number of personnel to be m-e be abolished. ployed in SOEs will not be increased except in specific cases. 275.1. Sales prices and tariffs of SOEs in energy sector will be determined with respect 273.4. Turkish Grain Board (TMO) will to their costs. purchase grain through licensed warehous- es and electronic warehouse receipts. 276. Accountability will be strengthened and transparency will be increased in pub- 273.5. General Directorate of Tea Enter- lic enterprises. prises (ÇAYKUR) will conduct export-oriented market research and will ensure 276.1. A system will be established for the product optimization. integrated monitoring of the budget link of SOEs’ strategic management documents 273.6. General Directorate of Agricultural and planning processes will be made effec- Enterprises (TİGEM) will increase its sales tive through evaluation reports. by improving its marketing activities, the company will continue its R & D studies 276.2. The quality of financial reporting and certified seed production in coopera- and independent auditing of SOEs will be tion with private sector seed companies. improved.

274. Public enterprises’ capacity utilization 277. Privatization practices will continue in rates in the production units will be in- line with the objective of establishing an ef- creased, the capacities of existing facilities fective market mechanism. will be used at their highest levels and new investment decisions will be implemented 277.1. New and alternative models, in- accordingly. cluding initial public offers, will be used

55 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

for privatization applications, within the 277.2. During the Plan period, the privat- framework of long-term sectoral priorities ization of the companies and assets in the and within a defined program, and planing privatization portfolio will continue and based on economic value added will be ad- potential companies and assets will be in- opted. cluded in the portfolio and privatized.

Table 11: Targets on SOEs (Ratio to GDP, Percent) 2018 2023 Total Value Added 0.7 0.8 Gross Sales 3.4 2.9 Total Budget and Fund Transfers 0.5 0.6 Dividends and Treasury Levy 0.1 0.2 Investments 0.5 0.7 Borrowing Requirement1 0.5 0.5 Source: The data in the table includes the SOEs within the scope of the Decree Law No. 233 and the public enterprises operating within the framework of the Privatization Law No. 4046. Data for 2023 are estimates of the Eleventh Development Plan. (1) Excluding Transfers from Budget and Fund.

56 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

2.2. COMPETITIVE PRODUCTION 281. In the Eleventh Development Plan, a AND PRODUCTIVITY manufacturing industry oriented approach was developed to increase competitive pro- 278. Competitive pressure has increased at duction and productivity due to tenden- a global level as the acceleration transfor- cy of manufacturing sectors to new P&D mative role of technological advancements modes, technological development, and and communication channels in economic productivity increase; intensity of invest- and social life, and countries have entered a ment activity as the most common form of fierce race to become more competitive. To technology transfer; abundance of export have a more competitive economic struc- opportunities and foreign exchange earn- ture that will enable our country to take ing functions; strong forward and back- place at higher levels of the global value ward linkages both within itself and with chains in this race, our country needs to the agricultural and services sectors. strengthen physical, anthropic and technological infrastructure. 282. During the Plan period; it is aimed to increase competitiveness and productivity 279. The elements of competitiveness at the at all levels, including individuals, com- global level are rapidly transforming and panies, sectors and the government; to re- the roles between capital and labor in produce dependence on technology import; duction are reallocated. While the intensity to transform the production structure; to of the competition based on cheap labor is prioritize large-scale investments and tech- decreasing; high-technology based, faster, nology-intensive sectors by implementing flexible and innovative production, design more active industrial policies based on the and branding along with the active diplo- manufacturing industry, which is critical macy and strong commercial channels that for an economic growth based on TFP in- are strengthened with logistic infrastruc- creases; and to satisfy the need of qualified ture and marketing strategies stand out as labor force for all rings of the value chain. the main factors that increase the competitive advantages of countries. Productivity 283. In this context, a sectoral prioritization gains in these factors have a special place to approach has been adopted to accelerate the integrate technological progress with pro- technological regeneration that dynamizes duction processes and to integrate compet- productivity growth and to ensure a struc- itively into the global value chain. tural transformation in the manufacturing industry which is considered as the driver 280. During the Eleventh Development of stable growth. Using this approach, the Plan period, it is aimed to achieve stable following priority sectors have been identi- and strong growth, sustainable current ac- fied as a result of the comparison of trade, count balance, increase employment and production, value-added, employment, and boost competitiveness and productivity at technology levels of the manufacturing in- all levels, including individuals, companies, dustry sectors and the analysis of forward sectors government. and backward linkages among sectors.

57 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

• Chemistry Horizontal Policy Areas

• Pharmaceuticals-medical devices Accelerator → Strong Financial Structure Policies → Digital Transformation • Machinery-electrical equipment Ecosystem Reformative → Business and Investment Climate • Automotive → High Institutional Capacity Policies → Logistics and Energy

• Electronics → Human Resources Sustainability Provider → R&D and Innovation • Rail system vehicles Policies → Critical Technologies

284. During the Plan period, it is aimed to 286. Through the strong financial structure increase technology, innovation, product planned to be created under the accelerator quality and, productivity in the priority policies, companies’ access to appropriate manufacturing industry sectors, to trans- and flexible financing instruments will be form the industrial capacity to become facilitated and the TFP will be increased by more competitive and to promote high allocating the allocation of savings to the value-added production. All of the prior- highest-yielding investments. Digital trans- ity sectors are among the medium-high formation, as another accelerator policy, and high technology sectors, thus the de- is expected to increase speed, quality, and velopment of these sectors will increase flexibility in the manufacturing industry demand for R&D. In this framework, a and lead to a significant increase in produc- strong R&D and innovation approach will tivity. be put into practice in priority sectors with focus on critical technologies; the export 287. Long-term foreign financing and in- of products and product groups, that are vestments will be ensured by improving the appropriate for our needs, industrial in- business and investment climate under the frastructure, and potential, simultaneously ecosystem reformative policies; creating a that can increase our competitiveness, will strong business ecosystem that will increase be supported primarily with the integrated productivity through high institutional ca- incentive programs. Also, it is expected to pacity enabled by adopting property rights, increase the production of products that rule of law and good governance principles; can be produced in our country but are not facilitating timely and cost-effective access sufficient to meet domestic demand. to the business ecosystem by strengthening the logistics and energy infrastructure. 285. Horizontal policy areas that intersect with the selected priority sectors are select- 288. The high-interest rate harms invest- ed to strengthen Turkey’s competitive pro- ments, economic growth and inflation. duction structure by increasing efficiency. The high-interest rate directly increases These horizontal policy areas are grouped the production cost of goods and services under three headings in the Eleventh De- and causes inflation; increased inflation velopment Plan, namely accelerator, eco- increases the interest rate and triggers a vi- system reformative and sustainability pro- cious circle; high inflation on the one hand vider policies. and high interest, on the other hand, de- ferred investments consequently and cause

58 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

the economy to lag behind its potential. tourism and defense industry are identified Therefore, the steps to be taken to reduce as priority development areas in the Plan. It interest rates will help to reduce inflation is expected to both increase the export scale and increase investments and thus allow and accelerate the value added through pro- more production; consequently, increased ductivity with strong actions in these areas. production will bring inflation down. Over the Plan period, this approach will not only 292. As is the case in the rest of the world, lead to a permanent fall in inflation but in our country as well, productivity gains also raise the growth to the desired levels. especially in the industrial sector, play In this context, one of the main priorities a dominant role in terms of sustainable is to establish a low interest rate policy that growth. However, the value-added per em- will stabilize the financing costs incurred by ployee in the industrial sector is about one- investors at low levels over the Plan period. third of the EU average. This difference is more apparent on a scale basis among en- 289. Sustainable production capacity of the terprises operating in the manufacturing country will be improved with the contri- industry, and labor productivity differences bution of the labor force to high produc- between micro-enterprises (1-9) and large tivity rates and investment climate by fos- enterprises (250+) are measured as approx- tering qualified human resources under imately 6 times. the sustainability provider policies; the effi- 293. As a result of the transformation envis- ciency of companies and entrepreneurs will aged in the Plan period, the increased val- be increased by improving their research ue-added through productivity increases, and innovation capacities through the in- which form the basis of economic growth vestments in R&D, innovation and critical and high welfare, will reflect as high prof- technologies, as well as the institutional itability for companies, high wages for em- structures, interfaces and supports to be es- ployees and low prices for consumers. tablished. 294. The production and productivity focus 290. In the Eleventh Development Plan, it of the Eleventh Development Plan offers a is aimed to increase the TFP at the national critical perspective for increasing the in- level and in the main production sectors of ternational competitiveness of Turkey and agriculture, industry and services and mak- ensures sustainable economic growth and ing these sectors more competitive, with development by creating high value-added. planned measures in policy areas such as technology adoption, labor skills, corporate 295. To increase production and produc- management quality, investment climate, tivity, close cooperation and coordination incentives to support innovation and entre- mechanisms with the private sector through preneurship, and ease of access to finance. strong and concrete public policies are em- phasized. Due to the multidimensional and 291. In addition to the approaches of sec- dynamic nature of industrial policies, im- toral prioritization in the manufacturing plementation of these policies requires the industry, critical technologies and focus on highest level ownership, strong institution- product and product groups, agriculture, al structures, inter-institutional coordina-

59 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

tion, flexible resource allocation and effec- Manufacturing Industry tive monitoring processes in cooperation with the private sector. In this framework, a. Objective a high-level decision-making and coordination mechanism will be established in 296. The main objective is to boost high the Plan. The Competitive Production and value-added production and exports by Productivity section consists of horizontal improving competitiveness and productivi- policies focusing on priority sectors, priorty in the manufacturing industry. ity development areas, and policies tailored for these sectors and areas.

Table 12: Targets on the Manufacturing Industry 2018 2023 Manufacturing Industry / GDP (Current Prices, %) 19.1 21.0 Manufacturing Industry Exports (Billion USD) 158.8 210.0 Share of Priority Sectors in the Manufacturing Industry Exports (%) 37.9 46.3 Share of Mid.-High-Tech. Industries in the Manufacturing Industry 36.4 44.2 Exports (%) Share of High-Tech. Industries in the Manufacturing Industry Exports (%) 3.2 5.8 Source: Data for the year 2023 are estimates of the Eleventh Development Plan.

Innovative and Domestic Production targets set for priority sectors within the scope of the Plan: 297. A strong institutional structure will be established for the formulation and imple- • Developing common strategies for mentation of industrialization policies that industrialization policies, will support domestic production and tech- • Ensuring coordination among rele- nological transformation with inter-institu- vant public institutions, tional coordination and high level ownership. • Monitoring the implementation of industrial strategies, 297.1. The “Industrialization Executive • Determination of principles and Committee” will be established to take procedures for increasing domestic pro- high-level decisions in the development duction, including developing specific of domestic production and technological models of public procurement, capabilities, under the chairmanship of the President with the participation of the top • Ensuring that public administra- executives from related institutions. tions implement different methods including joint procurement in accordance with 297.2. The Industrialization Executive the determined models. Committee will be responsible and autho- It will be ensured that the budget resources rized in the following subjects to reach the necessary for the fulfillment of the assigned

60 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

tasks are created and that these resources 297.7. The necessary budget funds will be will be used effectively and efficiently with allocated in the central government budget the decisions of the Industrialization Exec- to be used in priority areas determined by utive Committee. the Industrialization Executive Commit- tee to achieve the targets envisaged for the 297.3. The Ministry of Industry and Tech- manufacturing industry in the Plan. nology will make the necessary preparations for the decisions of the Industrializa- 2.2.1. Industrial Policies tion Executive Committee in cooperation with other public-private institutions and 2.2.1.1. Horizontal Policy Areas organizations and will ensure follow-up and monitoring of the decisions taken by 2.2.1.1.1.Strong Financial Structure the Committee. An expert administrative capacity will be created within the Ministry. a. Objective

297.4. Within the framework of the Devel- 298. The main objective is to create a struc- opment Plan and the Industrialization Ex- ture that will incentivize manufacturing in- ecutive Committee decisions, action plans dustry companies to take risks by targeting will be prepared, implementations will be long-term returns and facilitating access to monitored and the results will be evaluated finance with strong and innovative instru- by the Industrialization Executive Commit- ments. tee. b. Policies and Measures 297.5. The Ministry of Industry and Tech- nology will conduct medium and long- 299. The effectiveness of the existing Credit term needs analyses in public procurement, Guarantee System will be increased and the identify critical technologies and products Credit Guarantee Fund will be used primar- that can be produced in our country, create ily for projects that boost competitiveness a specification pool and competency inventory, cooperate with companies to improve and efficiency in priority sectors. Fifty -per product quality and prepare technology cent of the Credit Guarantee Fund will be roadmaps. allocated for investment and export loans in the manufacturing industry sectors. 297.6. Industrialization units will be determined in related institutions and organi- 300. The support of the Development and zations. By working in coordination with Investment Bank to industrial investments the Ministry of Industry and Technology, will be strengthened, particularly in prior- these units will carry out needs analyses, ity sectors. preparations and procurement projections for projects, prepare leading procurement 300.1. The equity capital of the Devel- programs including research, certification opment and Investment Bank will be in- and trial processes, and carry out studies to creased by 10 billion Turkish Liras during ensure compliance with domestic products the Plan period. and legislation.

61 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

300.2. The Development and Investment islation, legal arrangements will be intro- Bank will secure long-term funds from duced to encourage and facilitate the op- abroad for use in priority sectors. eration of foreign venture capital funds by obtaining licenses in our country. 300.3. The Development and Investment Bank will provide economic, financial and 302.5. Regional venture capital will be initi- technical investment consultancy support ated by the Development Agencies that will to companies covering all stages of a project vivify regional potentials, contribute to the from analysis to monitoring. development of the regions and boost their competitiveness by providing capital con- 300.4. The Development and Investment tributions to the companies with growth Bank will establish the Turkey Develop- potential and will be initiated in the pilot ment Fund to promote investments and regions and will be executed under the pri- the projects for sustainable growth and to orities determined in regional plans. ensure the efficient use of capital and funding sources, particularly in priority sectors 302.6. Studies will be conducted to ensure in line with the development goals of our the participation of national and interna- country. tional investors in venture capital funds.

301. Turkey Wealth Fund will support 303. The practices of financial support in- large-scale investments, particularly in pri- stitutions and the banking system towards ority sectors, by financing or becoming a of the manufacturing industry will be shareholder. strengthened.

302. The venture capital system will be im- 303.1. The share allocated to the manu- proved to support investments focusing on facturing industry from the subsidies of technology and innovation. the Small and Medium Enterprises Devel- opment Organization (KOSGEB) will be 302.1. A venture capital resource (fund of gradually raised to 75 percent and the share funds) will be established within the Minis- allocated to the priority manufacturing sec- try of Industry and Technology. tors will be raised to 50 percent. Subsidies will be simplified, and interest-free, long- 302.2. Without prejudice to the regulations term, reimbursed support models will be on venture capital in the capital market gradually replaced by grants. legislation, the coordination of the venture capital system will be gathered under the 303.2. Within the scope of the investment roof of the Ministry of Industry and Tech- incentive system, additional support will be nology. provided for the investment loans extended by banks for the production of products 302.3. The venture capital funds for tech- that will be determined in the priority sec- nology-based enterprises will be strength- tors. ened. 303.3. Systems and processes for access 302.4. Without prejudice to the regulations to loan through a chattel mortgage will be on venture capital in the capital market leg-

62 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

enabled and in this way opportunities for fund and risk capital by industrial and tech- extending loan to manufacturing industry nology companies. sectors will be expanded. 305.2. For the financing of priority sector 304. Eximbank programs towards the in- investments, tax subsidies will be provid- dustrial sector will be strengthened and ed to participation banks if the methods of export capacities of priority sectors will be the labor-capital partnership (mudarabah), improved. profit-loss partnership (musharakah), joint investments (venture capital), ownership 304.1. Export subsidies will be increased, partnership and agricultural partnerships especially through encouraging and diver- are offered. sifying insurance/guarantee programs, in addition to loans. 306. Financing opportunities will be increased to foster the growth of companies. 304.2. The equity capital of Eximbank will be increased by 10 billion Turkish Liras 306.1. The access of SMEs to finance will be during the Plan period and the ratio of Ex- eased by increasing the volume and rate of imbank support to Turkey’s total exports loans provided to SMEs with high growth will be gradually increased. potential.

304.3. Eximbank will develop a support 306.2. Mergers and acquisitions of compa- program for the futures market transac- nies will be credited. tions for exporting companies to be used for their export receivables and inputs that 307. The contribution of financial markets are not produced in our country. to industrialization will be increased.

305. Alternative financing methods will be 307.1. Saving opportunities will be in- developed for the manufacturing industry, creased in pension funds and directing the especially for the priority sectors. resources generated in these funds to the growth of the industry will be encouraged. 305.1. Legislative work and studies will be carried out to diversify and expand the 307.2. In the banking system, appropriate use of non-banking direct financing appli- instruments will be developed to increase cations such as the issuance of convertible the ratio of loans secured to the manufac- bonds to stocks, crowdfunding, a venture turing industry to total loans.

Table 13: Financial Targets for Manufacturing Industry 2018 2023 Share of Medium-High and High Technology Sectors in Total Loans (%) 4.8 13.0 Ratio of Development and Investment Banking Loan Volume to Total Loan Volume (%) 8.1 12.0 Ratio of Turkish Eximbank Supports to Exports (%) 26.0 29.0 Share of Manufacturing Industry within KOSGEB Supports (%) 48.0 75.0 Source: Data for the year 2023 are estimates of the Eleventh Development Plan.

63 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

2.2.1.1.2. High Institutional Capacity Center) Consultancy Support Program will be launched. a. Objective 309.4. International company acquisi- 308. The main objective is to establish in- tion grants support mechanisms will be stitutional structures whereby the indus- strengthened in strategic areas to ensure trial policy can be effectively followed and technology transfer and easy access to the implemented in close cooperation between market. public and private sectors, to evaluate the development of domestic production as a 309.5. Clustering cooperation initiatives of priority in public practices, and to boost SMEs will be supported among themselves, growth and institutionalization among pri- with large enterprises and other actors of vate sector firms. the entrepreneurial ecosystem. In this context, support programs will be implement- b. Policies and Measures ed by considering sectoral needs.

Improving Private Sector Institutional 309.6. All of the additional compulsory Capacity obligations imposed by the legislation due to the scale-up of the firms in the manufac- 309. In the manufacturing industry, a pro- turing industry will be revised and re-de- duction structure suitable for the econo- termined by observing compliance with the mies of scale will be created and the obsta- scale-up target of the manufacturing indus- cles to the growth of SMEs will be removed. try.

309.1. A pool of qualified experts will be 309.7. In the case of scale-up, the addition- created to develop the institutional capac- al burden of employment will be reduced. ity of the private sector and professional organizations, and enterprises and profes- 309.8. A new support program for com- sional organizations will be supported that pany mergers will be created that covers receives qualified expert services from this twinning, qualified employment, and con- pool. sultancy supports.

309.2. Management consulting sector will 309.9. Development Agency subsidies will be supported for enabling Local companies be restructured and priority will be given in this field to operate at the international to issues such as institutionalization, innovation management, customer relationship level and priority will be assigned to prefer management, corporate resource planning, such firms for the state-funded manage- e-trade, digital transformation, foreign ment consulting services that received by trade, and lean manufacturing, clean pro- SMEs. duction, energy efficiency, and industrial symbiosis. 309.3. To increase the efficiency of SMEs and contribute to their digital transforma- 309.10. The institutional capacities of tech- tion, the Model Factory (SME Competency no-park management companies, tech-

64 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

no-parks, and technology transfer offices and State Support Information System will will be improved. be ensured.

310. Professional organizations qualifying 311.3.Institutional capacity and system as public institutions and NGOs including will be established to enable needs-based manufacturing industry companies will monitoring of domestic companies with be supported to have a structure capable high technological capabilities with specific of producing qualified data-based analysis importance and policies will be developed and solutions for sectoral problems. regarding measures required to be taken in terms of economic security. 310.1. A capacity-building program will be implemented for NGOs operating in man- 311.4. Coordination and cooperation will ufacturing industry sectors and research be ensured between the public adminis- projects will be supported that can solve trations and the Ministry of Industry and common sectoral problems. Technology during the preparation phase of the legal arrangements affecting the 310.2. It will be ensured that chambers and manufacturing industry. commodity exchanges will establish service standards for the offered services to their 311.5. A governance mechanism will be members and will improve their account- established with the participation of rele- ability and transparency mechanisms. vant public institutions and organizations and NGOs to determine the raw materials Improving the Public Institutional which are deemed necessary and critical in Capacity in the Field of Industrial Policy the production structure of the manufacturing industry in the current and upcom- 311. Policy-making and implementation ing period and to implement the policies processes for the manufacturing industry that will ensure their supply security. will be activated and a strategic framework for the sustainability of the sectors will be 312. Productivity problems will be analyzed established. at regional and sectoral levels and solutions will be developed accordingly. 311.1 A National Industry Data Master Plan will be prepared regarding the scope, 312.1. Productivity Development Maps will method and analysis of data to be collected be created. at sector and firm level, to make data-based analyzes and plans related to the manufac- 312.2. Composite Productivity Index will turing industry and to monitor the compa- be published. nies operating in this field regularly. 312.3. A distance training platform for pro- 311.2. The integration of industrial infor- ductivity will be established. mation systems such as the Central Regis- try Number System, Entrepreneur Infor- 313. The quality infrastructure for the man- mation System, Industrial Registry System, ufacturing industry will be improved to en-

65 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

sure the supply of safe products in the mar- identify the test/inspection infrastructures kets while preventing unfair competition. needed for export.

313.1. Necessary arrangements will be in- 313.7. The legal infrastructure of the troduced to carried out activities in coor- Turkish Standards Institute (TSE) will be dination with the metrology, standardiza- strengthened to provide standardization tion, conformity assessment, accreditation and conformity assessment services in a and technical regulations and to strengthen fast, effective and efficient manner so that the perception of high-quality goods made our manufacturers can take place in global in Turkey, to ensure that our products do markets without facing technical barriers not encounter technical barriers in entering through high-quality production. global markets, as well as to prevent the entry of low-quality and unsafe products into 313.8. It will be ensured that the scope, our country. effectiveness, recognition, acceptability of conformity assessment activities carried 313.2. Awareness raising and guidance ac- out by domestic institutes at the national tivities will be carried out on production and international areas will be increased. following technical regulations and standards for manufacturing industry sectors. 313.9. National and especially international halal conformity assessment institutes will 313.3. Effective participation of producers be accredited. in national and international standards-setting processes will be strengthened and 313.10. In the field of halal accreditation, stakeholder participation in the establish- bilateral or multilateral agreements includ- ment of international standards will be sup- ing the protocol and memorandum of un- ported. derstanding will be signed on cooperation opportunities with international represen- 313.4. Technical infrastructure will be es- tative accreditation institutions. tablished to ensure the effective participation of stakeholders in the studies conduct- 313.11. In the field of Market Surveillance ed in the field of standardization. and Inspection (MSI), the duties and responsibilities of the related institutions +313.5. A mechanism will be established will be clarified, and the effectiveness and for the registration, following, and moni- efficiency of the MSI activities will be im- toring of companies, institutions and orga- proved by enhancing the cooperation of the nizations which are operating in the field of private sector and NGOs with authorized conformity assessment. bodies.

313.6. The test, inspection and certification 313.12. The efficient use of national and in- needs of our producers will be determined ternational databases will be ensured to in- and an inventory of domestic test and cer- crease efficiency in MSI activities for prod- tification infrastructures will be prepared; ucts that do not comply with the technical and a portal will be created to ensure the legislation. efficient use of test infrastructures and to

66 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

313.13. New control and audit strategies surements, by observing the principles of will be developed to ensure that the prod- effectiveness and efficiency. ucts within the scope of legal metrology are supplied to the market following the tech- 313.14. The field of industrial metrology nical regulations and conduct reliable mea- area will be regulated.

Table 14: Productivity Targets of Manufacturing Industry 2018 2023 Index of Production per Hour Worked in the Manufacturing Industry 113.4 126 (2015=100) Number of Employees per Enterprise in the Manufacturing Industry 111 12.9 Source: Data for the year 2023 are estimates of the Eleventh Development Plan. (1) Estimate of the Eleventh Development Plan.

2.2.1.1.3. Business and Investment 315.2. In the relevant ministries, Invest- Climate ment Coordination Units will be established to receive applications for transactions such a. Objective as permits, licenses, and certifications related to investments and to coordinate these 314. The main objective is to improve the processes, evaluate investor requests and competitive environment in the markets develop solutions, and provide contact with by ensuring transparency, stability, reli- the Presidency Investment Office. These ability and predictability in business and units will develop cooperation with Devel- investment climate reforms and public opment Agencies at the local level. policies and regulations, to strengthen the production structure by applying effective 315.3. The timelines for the conclusion of incentive programs, and to make Turkey a the transactions such as permits, licenses, regional manufacturing hub by increasing and certifications related to the investments foreign direct investments that will foster will be determined and announced by the technological transformation in the econ- relevant authority in advance. In case of omy. deviation from the prescribed timelines, b. Policies and Measures the new timelines shall be notified to the investor together with the deviation reason Enhancing Bureaucratic and Legal without any delay. Predictability 315.4. It will be ensured that the legal 315. Framework legislation on private in- amendments which have certain criteria vestments will be introduced. and which affect the priority sectors, will be shared with the public via an e-Govern- 315.1. An investment ombudsman system ment integration internet portal and if pos- will be established to settle potential invest- sible, a transition process will be envisaged ment disputes between public administra- for the implementation of the legislation. tions and investors.

67 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

316. The bureaucratic processes affecting dures about the investment applications of the business and investment climates will foreign direct investors, conducting proce- be simplified, the effectiveness and pre- dures to be carried out at the related public dictability of the legal arrangements will be agencies and organizations, coordination of improved and the costs affecting the invest- processes, consulting services and development processes will be reduced. ing solutions for emerging disputes at the investor level. 316.1. The legal arrangements about the Standard Cost Model will be implemented. 318. To improve the legal processes related to the business and investment climate, 316.2. The public regulations affecting the specialization in justice services will be pro- business and investment climate will be re- vided and the implementation area of the viewed, and the cost of each regulation and simple trial procedure will be expanded. its impact on doing business will be calculated and target-oriented design of invest- 318.1. Specialized courts will be established ment environment reforms will be made. in areas such as environment, reconstruc- tion, and energy; works will be carried out 316.3. The applications of local adminis- to ensure that certain suits like commercial, trations regarding investment permits will intellectual and industrial rights suits can be reviewed and simplified, complicating be handled at the specialized courts in pro- applications will be removed, and e-munic- vincial centers. ipality applications will be uniformized by generalizing. 318.2. Arrangements will be introduced so that the simple trial procedure can be ap- 316.4. The processes carried out by pub- plied for all suits where the subject of the lic institutions for all types of bureaucrat- trial can be measured in monetary terms ic works and transactions such as permits, and which have a value below a monetary approvals, and licenses, and the documents limit. and fees demanded these works and transactions will be rationalized by examining in 318.3. A mandatory mediation application terms of cost and benefit. will be expanded.

316.5. It will be ensured that all process- 318.4. Legal amendments will be made to es related to Inward Processing Regime, reduce the number and costs of the trans- Outward Processing Regime, Tax Duties actions requiring notarization, and notaries Charges Exemption Certificate and Certifi- will be allowed to handle certain non-con- cate-Free Export Credits and state aid prac- troversial judicial cases and perform evi- tices will be ensured to be automated. dence recording processes as limited to the period when the suit has not been initiated 317. It will be ensured that duties will as- yet. sign to the Presidency Investment Office and will be authorized in coordination with 318.5. The new enforcement office model the related public institutions and organiza- will be expanded, primarily in places with tions for making the processes and proce- intensive workload, virtual enforcement of-

68 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

fice application will be started, the margin 320.1.Products which will be supported in of error in enforcement-bankruptcy pro- priority sectors within the scope of Tech- cesses will be reduced, procedures will be nology-Oriented Industry Action Program established to ensure that the confiscated will be determined and announced within property is sold at its real value, the trustee the framework of the criteria of strategic institution will be improved by implement- priority, technological development level, ing the licensed trustee depository and re- future potential, impact on technological organizing the liquidation procedure. development, impact on current account deficit, technical adequacy, and compe- Effective Use of Incentives and Supports tence, domestic production.

319. The effectiveness of incentive and 320.2. The Technology-Oriented Industry support programs will be measured, sim- Action Program will be implemented as an plification of legislation will be made and end-to-end support mechanism. Within the incentive and support applications will be scope of the program, R&D and investment designed according to priority sectors and subsidies and tax incentives will be provid- areas of the Plan. ed through a single window. Complemen- tary elements such as financing packages 319.1. Evaluation and impact analysis and export supports will be included in the studies will be conducted to analyze the scope of the Program to generate sustain- effectiveness of the programs, and impact able high value-added investments. analyses will be submitted to the Industri- alization Executive Committee regularly. 320.3.Investments in the scope of the program will be monitored and the problems 319.2. The legislation on the programs will faced by investors will be solved. be reviewed and simplified, duplicated incentives and supports will be abolished and 321. The existing investment incentive sys- the legislation will be integrated and acti- tem will be reviewed to make it effective vated based on the priority sector and areas and competitive. In this context, a flexible and the objective of scale-up. system with measurable impact, including cash-based incentives as well, will be estab- 319.3. The implementation period, bud- lished. get and goals of the programs will be determined and the changes in the programs 321.1. The investment incentive system will be performed within the framework of will be updated within the framework of impact analysis at the end of the period. the needs of the priority sectors which are envisaged and will be implemented without 320. Within the scope of the Technolo- any change throughout the Plan period to gy-Oriented Industry Action Program, ensure the predictability of investment de- investments in priority sectors will be sup- cisions. ported in a product-oriented manner, including all R&D, design, investment, pro- 321.2. The grant support for main and duction, marketing and export processes. sub-industry investments in priority sec-

69 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

tors within the scope of the investment in- regions will contribute more effectively to centive system will be provided during the the competitiveness and efficiency of the investment period, proportionately with industry. the level of investment completion. 322.1. Turkey Industrial Areas inventory 321.3. Investment issues that will benefit will be issued and announced. The inven- from regional supports within the scope tory, which is kept up-to-date, by which of the current incentive system will be re- lands, structures and investment incentive designed in accordance with the clustering mechanisms applicable these lands can be approach, taking into account the develop- used will be presented to the industrialists ment levels of districts within the province. through a digital platform.

321.4. In the current investment incentive 322.2. During the establishment of indus- system, instead of the fixed incentive pack- trial and technology zones, considering ages offered to the investor, a flexible sys- the priority sectors and development areas tem will be implemented in which the in- of the Plan, the number, capacity, daycare vestor can benefit from the support which centre, and transportation facilities, co- is needed. operation and integration levels with each other will be improved in view of current 321.5. Within the scope of investment and future needs. incentive practices, the number of Trea- sury-owned immovable properties to be 322.3. Long-term land and building leasing offered to investors who have investment and sale models will be developed and op- incentive certificates will be increased. erationalized at Organized Industrial Zones (OIZ). 321.6. Arrangements will be implemented which provides public investments as an 322.4. Innovation Centers will be estab- incentive within the scope of investment lished in OIZs to support companies on incentives. business development, government support, and project preparation, cooperation 321.7. In the manufacturing industry sec- with the university, lean production, effi- tors, investment requirements arising from ciency, technology management, clustering technical regulation in export markets will and digitalization. be supported within the scope of investment incentives. 322.5. Productivity Support Program will be implemented in OIZs to ensure the pro- 321.8. Investment incentives will not be ductivity transformation of SMEs. given for products with excessive capacity. 322.6. Exceptional R&D support mecha- 322. The services provided in the industrial nism will be established for companies op- and technology zones (OIZ, SIZ, Industri- erating at Technology Development Zones al Zones, Technology Development Zones, (TDZ). Free Zones) will be improved so that these

70 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

322.7. The Technopark Technology Com- 322.14. In line with the vertical integra- mercialization Program, which includes tion of companies in the OIZs and TDZs, support for activities such as consultancy, a mechanism will be developed to centrally marketing, strategic partnership and access plan and structure the needs for rapid data to venture capital for companies in TDZs, communication, industrial cloud, indus- will be launched. trial data center, efficient energy use, and cybersecurity and these zones will be sup- 322.8. In the spatial construction of new ported through this mechanism. OIZs and the transformation of existing ones, the requirements of environmental 322.15. Priority will be given to sectoral regulation and social reinforcement will be and thematic areas in the establishment of improved. industrial and technology zones and studies will be carried out to differentiate the 322.9. Impact assessment of industrial and supports in these zones. technology zones will be conducted and innovative applications will be developed. 322.16. Development Agencies will take an active role in the identification and devel- 322.10. By attracting strategic and high opment of industrial areas in line with the value-added investments in free zones and regional development objectives and the contribution of these regions to our coun- economic expectations of the cities. try’s competitiveness will be increased; technological and R&D-based activities to- 323. It will be ensured that cities, which are wards value-added production will be sup- in the focus of manufacturing and export, ported in these regions. will rise to higher levels of value chains in medium-high technology products and 322.11. Target and performance-oriented integrate with global value chains. In this technology development zones will be es- context, The Producing Cities Program will tablished for innovative entrepreneurs in be developed to support the institutional- priority sectors and digitalization. ization, marketing, innovation, and transportation infrastructures of these cities and 322.12. Techno-Catalog application, which to increase the employment of qualified la- is carried out by the State Supply Office, will bor force by raising the quality of life. be improved and additional supports will be provided to the products included in the 324. To increase domestic production in catalog. priority sectors, the public procurement system will be used as a leverage. 322.13. The Public University-Industry Collaboration Portal will be improved and Increasing Foreign Direct Investments project catalogs will be prepared including 325. Legal infrastructure related to invest- the projects developed, implemented and ments will be improved. completed in industrial and technology regions. 325.1. Investment legislation and administrative procedures shall be established and

71 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

implemented under the principles of law- 326.2. All relevant public institutions and fulness, legal trust, equal treatment, certain- organizations determined by the Presiden- ty, respect for acquired rights, transparency, cy Investment Office will prepare sector the irrevocability of provisions against the reports in Turkish and needed foreign lan- past and concluding in a reasonable period guages and these reports will be updated of time. annually by the related institutions and organizations. 325.2. The use of dispute resolution methods such as international arbitration, ami- 326.3. Sectoral Investment Roadmaps will cable resolution, reconciliation, mediation be prepared to guide the investors about the will be increased for the resolution of in- processes of permits, approval and licens- vestment disputes. ing related to the investment and operation periods. 325.3. The policies regarding the right of foreign investors (i) to invest in freedom 326.4. Central Investment Information and (ii) to transfer of their net profit, divi- System will be established, where regular dends, sales, liquidation and compensation information entry will be done by the relat- fees arising from operations in Turkey and ed administrations, to monitor the process- to transfer of amounts which are payable es of permission, approval, and license, etc. in exchange for license, management and related to the investments. similar agreements and to transfer of external loan principal and interest payments 326.5. Studies will be completed to establish abroad via banks or private financial insti- Investment Climate Performance Criteria; tutions will continue to be implemented the investment climate of our country will within the framework of free-market rules. be evaluated regularly in comparison with the previously selected countries and possi- 325.4. The relevant legislation related to ble improvement areas will be determined; intellectual property will be reviewed for the system to be established will provide in- more effective protection of commercial put to the planning studies on this subject. secrets; intellectual property legislation will be developed and implementation will be 326.6. The Investment Climate Assessment strengthened. Survey for the investors will be conducted by the Presidency Investment Office and 326. High-quality information will be pro- problems and suggestions will be identified vided to investors and information systems first hand. will be developed to accelerate bureaucratic processes related to investments. 326.7. The major investment feasibilities of the provinces and regions will be de- 326.1. Simulation of investment location termined with the contribution of the De- selection will be performed to determine velopment Agencies and promoted to the Turkey’s position compared to competing investors in cooperation with the Presiden- countries and areas of development, con- cy Investment Office for the realization of cerning foreign direct investment. these investments.

72 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

327. Incentive programs will be imple- tial of private sector investment, public mented to increase foreign direct invest- procurement, license provision, offset, etc. ments which would enable the production will be carried out with the perspective of of high-tech products in Turkey. bringing foreign direct investment and technology transfer to our country within 327.1. In the project-based incentive sys- the framework of the decisions of the In- tem, priority will be given to the invest- dustrialization Executive Committee. ments coming to our country for the first time, aim at the production of strategic 328.2. The sectors in which our country has products, enabling integration to the global an advantage in attracting foreign direct in- value chains, and increasing our technolog- vestments will be identified and clustering ical level and export capacity. efforts in these sectors will be supported and promotion activities specific to these 327.2. Domestic companies operating in clusters will be carried out in coordination high technology sectors with high growth with the Presidency Investment Office and potential will be matched with internation- the Ministry of Industry and Technology. al investors and their investments based on technology transfer will be supported. 328.3. Priority and convenience will be assigned in granting residence and work per- 328. Appropriate instruments will be devel- mits to foreign persons and their families oped to attract foreign direct investments who take part in carrying out, managing or to our country. operating the investments in priority sector investments. 328.1. Public institutions and organizations’ PPP projects which have the poten-

Table 15: Targets of Business and Investment Climate

2018 2023 Ranking in Dong Business Index 43 30 Turkey’s Share in Global FDI (%) 1.00 1.50 Ratio of Planned Industrial Areas (IZ, OIZ, SIZ) to Total Surface Area of 0.15 0.20 Country (%) Source: Data for the year 2023 are estimates of the Eleventh Development Plan.

2.2.1.1.4. Human Resources world, to simplify employment incentives regarding human resources and to focus on a. Objective priority sectors with these incentives.

329. The main objective is to provide the b. Policies and Measures labor force with the skills required by the digital transformation in the manufactur- 330. The digital skills of the labor force in ing industry, to integrate vocational educa- the manufacturing industry will be im- tion and higher education with the business proved.

73 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

330.1. Active labor market programmes 331.6. The labor force profile required by will be implemented to raise the level of the industry will be determined and the digital skills required by the priority sector. curriculum of vocational and technical education, secondary education, science high 330.2. Certified training will be supported schools and higher education institutions’ to increase the digital competencies of the will be updated to respond to these needs. employees. 331.7. A vocational and technical educa- 331. Vocational training will be developed tion portal will be created to provide to to improve the quality of the labor force. gather the data of all stakeholders related to vocational and technical education, to 331.1. Education - industry cooperation facilitate the access to vocational and tech- protocols will be signed to strengthen the nical education data from a single point, relationship between education-employ- to provide matching of market supply and ment-production. demand and to support individuals in their professional guidance and career process. 331.2. Supported areas of special vocational and technical Anatolian high schools 331.8. Harmonization will be ensured be- and education and training supports of vo- tween vocational and technical education cational schools will be updated and these fields and provinces and regions through- schools will be specialized to meet the out the country and the sector cluster by needs of the priority sectors. the preparation and updating the vocational education map; the capacity of education 331.3. The efficiency of existing trainee will be linked with real employment and support programmes will be increased, vocational and technical education insti- vocational trainees will be supported in tutions will be aligned with the industry at companies over a certain scale in order to the national scale. ensure that students work part-time in production facilities. 331.9. Free boarding opportunities will be increased in vocational and technical edu- 331.4. The structure of the vocational cation schools and institutions; scholarship training courses organized by the Turkish payments and student insurances will be Employment Agency (İŞKUR) will be re- improved. designed within the scope of “Job of the Fu- ture Project” by the end of 2020 to respond 331.10. Vocational and technical education to the needs that will arise in the context of schools and institutions will be updated in technological advancements shortly. line with the demands and needs of the sec- 331.5. “The Skills Inventory Project” will be tor; the physical environment and material conducted by İŞKUR and a country-wide needs of these schools will be improved. professional skill inventory will be issued 331.11. Micro credits will be provided to by the end of 2020; in this framework, job matching services will be developed based projects deemed worthy of support in na- on skills. tional and international competitions in

74 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

cooperation with the Ministry of Industry 332.4. Graduate programs will be estab- and Technology, Scientific and Technolog- lished in cooperation with universities and ical Research Council of Turkey (TUBI- industry to improve the human resources TAK) and similar Institutions. capacity of the companies in the priority sectors regarding the Research-Develop- 331.12. Industry-education cooperation ment and innovation processes. will be ensured to improve the educational environments of vocational and technical 332.5. The number and diversity of associ- high schools that train human resources ate degrees, bachelor’s and master’s degree according to the priority of manufacturing programs for priority sectors will be in- industry sectors, to develop educational creased and special importance will be at- programs and to employ graduates. tached to the R&D activities in these fields by universities. 331.13. The number and diversity of vocational and technical high schools in the Or- 332.6. Training programs for suppliers ganized Industrial Zones will be increased conducted in the training units established and their technological equipment will be by big companies will be stimulated. strenghthened. 332.7. Employment incentives will be de- 332. The quality of the existing labor force veloped to encourage more qualified em- will be increased in the priority sectors and ployment in priority sectors. priority will be assigned to the training of human resources capable of working in 332.8. In addition to Turquoise Card, a these sectors. mechanism will be established to encourage qualified and highly experienced for- 332.1. The workforce working in the pri- eign labor force. ority sectors will be supported to obtain a vocational qualification certificate. 332.9. Cooperation studies will be conducted with relevant sectors to raise the 332.2. Certified training programs orga- qualified labor force that international in- nized by non-governmental organizations vestors need in priority sectors. to improve the skills of existing employees in the priority sectors will be supported. 2.2.1.1.5. Logistics and Energy 332.3. A project pool will be established by Infrastructure the industrial sector in the priority sectors areas; and in case of selection of doctorate a. Objective and master thesis subjects from this pool; 333. The main objective is supplying the student and thesis advisors will be support- energy required by the manufacturing in- ed with the contribution of the relevant dustry in an uninterrupted, quality, safe professional organizations and companies within the framework of the standards es- way and with minimum production costs; tablished by the Council of Higher Educa- focusing on freight transport in railway tion (YÖK). investments; developing maritime infra-

75 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

structures the right locations and scales; in- 335.1. The Halkalı-Kapıkule Railway Proj- creasing efficiency and competitiveness via ect will be completed in order to serve the extending inter-modal transportation and manufacturing industry, export opportuni- minimizing logistics costs. ties for the region will be increased, and the transport costs will be reduced. b. Policies and Measures 335.2. The Bandırma-Bursa-Yenişehir-Os- 334. To extend the inter-modal transporta- maneli railway line, which will serve the tion and increase the competitiveness of the manufacturing industry sectors in Bursa industry; railway branch lines and logistics and Bilecik and the neighboring cities, will centers, which will serve petrochemical be completed. plants, manufacturing facilities for the automotive industries, ports, OIZs, and min- 335.3. The Konya-Karaman-Nigde-Mer- ing sites, will be completed and the share of sin-Adana-Osmaniye-Gaziantep railway railways will be increased in freight trans- line will be completed and the access of the port. manufacturing industry sectors to Adana, Mersin and Iskenderun ports will be facil- 334.1. The share of railways in modes of na- itated. tional territorial transport systems will be increased from 5.15 percent to 10 percent. 335.4. Construction of the Kırıkkale-Ço- rum-Samsun railway line will be started 334.2. A total of 294 km of branch lines will with the intention of reducing transporta- be constructed for 38 OIZs, private indus- tion costs of manufacturing industry sec- trial zones, ports and free zones in addition tors and increasing export opportunities. to 36 manufacturing facilities. 335.5. The Aliağa-Çandarlı-Bergama-So- 334.3. While keeping the focus on primary ma railway line and Çandarlı Port branch sectors; the standards of the existing and to line will be completed and the port connec- be completed logistics centers will be in- tivity of manufacturing industry sectors in creased especially at the Çukurova, West the region will be provided and the export Black Sea and Marmara regions, and the processes will be streamlined. newly planned freight and logistics centers will be accommodated on the railway cor- 335.6. Railway modernization works on ridors where the demand for freight is con- the Kars-Erzurum-Erzincan-Sivas-Malatya siderable. Gaziantep route will be completed, the bot- 335. Bottlenecks on main railway lines will tlenecks in the corridor will be eliminated, be eliminated, additionally single-track rail- and the logistics operations of the manufac- ways will be transformed to double-track turing and mining sectors in the region and railways in line with the traffic density, all the Middle Corridor will be improved. signalisation and electrification investments will be completed in an attempt to 335.7. Construction of the second railway increase the utilization of rail network and track of the Selçuk-Aydın-Denizli rail line the shares in general freight transport. will be started to increase the rail freight

76 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

transport of manufacturing industry sec- regional and continental transfer hub and tors in the cities of the region. effective in Belt and Road Initiative.

335.8. Construction of the Eskişehir-Küta- 336.1.Construction of Filyos Port will be hya-Afyonkarahisar-Isparta-Burdur rail- completed. way line will be started and railway connection focused on freight transport will be 336.2. In the Eastern Mediterranean re- provided to the Antalya Port. gion, the main cargo port will be constructed with a focus on transit cargo, which will 335.9. The Sincan OSB-Yenikent-Kazan rail- be an exit door to the Middle East and Cen- way and the Diyarbakır-Mazıdağı branch tral Asia. line projects will be completed to reduce logistics costs of manufacturing industry and 336.3. Çandarlı Port, which will serve the mining sectors. Aegean hinterland, will be put into service.

335.10. The Gaziantep-Şanlıurfa-Mardin- 336.4. Regulations for transit trade will be Habur railway line, that will particularly updated following international standards serve the machinery sector together with to ensure the blending of transit liquid bulk other manufacturing industry products in cargoes. the region and provide logistics services to Habur border gate, will be started. 336.5. To increase the effectiveness and attractiveness of Central Corridor, coop- 335.11. The modernization, renewal, and eration will be improved with the corridor maintenance of railway infrastructures will countries with the leadership of Turkey, proceeded, and 2,657 km of electrification bottlenecks - especially the Caspian tran- and 2,644 km of signalisation investments sition will be minimized through the in- will be carried out in the existing lines. clusion of Turkey’s initiative, a commercial venture under the leadership of Turkey in 335.12. The Torbalı-Kemalpaşa-Alsancak the field of logistics will be implemented. Port railway line will be completed, the access of regional manufacturing companies 337. The infrastructure of the customs gates to ports will be effectively provided. and customs offices will be improved to increase the capacity of the customs admin- 335.13. The remaining work packages of istrations and to expedite the business pro- the Turkey-Georgia-Azerbaijan railway cesses. line will be completed in coordination with the neighboring countries. 337.1. A study will be conducted on identifying the transaction volume and needs of 335.14. Construction of the Adapazarı- the customs administrations and their in- Karasu Ports and its rail connection to institutional capacities will be optimized. dustrial facilities will be completed. 337.2. Customs gates and customs admin- 336. Large-scale port investments will be istrations will be modernized and they completed to ensure Turkey to become a

77 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

will be provided with new service facilities ing the traffic flow bottlenecks according to by the re-engineered workflow processes, the needs of priority sectors and maintain- which allows the transactions to be con- ing traffic flow at the required service level. cluded in a fast and accurate way and. 339.1. Filyos-Zonguldak, Filyos- (Çaycu- 337.3. The ongoing study on the Land Bor- ma-Bartın Junction), Zonguldak-Ereğli der Gates Master Plan, which aims at co- (including Ereğli Transit Road) highway ordinated planning and implementing with projects that will ensure the connection of the neighboring countries regarding mod- Filyos Port with Adapazarı and İzmit re- ernization of land customs gates and effi- gion, and Akçakoca Port-Kocaali section of ciency of the controls, will be completed. Adapazarı-Karasu-Akçakoca highway project will be completed. 337.4. Transportation Electronic Monitor- ing and Control System will be integrated 339.2. The Şile - Ağva - Kandıra - Kaynar- with the customs system. ca State Highway and the Kaynarca-Kara- su Highway, which connects to the North 338. Istanbul region will be aimed to be- Marmara Motorway by alleviating the con- come an international air cargo, mainte- gestion of İzmit Region, will be completed. nance and transfer center; Çukurova Air- port, which will also address the Middle 339.3. Çukurova Regional Airport Con- East and African regions will be completed. nection Road will be completed.

338.1. In order to ensure the coordinated 339.4. Trabzon-Aşkale State Road, which progress of transit flight planning and in- links the Eastern Black Sea Region to the spection and control procedures, more ro- inner regions and Iran and Azerbaijan, will bust risk analysis criteria will be established be completed. and the measures to ensure document control rather than physical inspection will be 339.5. Erdemli-Silifke-Taşucu-13Th Region implemented, logistics processes will be Border State Highway and Alanya-Gazi- streamlined. paşa-5Th Region Border state highway, that connects the Eastern Mediterranean region 338.2. Çukurova Airport will be completed to the Western Mediterranean region, will and its connection with the main rail- be completed. network will be provided. 339.6. The modernized Hamzabeyli Border 338.3. Istanbul and Sabiha Gokcen Air- Gate will be connected to the D-100 high- ports will be aimed to become an interna- way and TEM highway via a divided motional air cargo, maintenance & repair and torway. transfer center, the rail connection will be provided between these airports and their 339.7. Ceyhan - Yumurtalık Separation- integration to the national rail route. BOTAŞ facility highway, which will serve to Ceyhan Industry Specialized Region and 339. The existing road network will be uti- BOTAS Port, will be improved to 1A stan- lized more efficiently and safely by eliminat- dard with BHM coating.

78 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

339.8. Adana South Transit highway, which 341.5. Projects with high savings potential connects Adana and Osmaniye Organized will be supported by improving efficiency Industrial Zone and Ceyhan Industry Spe- increasing project implementation process- cialized Zone to Yenice Logistics Center es. and Mersin Port, will be completed. 341.6. Support will be provided for OIZs, 340. The development of the Turkish owned to prepare and present Productivity Action maritime mercantile fleet will be promoted. Plans by completing their Energy Manage- ment Unit and ISO 50001 Energy Manage- 340.1. A long-term and low-interest finan- ment System establishment. cial support mechanism will be established for the development of the Turkish owned 342. Natural gas infrastructure will be de- maritime mercantile fleet livered to the OIZs which concentrating of priority sectors and providing certain crite- 341. Energy efficiency will be improved in ria, transmission investment will be made the manufacturing industry. for the secure supply of energy, access to energy will be ease through various support 341.1. Subsidy mechanism will be estab- mechanisms. lished for the replacement of inefficient electric motors used in industry with effi- 342.1. Access to the natural gas will be pro- cient ones. vided to the OIZs which are technically and economically satisfy the legal requirements. 341.2. It is ensured that cogeneration systems will be expanded in large industrial 342.2. In order to support the manufactur- plants using heat. ing industry, Turkey Electricity Transmis- sion Company (TEİAŞ) will conduct new 341.3. To promote and disseminate exem- transmission line and substation projects. plary energy efficiency practices, energy efficiency projects will be supported by com- 342.3. In order to meet the electricity needs petitions and it is ensured that legislation of the Thrace Region more reliably, the and technical infrastructure will be estab- power plants which are inactive in its locat- lished concerned with implementation. ed region and have sufficient power above certain efficiency will be transferred to the 341.4. Heat market legislation will be es- region. Furthermore, Lapseki 3-Sütlüce 3 tablished to expand energy-efficient district and Hersek Joint Hole - Dilovası Joint Bay heating and cooling systems throughout submarine cables and land connections will the country and to enable heat trade. be built between Thrace and Anatolia.

79 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

Table 16: Logistics Targets 2018 2023 The Rank of Turkey in Logistics Performance Index1 47 25 Share of Railway in Total Freight Transport (in modes of national ter- 5.15 10 ritorial transport, %) Railway Line Efficiency (Passenger-Km+Tonne-Km)/(Lenght of Main 1.48 2.77 line) Railways Freight Transport (Billion, Nettonne-km) 14.5 32.4 Electrified Line (%) 43 77 Signalled Line (%) 45 77 Length of Railway Branch Line (km, cumulative) 433 727 Total Container Handling (Million TEU) 10.8 13.5 Transit Load Ratio in Maritime Cargo Handling (%) 15.5 17.3 Turkish Owned Maritime Merchant Fleet of 1,000 GRT and Over (Mil- 28.6 36.0 lion DWT) Airways International Total Cargo Traffic (Thousand Tons) 1,355 1,529

Source: The data for the year 2018 are taken from the Ministry of Transport and Infrastructure and TURKSTAT. Data for the year 2023 are estimates of the Eleventh Development Plan. (1) World Bank data. Data for the year 2023 refers to the rank targeted in the report to be published in 2022.

2.2.1.1.6. Digital Transformation among stakeholders and establish an efficient and effective governance structure, a. Objective and permanent committees (digital curriculum follow-up and recommendation 343. The ainm objective is to boost pro- committee, data communication standards ductivity and competitiveness in priority committee, focused digital technologies sectors by accelerating digital transforma- committee) will be established within it. tion. 344.2. In the manufacturing industry, b. Policies and Measures studies will be conducted to disseminate international standards related to digital 344. Interfaces and standards that will transformation and creation of national strengthen cooperation and information standards and; and usage of a common lan- sharing for digital transformation of man- guage will be assured through the prepara- ufacturing industry will be established and tion of a Digital Transformation Glossary awareness will be raised in this respect. that contains relevant concepts and expla- nations. 344.1. The Digital Transformation Plat- form in Industry will be institutionalized 344.3. Digital maturity measurement in order to steer digital transformation methodology will be developed that en- process in industry, ensure coordination ables the determination of digital maturity

80 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

levels of manufacturing industry firms in digital transformation in priority sectors, the priority sectors, comparison between to conduct awareness studies and to bring firms and predicting the return of digital technology suppliers and users together. transformation investments. 345.5. A pool of competent and accredit- 344.4. A portal with a digital transfor- ed consultants will be formed in the field of mation sample applications library will be digital transformation in order to prepare created to enable enterprises to access in- firm specific digital transformation road- formation and instruments such as tech- maps, particularly for SMEs. nology solutions for digital transformation, good practices, usage scenarios, training 345.6. Awareness and competence of in- materials, standards, guidance documents dustrial enterprises on cybersecurity will be and self-assessment tools. Sharing digital enhanced, protective security measures will transformation case studies at sector and be taken in factories and supply chains and firm level will be encouraged. end-to-end cybersecurity of companies will be tested periodically. 345. The development and use of smart products and systems necessary for digital 346. Establishment of industrial cloud plat- transformation process of the industry will forms for priority sectors will be supported. be ensured, focusing on the priority sectors. 346.1. The industrial cloud platform will 345.1. An inventory of competencies of be established for the automotive sector ini- domestic digital technology developers and tially where third-party service providers practitioners and their product and service will develop applications and reach users portfolios will be created. and where digital infrastructure and services will be centrally offered to companies, 345.2. Digital Transformation Product with the participation of relevant profes- Development Support Program will be im- sional organizations and the government. plemented in order to develop, improve This business model will be extended to and commercialize domestic products and other priority sectors in light of the experi- systems aiming to meet the digital transfor- ence to be gained. mation needs in priority sectors. 346.2. Technology suppliers will be en- 345.3. Digital transformation projects to couraged to develop applications and be developed by manufacturing industry services that can be offered on the indus- companies operating in the priority sectors trial cloud platform such as artificial intelli- in cooperation with domestic product and gence, advanced data analytics, simulation service providers will be supported. and optimization, product lifecycle and production management systems, and the 345.4. Competence and Digital Transfor- use of this platform by companies will be mation Centers will be established in OIZs encouraged through supports for digital and TDZs, to provide experiential train- transformation. ing and consultancy services in the field of

81 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

346.3. Technical standards for reference ipating in international studies conducted architectures and interfaces that will enable in this field and taking into consideration companies to share data with the industrial the target markets of domestic technology cloud platform will be established by partic- suppliers.

Table 17: Digital Transformation Targets 2018 2023 Number of SMEs Getting Service Over the Industrial Cloud Platform in - 10,000 Priority Sectors (Cumulative) Number of Competence and Digital Transformation Centers (Cumulative) 1 14 Number of Digitalization Projects Developed by SMEs Operating in Priority Sectors in Cooperation with Domestic Product and Service - 20,000 Providers (Cumulative) Source: Data for the year 2023 are estimates of the Eleventh Development Plan.

2.2.1.1.7. R&D and Innovation 348.2.1R&D and innovation supports will focus on the intersection of priority sectors a. Objective and critical technology areas in line with the technology roadmaps that will be pre- 347. The main objective is to strengthen the pared. R&D and innovation capability of the manufacturing industry in order to enable value 349. The number and quality of researchers added production and to increase the ca- in the private sector will be increased. pacity of innovative product development and to provide an innovation based struc- 349.1.1It will be ensured that the qualified ture. human resources with the PhD degree required in the industry are raised with the b. Policies and Measures university-industry collaborations and the employment of the researchers who have 348. R&D and innovation support system PhD will be incentivized in the industry. will be turned into an oriented form, covering the whole process from research to 349.2.1It will be compulsory to employ re- commercialization, differentiating for me- searchers with PhD degree at varying rates dium-high and high technology sectors according to the sector and scale in the pri- and taking into account the needs and de- vate sector R&D centers. velopment potentials of the sectors. 349.3.1Graduate programs will be devel- 348.1.1Output and impact-oriented mon- oped for the needs of the industry, especial- itoring and evaluation systems will be de- ly the priority sectors, through the cooper- veloped regarding supports, and impact ation of universities and industry, and the analysis of R&D, innovation and entrepre- universities that offer these programs will neurship support programs will be con- be incentivized. ducted.

82 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

350. Support mechanisms will be imple- al property rights registered on behalf of mented to increase the transfer of knowl- higher education institutions by TTOs with edge and technology through cooperation different status, and to ensure the allocation between universities, research infrastruc- of income both to the university and to the tures and the private sector, and the in- inventor, and to maintain financial sustain- stitutional capacity of intermediary or- ability of TTOs. ganizations will be improved and their effectiveness will be increased. 350.8.1Innovation Voucher Program will be implemented to provide financial support 350.1.1Research universities will be matched to SMEs receiving R&D and innovation with priority sectors taking into account project services from research infrastruc- their competencies, and business mod- tures. els will be implemented based on projects created to achieve the specified targets and 350.9.1The academic incentive system will these collaborations will be supported. be structured by adding criteria that take knowledge and technology transfer activi- 350.2.1Projects will be carried out in order ties into account. to develop new technologies and products in cooperation with the companies in the 350.10. R&D platforms will be formed to priority sectors by increasing the capacities enable research infrastructures, especially of the research centers within TUBITAK. in the priority sectors, to cooperate among themselves and industry and at national 350.3.1Competent research infrastructures and regional levels. in priority sectors will be included in the scope of Law No. 6550. 351. The amount and diversity of supports will be increased in order to accelerate the 350.4.1Research projects with high com- commercialization of new technological mercialization potential of high-tech plat- products and complementarity of the sup- forms formed by research infrastructures in ports will be ensured through public pro- cooperation with private sector R&D cen- curement mechanisms. ters and public R&D units will be supported under the Centers of Excellence Program. 351.1.1High-tech product development and commercialization activities of the com- 350.5.1The efficiency of the Technology pany consortiums will be supported in In- Transfer Offices (TTO) will be analysed, dustrial Innovation Network Mechanism and domestic and international best prac- Program with special attention to priority tices will be identified and disseminated. sectors.

350.6.1The institutional structure and351.2. Technology application centers and human resources capacity of TTOs will support mechanisms will be established for be improved and supported in a perfor- conducting prototype development, scaling mance-oriented manner. and technology verification studies so that the R&D results can be commercialized. 350.7.1Legislation will be improved to enable the commercialization of intellectu-

83 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

351.3. Technologies, that are developed as a 352.2. A support program will be estab- result of R&D and innovation projects and lished aiming the large companies to guide that are protected by patents, will be trans- and co-finance the R&D projects of SMEs ferred to companies settled in Turkey via which are working as their suppliers. licensing or assignment. 352.3. The start-up companies that can 351.4. The duration of the supports applied develop innovative, high-tech products to the private sector R&D and design cen- and services will be supported within the ters and TDZs will be extended and studies framework of a progressive program which will be carried out to provide the supports begins with mentoring support. on a performance basis. 353. To achieve a higher value-added share 351.5. The critical components, devices and in the global value chain, frontier research- materials required in the priority sectors es will be carried out in our country. will be developed with the co-financing of the public authorities in need. 353.1. Frontier R&D laboratories to be established in Turkey by national or inter- 352. Innovative entrepreneurship will be national firms that generate scientific and supported and R&D partnerships between technological knowledge in their fields will large enterprises and entrepreneurs will be be supported. developed. In this framework, large companies will play a pioneering role in the devel- 353.2. To increase the use of accelerators and opment of R&D and innovation ecosystems irradiation technologies in the manufactur- in their sectors and support the establishing industry, participation in the studies in ment and growth of new enterprises. the domestic and foreign research centers will be ensured and the activities of the in- 352.1. Large companies will be incentivized to establish funds like venture capital to dustry in this field will be supported. support initiatives in their sectors.

Table 18: Targets in R&D and Innovation 2018 2023 Share of Private Sector in R&D Expenditures (%) 56.91 67 Share of R&D Personnel in Private Sector (%) 57.31 67 Source: Data for the year 2023 are estimates of the Eleventh Development Plan. (1) The data for the year 2017.

2.2.1.1.8. Critical Technologies coming years to ensure technological transformation and to increase competitiveness a. Objective in the priority sectors and areas.

354. The main objective is to improve the b. Policies and Measures ability to developing and adapting technology in critical technology areas that are ex- 355. In order to achieve National Technol- pected to generate high value-added in the ogy Act, road maps will be prepared for

84 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

artificial intelligence, internet of things, will be incentivized at universities with spe- augmented reality, big data, cybersecurity, cialized programs in critical technologies. energy storage, advanced material, robot- ics, micro/nano/optoelectronics, biotech- 357. Research infrastructures in critical nology, quantum, sensor technologies and technologies will be strengthened. additive manufacturing technologies and the necessary infrastructures will be estab- 357.1. The laboratory infrastructure of the lished, the qualified human resources in universities specialized in critical technol- need will be trained and the social orienta- ogies will be improved according to the tion will be ensured to focus on these areas. needs of R&D studies related to these technologies. 355.1. Technology roadmaps including the general outlook of the human resourc- 358. The capacity of the private sector in es in critical technologies and the ability of critical technologies will be improved. the private sector to develop and adapt the technology will be prepared by taking the 358.1. The R&D support program will be development potential of technologies and created particularly for innovative entre- the long-term supply and demand dynam- preneurs in critical technology areas. ics into consideration. 358.2. In case large scale companies carry 356. Human resource capacity will be in- out R&D studies in critical technology ar- creased in critical technologies. eas for product development with universities or public research institutions, public 356.1. The skills and competencies needed finance will be provided to cover a certain for critical technology areas will be deter- part of the project’s cost to the entrepreneur. mined through an analysis study to be conducted. 358.3. The collaborations of the private sector towards joint R&D projects, infrastruc- 356.2. Interdisciplinary undergraduate and ture usage, and human resource develop- graduate programs specialized in critical ment in the area of critical technologies will technologies will be started to meet these be supported. capabilities and competences. 358.4. Strategic countries to cooperate with 356.3. Scholarship programs will be initiat- for R&D and innovation in critical technol- ed to send graduate students to internation- ogy areas will be identified, and bilateral al educational institutions that have proven and multilateral R&D and innovation col- perfection in critical technology fields with laborations involving private sector-univer- varying amounts of support compared to sity and private-private partnerships will be other fields. supported with these countries.

356.4. Part-time employment of competent academicians and researchers from abroad

85 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

2.2.1.2. Priority Sectors be strengthened and sales and marketing activities of the developed products will be 2.2.1.2.1. Chemical Industry promoted. a. Objective 360.4. Biomass and wastes will be used efficiently and utilized as alternative input in 359. The main objective is to make sustain- the chemical production. able and coordinated investments that use high technology, produce high value add- 360.5. The necessity predictions for ad- ed, environment-friendly and competitive vanced materials used in the components products in the chemical sector, thereby of technological products will be made, and reducing the import dependency of our support will be provided for domestic R&D country and increase the sector’s share in and production activities of these advanced the world production and export. materials. b. Policies and Measures 361. Practices that will enhance the R&D and sustainability capabilities of chemical 360. In the chemical sector, import of the sector will be launched. intermediate goods will be reduced and the production and export of high value-add- 361.1. Legislative arrangements will be in- ed, human and environmental health sensi- troduced; andR&D and investment sup- tive products will be increased. ports will be provided to encourage the use of bioplastics which can be produced from 360.1. A large-scale petrochemicals plant several natural products, primarily hemp will be established in Çukurova region. The and corn, and which are completely dis- large-scale investments to be started in Cey- solved in nature. han Energy Specialized Industrial Zone will be completed and an integrated production 361.2. The lignite reserves in our country structure including basic petro-chemicals will be evaluated and feasibility studies will will be established. be carried out in order to establish gasifica- tion reactors that enable the production of 360.2. The companies which can domesti- coal-sourced chemicals (ammonia, meth- cally provide the very high temperature re- anol, monomer, synthetic natural gas, hy- sistant composite materials needed in the drogen, synthetic liquid diesel fuel, etc). installation of nuclear power plants will be supported. 361.3. The chemistry sector will be supported for compliance with the Regulation 360.3. The facilities to produce Ferrob- on Registration, Evaluation, Authorization or, Boron Nitride and Boron Carbide will and Restriction of Chemical Substanc- be completed and put into operation. The es (REACH) and the Regulation on the production amount of refined boron prod- Prevention of Major Industrial Accidents ucts, R&D capacity and competencies will (SEVESO Directives).

86 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

2.2.1.2.2. Pharmaceuticals and new generation health entrepreneurs will Medical Devices be established in the field of pharmaceuticals and medical devices and entrepreneurs, a. Objective industrialists and investors will be brought together through various activities. 362. The main objective is to increase the competitiveness in the global market in the 364.4. An accredited center of excellence pharmaceutical and medical devices sector will be established to accomodate analysis, and to move our country to a higher posi- verification, testing and measurement action in the value chain. tivities towards R&D, pre-clinical studies, prototype development, production and b. Policies and Measures post-production processes of medical devices. 363. In the pharmaceutical and medical devices industry, TÜSEB’s competencies will 363.5. Information programs on several be increased and the actions will be taken subjects such as; incentives to accelerate the to fund start-ups besides R&D, production commercialization process and intellectual and training activities; to create simulation property rights will be organized for rele- centers, to establish partnerships with other vant professionals, primarily researchers at companies when necessary, to lead estab- universities. lishing a health valley and health technologies development zone and to enable devel- 363.6. An internationally recognized test oping export oriented higher value-added and analysis infrastructure will be devel- products. oped in the field of testing, certification and licensing for the pharmaceuticals and med- 363.1. In order to improve the R&D and ical devices sector. production capacity of our country in the field of pharmaceuticals and medical tech- 364. Necessary ecosystem will be estab- nologies, Health Valley will be launched lished in our country, particularly in areas as an integrated health ecosystem that in- requiring high technology such as biotech- cludes all stakeholders of the sector such as nological drugs, R&D, production, quali- universities, research centers, laboratories, fied human resources and legislation. technology firms, application centers, physicians and engineers . 364.1. Personnel will be trained as to be qualified to take part in laboratory testing 363.2. Health technology development and analysis processes and product certi- zones will be established in which pharma- fication processes in compliance with the ceuticals and medical devices production new EU medical device directives to be im- areas will take place, technological facilities plemented in 2020. to serve common use, and support for clustering will be provided. 364.2. The criteria for the additional payment received by medical doctors from the 363.3. Through the Health Industries Trans- revolving fund will be rearranged so that formation and Research Platform, a pool of

87 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

they can devote more time to R&D activi- 366.3. The awareness of clinical research ties. will be raised among the parties of clinical research and the public. 364.3. The infrastructure for the production of chemical, herbal, biological and radio- 366.4. Participating in clinical research will pharmaceutical (nuclear) raw materials will be included in the performance, academic be developed. appointment and promotion criteria.

364.4. Infrastructure and competencies will 366.5. In order to increase the share re- be improved in order to increase R&D ac- ceived from international supports (e.g. EU tivities for biotechnological drugs. funds and NIH funds) for clinical researches, membership to the networks that will 365. In order to support the production of ensure visibility of Turkey at international pharmaceuticals and medical devices; the level will be provided. outputs of the supports and incentives provided will be closely monitored. 367. It will be provided that the Health In- dustries Steering Committee, which is au- 365.1. A support program will be estab- thorized to increase investment, produc- lished for the domestic production of phar- tion, export and technology development maceuticals and medical devices in line in the field of health industries, will func- with the policies set by the Industrialization tion effectively. Executive Committee.

365.2. A system will be developed to mon- 2.2.1.2.3. Electronics itor and evaluate the results of the public a. Objective support programs related to the pharmaceuticals and medical devices sectors. 368. The main objective is to increase competitive production and exports based on 366. It shall be ensured that our country be- R&D in the electronics sector. comes the leading country of the region in clinical researches. b. Policies and Measures 366.1. Clinical research conducted before 369. R&D and production activities of do- licensing will be included in the scope of mestic electronic communication network R&D activities without any other condi- and infrastructure components including tion, and the R&D supports for the clinical 5G and higher technologies will be encour- studies will be differentiated. aged. 366.2. Pre-clinical research centers holding internationally recognized Good Laborato- 369.1. 5G base station development studies ry Practices certificate will be established in will be completed. order to carry out R&D activities of phar- 369.2. Domestic production and R&D ac- maceuticals and medical devices before clinical research. tivities will be supported within the scope

88 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

of new generation mobile communication dition that an advanced patent is developed technologies. within a certain period of time in the same subject of patent received. 370 Domestic production of hardware and software products used in M2M and IoT 2.2.1.2.4. Machinery and Electrical ecosystem including all vertical sectors will Equipment be supported. a. Objective 370.1. It will be ensured that the applications will be developed and the domestic 373. The main objective is to increase our standards will be established in smart fac- competitiveness in the global market by tories, transportation, energy, agriculture, improving the competitive and efficient health, environment, disaster management, domestic production infrastructure in the etc. machinery and electrical equipment sectors and to move our country to a higher posi- 371. The necessary investments will be tion in the value chain. made to increase the competitiveness of the sector. b. Policies and Measures

371.1. Supports and incentives will be pro- 374. The effectiveness of market supervi- vided for transferring capabilities acquired sion activities in the machinery sector will in defense electronics to the civilian do- be increased. main as well as ensuring commercialization in this field. 374.1. The testing and inspection infrastructure of TSI (Turkish Standards Insti- 371.2. One among existing or to be estab- tute) will be strengthened. lished Technology Development Zones established in Istanbul, Ankara and İzmir will 375. Arrangements will be made in invest- be converted into Specialized Electronics ment incentives to support the purchase of and Communication Technology Develop- domestic machinery. ment Zone or the establishment of TDZ’s in these areas will be supported; cluster devel- 375.1. Grants or additional financial sup- opment support will be provided in these port will be provided when domestic ma- areas and electronic testing and analysis chinery is preferred within the scope of in- laboratories suitable for common use will vestment incentive system. be established. 375.2. The domestic production of machin- 372. Special support programs will be cre- ery and equipment subject to R&D support ated to increase production and ensure sec- will be encouraged. toral transformation. 376. Clustering in the machinery sector will 372.1. Costs related to patents purchased be supported. from abroad will be supported on the con-

89 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

376.1. In line with the development of a strategic product used in the production of limited number of supported clusters in transformers and electric motors, will be the sector, 5 large-scale machine clustering supported and studies on investment mo- programs will be implemented. del will be carried out in this field.

376.2. Inventory of natural cluster structu- 378.3. Theexisting capacity for accumula- ring in machinery sector will be established tor and battery production will be developed and cluster development activities will be in accordance with the new technologies, carried out. and the development of sub-components (software, hardware, raw materials, etc.) of 377. Domestic production will be impro- these technologies and related test and cha- ved through public procurement and regu- racterization infrastructures will be sup- lations. ported.

377.1. In the case of large-scale public ten- 378.4. In the field of renewable energy; ders, the requirement for use of domestic new investment models will be implemen- products, particularly for elevators and air ted with mechanisms involving domestic conditioning products, will be introduced. equipment use, R&D, technology transfer and public procurement. 377.2. Domestic machinery will be used in PPP projects. 378.5. Domestic production of new generation lighting devices will be supported by 377.3. The hares of domestic products in regulations providing for saving energy and the machinery and equipment supplied by using domestic production equipment in SSO (State Supply Office) will be increased. the province, district and town municipalities for the open area lighting. 378. Investments will be made in the R&D infrastructure necessary for increasing the 378.6. An inventory report will be prepa- competitiveness in the electrical equipment red to identify the energy equipment that and technological transformation will be can be produced domestically and the nee- supported in the sector. ds analysis will be conducted for the products that can be produced locally. 378.1. In order to test and commercialized the prototypes resulting from the R&D 378.7. Priority will be given to the produc- studies, an independent and accredited In- tion of energy equipment which are needed ternational High Power and High Voltage and which would provide competitive ad- Test Laboratory will be established to ren- vantage. der the necessary tests of products so that these products be accepted in the national 379. Special support programs will be es- and international markets. tablished in order to increase production and ensure sectoral transformation in the 378.2. The R&D tudiess and clustering electrical equipment and domestic applian- activities for the advanced technology proces sector. duction of silicon steel sheet, which is a

90 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

379.1. The cluster development support high-tech domestic brand vehicle produc- will be provided, and the test and certifi- tion and the highly competitive supply in- cation support will be offered for the com- dustry. panies producing electrical equipment for nuclear power plants. b. Policies and Measures

379.2. In the domestic appliances sector, 382. Automotive support program will be the need for additional investments due to implemented to improve competitiveness. product designs that comply with the new With the program; technologyand produ- eco design and the new energy label regula- ction capabilities in areas such as sensors, tion, which will take effect on 1 March 2021 batteries, fuel cells and software will be im- in the EU, which is the main export market proved. of sector, will be supported within the scope of investment incentives. 382.1. By developing the incentive mechanism for the domestic brand automobile 379.3. A special support program will be project, the project will be completed. designed for engineering and consultancy firms, and local engineering firms will be 382.2. Branding will be encouraged th- given priority for integrated machine park rough the domestic brand vehicle project design. aimed at the needs of the domestic and foreign markets. 380. Domestic production in the sector will be improved through activities aiming 382.3. Promotional activities will be car- at promoting energy efficiency in the ele- ried out to ensure that the sector can be- ctrical equipment and domestic appliances nefit from the cluster support program and sector. the cluster cooperation in the automotive industry will be supported at a higher level 380.1. The replacement of energy-ineffi- within this scope. cient motors used in industrial plants with more efficient motors will be supported. 382.4. Feasibility reports will be prepared for determining the locations of specialized 380.2. Awareness will be raised on effi- OIZs if requested for the automotive supp- ciency improvement potential by applying ly industry, and the number of automotive energy labels on the electrical motors used specialized OIZs will be increased. in industrial plants. 382.5. Information sharing organizations 2.2.1.2.5. Automotive will be supported within the scope of taking measures to ensure cooperation and integ- a. Objective ration between the automotive sector and other sectors such as electronics, software, 381. The main objective is to increase the electrical machinery, basic metals and de- international market share by developing fense.

91 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

383. A well-equipped workforce capable of 385.1. A research will be conducted to es- adapting to digitalization and technological tablish an effective infrastructure for vehic- developments will be raised. les with alternative power systems.

383.1. It will be ensured that the sector ta- 385.2. The echnicalt legislation and inf- kes part in decision-making bodies in auto- rastructure need for the development and motive vocational and technical high scho- use of autonomous and related vehicles will ols. be identified.

383.2. In order to meet the need of quali- 385.3. Battery investment will be made for fied labor force in Kocaeli, İstanbul, Bur- electrical automotive production. sa, Sakarya, Ankara, İzmir, Aksaray and Adana, where the automotive industry is 385.4. Uncertainties regarding legislation concentrated, it will be ensured that auto- and implementation about the collection, motive industry vocational high schools use and transformation of data from new and vocational schools will be established generation vehicles into value added servi- in these regions and their capacities will be ces will be eliminated. improved. 385.5. Supports will be provided and ar- 384. In order to maintain and improve rangements will be made to expand the use the competitiveness of the automotive in- of domestically manufactured electrical bu- dustry; within the framework of global ses in urban and suburban transport. developments, new technologies and changing customer expectations; developing 386. Foreign market and export opportu- critical technologies like; environmental nities will be improved. technologies, connected and autonomous vehicles and smart mobility will be empha- 386.1. In order to reduce the risks of the sized. automotive industry to mainly export markets, researches will be conducted for new 384.1. National joint project platforms will markets and investments abroad. be established and supported for the development of national production and R&D 2.2.1.2.6. Rail System Vehicles activities in automotive information technologies. a. Objective

384.2. A support program will be imple- 387. The ainm objective is improving R&D, mented for sectoral market surveys and re- design and manufacturing capabilities of searches on subjects such as technological the domestic industries for manufacturing development, manpower needs, marketing the rail system vehicles and its critical com- and branding. ponents with domestic capabilities and creating a national brand in this sector. 385. Appropriate infrastructure will be established for new generation vehicles.

92 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

b. Policies and Measures vehicle body design, system integration and gear box will be designed and manufactu- 388. In order to ensure coordination red through domestic capabilities. among related institutions for domestic manufacturing of rail system vehicles and 389.2. The production of national electri- fallow up with the domestic value added cal multiple unit will be completed in 2020. the necessary regulations and financial measures will be adopted by the decision of the 389.3. The serial production of the nati- Industrialization Executive Committee so onal electric locomotive will be started in that public institutions and municipalities 2022. procure domestically manufactured vehicles. 389.4. The prototype of the national high-speed train will be completed in 2023. 388.1. The Ministry of Industry and Te- chnology, together with the Ministry of 389.5. In 2023, 80 percent locality level Transport and Infrastructure will conduct will be achieved in all rail system vehicles a rail system vehicle inventory study in ad- including metro and tram production. dition to ademand & supply planning, and will submit them to the Industrialization 389.6. The institutional capacity of public Executive Committee; decision on public and private sector organizations produ- procurement and long-term ordering met- cing rail system vehicles and components hods will be taken by the Committee. will be increased through joint studies with universities; foreign market and export op- 388.2. The Ministry of Transport and In- portunities will be improved by developing frastructure will prepare an inventory of sales, marketing and branding strategies. the rail system vehicles and identify the demand expected in the medium term and 389.7. Training programs will be develo- existing public-private production structu- ped to meet the needs of project managers, re and capabilities on the the supply side. system managers, system engineers and design engineers tol take part in the design, 388.3. Rail vehicle standards will be deve- development, production, testing, and cer- loped for tram, light rail system and subway tification processes of rail system vehicles. vehicles to be used in urban transport, and urban rail vehicle registration system will 389.8. In order to ensure the continuity of be established. quality and reliability of the domestic rail system vehicles produced in our country, 389. Efforts will be made for designing and the National Rail Systems Testing and Re- production of all rail system vehicles throu- search Center in Eskişehir, which woul- gh national capabilities. dprovide serve at national and international level will be completed, an independent 389.1. Critical components of rail system structure will be established will be estab- vehicles primarily including traction sys- lished with an operational model involving tem, bogie, train control system, passenger the related institutes and research centers. information system, pneumatic systems,

93 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

2.2.1.3. Other Manufacturing products will be prioritized through public Industries regulations, R&D and investments for ref- ractory materials and advanced ceramic 2.2.1.3.1. Textile-Clothing-Leather products which are currently imported will Industry be supported and the awareness will be improved on P&D and innovation. 390. The main objective is to be one of the leading countries that directs the value cha- 2.2.1.3.3. Basic Metal Industry in with a focus on fashion design and branding in the textile, leather and clothing sec- 395. The main objective is to improve the tor. production structure in the basic metal industry to produce qualified products; raise 391. Fast and flexible production, innova- the variety of high value-added products tion, customer focus, integrated production and increase the share of the ore-based pro- structure, social responsibility and environ- duction method without causing idle capa- mental awareness, retailing and organizati- city. onal skills will be developed in the sector. 396. In the iron and steel sector, importan- 392. With regard to technical textiles, whi- ce will be given to expanding exports and ch is one of the key areas in the transfor- export markets, preventing the imports of mation of high value-added structure in the non-standard low quality products, impro- sector, companies will be supported to sele- ving the domestic supply chain on the basis ct optimum technology, comply with the of quality and size of the steel types used in environmental protection legislation, ener- strategic areas such as ; defense industry, gy efficiency and waste re-use activities and railways, mega projects and nuclear power cooperatewith other stakeholders in the plants and guaranteeing input supply. value chain (in particular machinery, fiber and technical end-use manufacturers). 397. In the aluminum sector, R&D and investment activities will be encouraged for 2.2.1.3.2. Non-Metallic Mineral the domestic production of high-alloyed, Products Industry heat-resistant, high-value-added products required for the sectors such as aviation, 393. The main objective in the non-me- defense and automotive industries. tallic mineral products sector is to reduce input costs and supply risks, particularly in 2.2.1.3.4. Ship-Building Industry terms of energy, and to improve sustainable production, efficiency and competitiveness. 398. In order to improve the competitiveness of our marine technologies and 394. Within the framework of the needs shipbuilding subsidiary industry, Marine of the non-metallic mineral products sec- Technologies and Industry Technical Com- tor, the development of transportation in- mittee will be established, R&D and inno- frastructure in required regions will be en- vation culture will be disseminated among sured, the use of domestic and innovative the companies operating in the sector in

94 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

order to contribute to the high value added b. Policies and Measures production and export goals. 403. By providing accurate and reliable 399. A program will be launched to con- data at macro and micro level, the whole vert the vessels used for short-distance chain extending from seed to table will be passenger and vehicle transportation in fully recorded, annual monitoring and eva- our country into environment friendly and luation activities will be institutionalized, energy-efficient fully electrical vessels, and agricultural information systems will be support will be provided to rolling out si- completed and effective use will be ensured. milar practices. 403.1. Census of agriculture will be con- 2.2.1.3.5. Furniture Industry ducted.

400. The main objective is to improve the 403.2. Agricultural information systems design and branding capacities in order to will be developed with digitalization, arti- increase the value added in the furniture ficial intelligence and data-based business industry. models and will be made available to all segments. 401. In order to reduce informality, which is one of the biggest problems of the sector, 403.3. Market information and monito- works will be carried out with the partici- ring system will be established for moni- pation of sectoral NGOs. Market researches toring agricultural input and product price will be carried out for the export-oriented fluctuations, protecting competition and transformation of the existing production eliminating market failures. structure of the sector and design, branding, company collaborations and logistics 404. The efficiency of agricultural subsi- capacity will be improved. dies will be increased.

2.2.2. Priority Development Areas 404.1. The impact analysis of agricultural subsidies will be made. 2.2.2.1. Agriculture 404.2. Agricultural subsidies will be incre- a. Objective ased and a dynamic structure that focuses on water constraint, quality in production, 402. The ainm objective is to create an ef- farmer cost and income, supply and de- ficient agricultural sector that is environ- mand balance will be provided. mentally, socially and economically sustainable, which has increased its international 405. Protection, effective use and manage- competitiveness with its production stru- ment of agricultural lands will be ensured. cture that considers supply and demand balances as well as adequate and balanced 405.1. Detailed soil surveys depicting soil nutrition of the people of the country. capabilities throughout the country will be made, mapped and classified.

95 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

405.2. Preparation of agricultural land use irrigation. Budgetary funds will be alloca- plans based on soil information system will ted for irrigation of 750 thousand hectares be completed. of this total. For the remaining area, alternative new domestic and foreign finance 405.3. Regulations to reduce the pressure methods will be devised by the Ministry of non-agricultural use of agricultural lands of Agriculture and Forestry together with will be completed and inspections will be other related ministries and these invest- increased. ments will be completed this way.

405.4. Arrangements will be introduced 406.2. Public irrigation investments will for the establishment of a land banking be maintained regarding the criteria such as system in order to developean agricultural level of progress, condition of storage faci- land market, especially in bringing idle lan- lity, availability of gravity irrigation system , ds into agricultural production, and contra- irrigation ratios of comparable projects, po- ct farming will be supported and encoura- tential for completion in the very near term ged. and necessity to be carried out simultaneously with other projects. 405.5. Studies will be carried out for land acquisition, primarily through leasing, so 406.3. Modern irrigation systems such as that the scale of agricultural enterprises re- sprinkling and drip irrigation will be disse- ach the size of agricultural land with suffi- minated to ensure efficient use of water in cient income, while protecting small family agriculture. enterprises. 406.4. Measures to prevent agricultural 405.6. The division of agricultural lands by water pollution will be expanded. inheritance and sale will be prevented and financial support will be provided to heirs 406.5. In order to prevent water losses due for land acquisition. to evaporation by taking into account the effects of climate change, studies will be 405.7. Land consolidation activities will carried out to establish underground water continue in an integrated manner with ir- basins and dams. rigation investments and arrangements will be made to accelerate the registration pro- 407. Plant production will be increased. cedures. 407.1. In order to ensure the sustainabi- 406. Investments will be prioritized and lity of plant production, input supports will maintained in order to expand irrigated be determined by taking into account the areas, and efforts towards quality and qu- changes in costs, particularly diesel fuel and antity wise preservation and efficient use of fertilizer. water will be furthered. 407.2. In order to increase product reliabi- 406.1. During the Plan period, 2 million lity, diversity and production, particularly hectares of land is planned to be opened for for high value added medical and aromatic

96 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

plants, good agricultural practices, organic 408.3. In order to increase the number of farming, contract farming, clustering, rese- maternal animals in sheep breeding and to arch, marketing and branding activities will increase the rate of sheep and goat meat in be supported. red meat production, additional support will be given to each head of female lamb 407.3. In addition to the establishment of and goat added to the herd to be used as modern greenhouses for undergrowth cul- a breeder within the scope of the Herd tivation, investment and operational finan- Growth and Renewal Support Project. cial support will be provided for the modernization, expansion, packaging and storage 408.4. The identification, limitation and facilities of existing greenhouses. registration processes for pasture, plateau and barracks will be accelerated, pastures 407.4. In cooperation with private sector will be rehabilitated to boost the produc- seed companies, production areas of certi- tion of high quality forage production and fied seeds will be expanded and elite seed forage crop production will be supported. production will be undertaken and the production of new varieties will be maintained. 408.5. Modernization and expansion of shelters and the purchase of livestock, tools 407.5. Regulations will be introduced to and equipment will be supported so that fa- expand the industrial use of fibrous plants, mily holdinhs reach the capacity of 10 hea- primarily hemp. ds of cattle and 300 heads of sheep and goat. 407.6. Renewal of planting areas will be 408.6. Product and market diversity will supported in order to increase the produc- be increased in the export of poultry pro- tivity of long-lasting and high value-added ducts. crops such as tea and hazelnut that have completed their economic life and reduce their yield. 408.7. Breeding needs will be met and product diversity will be increased in beekee- 408. Livestock farming will be developed. ping.

408.1. In order to reduce reproductive los- 408.8. In the silk industry, traditional pro- ses in cattle and increase the rates of flesh, duction will be replaced by modern produ- combined breeds and their hybrids arising ction in order to ensure high quality and from artificial insemination, criteria for high yield material supply. support of calf, vaccine and disease-free holdings will be re-determined and their 409. Production and exports will be incre- subsidy amounts will be increased. ased in the aquaculture sector.

408.2. In order to meet the need for bre- 409.1. New potential aquaculture produc- eding material domestiacally, purchases tion areas will be identified and opened to from the enterprises registered in the Ge- the use of entrepreneurs and production nealogical Information System and from will be encouraged with various govern- heifer breeding centers will be supported. ment supports.

97 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

409.2. Sustainability of fish stocks will be 410.6. Action plans will be prepared to ensured by considering the balance betwe- combat invasive species and agricultu- en conservation and utilization of resources. ral pathogens in connection with climate change. 409.3. Increase in international competitiveness will be supported by product diver- 411. The rules and capacities for market sification and branding. regulation will be improved in order to ensure food safety, efficient inventory mana- 409.4. The seu and dissemination of closed gement, reducing losses in the supply chain circuit systems in production will be ensu- and preventing waste. red with additional supports. 411.1. Product conservation and analysis 410. In order to ensure food safety, effi- supports will be increased in order to ex- ciency of inspections will be increased, the pand the licensed warehousing system. services for combating plant and animal disease and pests will be developed. 411.2. The logistics infrastructure for the establishment of the cold chain in agricul- 410.1. Single health policy for human and tural products will be improved. animal health will be implemented, including animal welfare, throughEnterprise-O- 411.3. Consumer awareness will be increa- riented Preventive Veterinary System. sed to prevent food losses and waste. 410.2. A veterinary medical product cont- 411.4. Arrangements will be introduced rol center will be established to conduct for the efficient and safe conduct of e-com- all tests and analyzes of veterinary medi- merce in agricultural products. cal products offered to the market in our country and the center will be international 411.5. Promotive production models will accredited. be implemented for the development of 410.3. In cooperation with the private se- agricultural-industry integration and coo- ctor, a vaccine production center will be peration. established to produce veterinary vaccines and diagnostic kits. 411.6. Product pattern change scenarios in agriculture will be established in order to 410.4. Inspection and training activities adapt to climate change. will be increased to combat unconscious pesticide use in plant production and alter- 412. In agricultural production, biodiver- native biological and biotechnical combat sity in the field of local animal breed and practices will be supported and dissemina- seeds will be preserved and made sustai- ted. nable.

410.5. Food control laboratory infrastruc- 412.1. The iodiversityb inventory will be ture will be strengthened and the efficiency completed, critical species and specific are- of control services will be increased. as will be monitored, a mechanism for sha-

98 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

ring the benefits obtained from genetic re- offered to the market faster and at affordab- sources and related traditional information le prices. will be established, traditional knowledge based on biodiversity will be recorded and 414. Mechanisms will be established to en- made available for R&D purposes. sure that agricultural products produced at local and regional level achieve the ad- 412.2. Arrangements will be made for the ded-value they deserve. establishment of accredited nature farms in order to ensure that the presence of local 414.1. The product value of local products, race livestock and seeds reach sufficient qu- geo-marked agricultural products and me- antities. dicinal and aromatic products will be increased through improvements for promotion, 412.3. In nature farms, local seeds fruit, marketing and branding. cereals, medicl and aromatic plants, primarily winter vegetables will be reproduced as 414.2. Besides traditional tea products, well as local animal breeds and converted high value-added products such as cold tea, into sustainable value-added products. organic tea and white tea will be developed from the tea plant. 413. Cooperatives and producer unions will be actively incorporated into the sys- 415. The contribution of forests to the eco- tem in order to reduce the number of in- nomy will be increased through sustainable termediaries in the distribution chain in forest management. the marketing of agricultural products, to ensure the consumer access to the product 415.1. National Forest Inventory study will at reasonable prices and to establish a direct be completed. connection between the producer and the consumer. 415.2. The capacity to combat diseases, 413.1. In order to increase the organizatio- pests and wildfires in forestry will be stren- nal capability of the producers and increase gthened. the operational efficiency of these organizations, their access to finance will be eased 415.3. The support provided for forest and professional management, supervision villagers will be maintained within certain and organizational infrastructures will be programs, and professionalization will be improved. raised through training activities in order to increase quality production and labor 413.2. Arrangements will be made in or- productivity in forestry. der to facilitate the commercial activities of producer associations. 415.4. In order to meet the wooden raw material needs, industrial plantations will 413.3. Through a distribution model with be facilitated with fast-growing species. a solid supervision and management infrastructure, arrangements will be made to 415.5. The use of wood will be expanded ensure so that agricultural products can be and standards will be set.

99 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

416. The efficiency and quality of agricul- 417.1. In agricultural insurance, the scope tural R&D activities will be increased by will be expanded on product and risk basis improving coordination and cooperation and efforts will be maintained to introduce between public, university, private and in- income insurance. dustrial sectors in agricultural research activities. 417.2. Efforts will be made to facilitate the inclusion of young population employed in 416.1. The esultsr of agricultural research agricultural sector into the social security projects will be shared with relevant institu- system. tions and duplications in research activities will be prevented. 418. The effectiveness of agricultural training and extension activities will be increa- 416.2. Studies carried out in research ins- sed and expanded. titutes primarily on animal and plant breeding, biotechnology and biodiversity con- 418.1. Training will be provided for the servation areas will be supported within the reduction of production costs, use of te- framework of public, university and private chnology, production of high-quality and sector cooperation. healthy products, especially for women and young farmers, and publication and certi- 416.3. Research activities aimed at incre- fication programs as well as courses to im- asing agricultural production and produc- prove agricultural skills will be organized. tivity will be given importance in cooperation with the Ministry of Agriculture and 418.2. The participation of academicians Forestry, particularly with the relevant uni- and research staff in training and extension versities within the scope of the Regional programs will be increased and the relati- Development-Focused Mission Differenti- onship between R&D and extension will be ation and Specialization Program. strengthened.

416.4. Innovative and environ- 418.3. The capacity of producer organiza- ment-friendly production techniques, es- tions to provide training and extension ser- pecially smart agricultural technologies, vices will be improved. will be developed and supported.

417. Activities to protect the income of producers in agriculture will be supported.

100 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

Table 19: Targets in Agriculture Sector 2018 2023 Land Consalidation Activity Area (Million Hectares, Cumulative)1 8.2 8.5 Land Consalidation Area for wich Registiration Procedures are 3.6 6.2 Completed (Million Hectares, Cumulative)1 Irrigated Net Agricultural Area (Million Hectares, Cumulative)1 3.34 5.34 Pressurized Irrigation System Installed Area (Thousand Hectares, 40 200 Annual) Irrigation Rate (%) 64 68 Ratio of Agricultural Supports Provided from Central Government 6.8 7.2 Budget to Agricultural Value Added (%) Oil Seed Production (Million Tons) 4.02 5.40 Production Amount of Medicinal and Aromatic Plants (Thousand Tons) 700 1,200 Ratio of Culture Breeds in Cattle Presence (%) 49 56 Red Meat Production Amount (Million Tons) 1.12 1.70 Pasture Reclamation and Management Area (Thousand Hectares, 68 518 Cumulative) Ratio of Forest Areas to Country Area (%) 29 30 Source: Data for 2018 belongs to the Ministry of Agriculture and Forestry, General Directorate of State Hydraulic Works (DSI) and General Directorate of Forestry. Data for 2023 are estimates of the Eleventh Development Plan. (1) Based on the activities of the Ministry of Agriculture and Forestry and DSI.

2.2.2.2. Defence Industry 420.1. Through national technologies and domestic opportunities, the advanced ver- a. Objective sions of products with technical specifica- tions continuously improved and the ap- 419. The main objective is to strengthen proach of having a product range that can the defense industry ecosystem in order to address different operational needs and meet the needs of our Armed Forces and task areas will be adopted. security forces with the understanding of continuous development with national te- 420.2. While developing defense industry chnologies and domestic opportunities to products, external dependency will be mi- the maximum extent and to increase defen- nimized at the system, sub-system and se exports, and to ensure the spread of skills component levels. acquired in the defense industry to the civil sector. 420.3. In order to idetify the existing capabilities of our defense industry to cover the b. Policies and Measures whole country, industrial competence data infrastructure will be developed and a skills 420. Projects will be implemented to mi- inventory will be established. nimize foreign-source dependency in the defense industry through national techno- 420.4. Localization Roadmap will be pre- logies and domestic facilities. pared and implied, and the defense industry local content rate will be increased.

101 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

420.5. During the plan period, Altay tanks, 421.5. Financial support will be provided domestic air defense systems and marine to all companies operating in the defense platforms will be added to the inventory; industry,, including SMEs, under the De- the number of UAVs in the inventory will fense Industry Investment and Develop- be increased; UAV engine prototype and ment Activities Support Program. land vehicle engine will be delivered. 421.6. Country and project based export 421. In order to strengthen the defense in- strategies will be defined in order to increa- dustry ecosystem and ensure sustainability; se sector exports. the training infrastructure will be strengthened so that qualified human resources 421.7. Various activities (Defense Industry need can be met, support will be provided Council, collective wisdom workshops, to sector companies, primarily SMEs, and regional industry meetings, technopark measures will be taken to increase coopera- meetings, clustering meetings and OIZ tion in exports and ecosystems. meetings) will be organized every year to strengthen cooperation, coordination and 421.1. Training will be provided through sharing among all stakeholders in the sec- the Defense Industry Academy in order to tor. increase interest and familiarity for technology. 422. In defense industry, the process of transformation will be managed, national 421.2. Within the scope of the Visionary technology breakthrough will be boosted Young Project, sectoral knowledge such with dissemination of multi-use in sectors as internship, job opportunities, and tech- that can feed each other technologically. nology competitions will be presented to young people. 422.1. Projects and investments based on 421.3. The eedsn analysis of the vocational basic and advanced technologies will be re- and technical schools related to the fields alized and supported in line with the visi- of defense industry will be conducted and ons of creating 100 percent national defense standardized; and these schools will be ope- industry in critical technologies for defense ned in provinces where necessary. industry and shaping up the war concept of the future. 421.4. Through Industrial Competence Assessment and Support Program (EY- 422.2. By analyzing the multipl use oppor- DEP) financial assistance focused on tra- tunities between sectors, a model will be ining, consultancy and guidance support developed to transform them into concrete will be provided to companies. projects.

102 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

Table 20: Targets in Defense Industry 2018 2023 Defense and Aviation Industry Turnover (Billion Dollars) 6.7 26.9 Defense and Aviation Industry Exports (Billion Dollars) 2.0 10.2 Defense and Aviation Industry Employment (Thousand People) 44.7 79.3 Defense Industry Domestic Rate (%) 65 75 Source: Data for 2023 are estimates of the Eleventh Development Plan.

2.2.2.3. Tourism cities of our main source market countiries to our touristic destinations having high ac- a. Objective commodation capacity and the number of destinations will be increased. 423. Thebasic objective is to diversify and to develop tourism sector in line with chan- 424.3. Turkey Tourism Promotion and ging consumer behaviors and technological Development Agency in which private se- developments, extend the duration of the ctor will be involved in financing and de- tourism season, ensuring increase in ac- cision making processes will be formed for commodation period and non-accommo- the promotion of tourism and to increase dation expenditures through improving the investments. service quality and attracting visitors who tend to spend more to our country; reali- 424.4. Abroad perception and image stu- zing transformation of the sector within dies will be conducted, particularly in main the framework of destination-specific and and emerging target markets, and mana- focused perception, and contributing to gement plans will be prepared within this economic and social development by con- scope. sidering conservation and utilizationequi- librium. 424.5. In order to meet growing number of tourists, bed capacity will be increased by b. Policies and Measures 300,000 during the Plan period, in addition to 212,038 beds in investment process. 424. Number of visitors will be increased through stregthening and improving of our 424.6. Risk and crisis management plans existing source markets as well as develo- will be prepared to prevent the sector being ping new ones. affected by such occurrences.

424.1. Studies will be performed to create 425. Per capita expenditure will be increa- new source markets for our country from sed through development of tourism offe- emerging markets in the world, mainly rings leading to more revenues, prolong the from far eastern countries. length of stay, creating non-accommodation expenditure options and attracting visi- 424.2. The umbern of direct scheduled fli- tors with greater expenditure tendency. ghts, that have been launced from selected

103 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

425.1. The markets where high levels of 425.7. A new cruise port will be built in İs- demand for tourism types yielding more tanbul to make İstanbul a start-destination revenues such as gastronomy, golf, health, point for cruise trips. cruise, wedding, religion, congress and shopping will be idetified and studies will 425.8. Business class or comfort class opti- be conducted to increase the number of vi- ons will be increased for the main touristic sitors from these markets. destinations in terms of dissemination and frequency, in order to increase the visitor 425.2. Promotion and investment activi- traffic with high propensity of spending. ties will be undertaken towards the development of health tourism which would 425.9. Touristic train trips will be launc- contribute to increase the average length of hed. stay and ensure the yearlong tourism. 425.10. By reviewingthe dispersed legis- 425.3. Through building comprehensi- lation related to tourism sector regarding vely planned tourism cities having diverse current needs, the Tourism Principal Law tourism offerings with different uses, visi- will be enacted to regulate all matters con- tors’ length of stay will be increased, their cerning the sector; diversification of tou- non-accommodation expenditures will be rism services, supporting the investments, increased through shopping, entertainment promoting the tourism industry and redu- and sports activities. cing the cost burden on the sector will be ensured. 425.4. Planning and land allocation studies will be conducted to enable large-scale tou- 426. At destination-base and within the rism investments, tourism infrastructure scope of a focused perception; the tourism investments will be undertaken to diversify development including investment plan- tourism and extendthe duration of tourism ning and the management will be hand- season through a sustainable approach. led with a holistic approach by regarding planning hierarchy; sustainable tourism 425.5. Country’s tourism assests will be practices will be developed with an envi- introduced and grouped on the basis of ronment-friendly and responsible tourism destination. perception.

425.6. In order to contribute to maritime 426.1. Destination-based strategies, mas- tourism, if marinas designed suitably for ter plans and physical plans will be prepa- demand and natural features and if they are red and projects will be conducted. feasible then these projects will be realized using public-private-partnership model, 426.2. Integrated coastal area management and yatch parking capacitiy will be incre- and planning will be realized in accordan- ased by 4,500 yacths withinvestments to be ce with the demands of tourism sector and started during the Plan period. regarding conservation and utilization equilibrium.

104 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

426.3. Bearing capacities of tourism sites 427.4. A legal arrangement will be intro- will be identified by taking into considera- duced and put into force to improve the tion the conservation and utilization equ- physical conditions of the facilities through ilibrium and those areas will be managed renovation. accordingly. 427.5. The certification system for the faci- 426.4. In tourism areas infrastructure in- lities will be rearranged to enable an impro- vestments for drinking water, sewage, solid vement in the standards of establishments waste disposal and waste water treatment to be used in the tourism services. will be carried out. 428. Arrangements will be introduced so 426.5. Within the framework of sustainab- that tourism sector can benefit from the le tourism perception, a legislation will be sharing economy more effectively, notably enacted to increase the number of environ- through internet-based applications, and ment-friendly tourism facilities and to im- the technology-based applications will be prove their qualifications. supported through R&D activities in the sector. 426.6. Studies to identify the effects of cli- 428.1. A survey will be conducted ondigi- mate change on tourism sector will be con- talization ratios in tourism and sector’s pro- ducted. pensity to digitalization. 427. The level of services offered in tourism 428.2. Big data collection and analysis sector will be raised to higher standards. study will be conducted, for use in product development, promotion and marketing in 427.1. Qualified intermediate staff needed the tourism sector. for the tourism sector will be met through an applied training program to be imple- 428.3. Technology supported projects will mented within the framework of the proto- be developed to increase visitors’ experien- col signed between the Ministry of Culture ce. and Tourism and the Ministry of Educati- on. 428.4. Our country’s legislations will be aligned, primarily with regard to financial 427.2. Efforts to increase the participation issues concerning foreign mobile and inter- of tourism sector employees into the trai- net applications. ning programs conducted by the Ministry of Culture and Tourism will be exerted and 428.5. Domestic tourism measurement the training programs that meet sectoral system will be established. needs will be provided. 428.6. Tourism investment process will be 427.3. To facilitate the qualified person- moved to electronic environment in order nel employment and to meet their housing to eliminate differences in procedures and needs in more comfortable ambiance, staff bureaucratic difficulties, and doing busi- residence sites will be allocated to facilities. ness will be eased for investors.

105 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

Table 21: Targets in Tourism Sector 2018 2023 Tourism Revenue (Billion US Dollars) 29.5 65.0 Number of Visitors (Million) 46.1 75.0 Number of Foreign Visitors (Million) 39.5 67.7 Average Spending per Visitor (US Dollars) 647 867 Average Length of Stay (Overnight) 9.8 10.0 Overnight Revenue per Visitor (US Dollars) 66 86.7 Source: 2018 data belongs to TURKSTAT and the Ministry of Culture and Tourism. 2023 data is the estimate of the Eleventh Development Plan. 2.2.3. Sectoral Policies 430.2. Public investment program will be reviewed and non-urgent, inefficient, out of 2.2.3.1. Public Investment Policies priority projects and the incomplete ones deemed satisfactory with their realizations a. Objective will be excluded from the investment program. 429. The basicobjectives are increasing the resources for public fixed capital invest- 430.3. Education sector will be the sec- ments, rationalization of public investment tor with the highest rate of increase in the programme, utilizing the allocated resour- public investments during the Plan period. ces primarily for the established goals of Also for the period 2020-2023, education major sectors and development areas in an sector will have the largest share in total inefficient and results oriented manner, en- vestment program. suring coherency of PPP implementations with macroeconomic policies. 430.4. As for the breakdown of investments in the education sector, the investments for b. Policies and Measures transition to single-shift education and the expansion of preschool education will have 430. The complementary relationship a significant share, while the modernizati- between public and private investments will on of vocational and technical education be nhanced; and the necessary public inf- workshops, establishment of design and rastructure investments will be carried out skill workshops, and increasing the quality to pave the way for the private investments of education at all levels will be other pro- that create high value added, that increase minent investment areas. employmentcontribute to lowering current account deficit and increase productive ca- 430.5. In public investments, priority will pacity. be assigned to priority manufacturing industry sectors of the Development Plan 430.1. The hares allocated to public invest- as well as thehorizontal areas that would ments relative to the national income will strengthen the human and physical infrast- be increased over the Plan period against ructure for these sectors such as R&D, di- the baseline in 2019. gitalization, human resources, logistics and energy, in addition to agriculture, tourism and defense industry.

106 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

430.6. Focus will be put on the infrastruc- 433. Public investments will continue to be ture of industrial and technology zones and allocated in such a manner to reduce regio- the R&D and innovation investments that nal development disparities and untap regi- will increase TFP. onal development potentials.

430.7. In order to strengthen the logisti- 434. In order to maximize the utilization cs infrastructure required by the industry, of existing capital stock, the alternative of the share of investments in railway freight making maintenanceand repair and rehabi- transport in total transportation sector in- litation expenditures for the current invest- vestments will be increased. ments will be evaluated on a priority basis- before developing new investment projects. 431. In the cases where expenditure efficiency is higher than that of utilization of 434.1. General Directorate of Highways, public resources, in order to finance incre- General Directorate of Turkish State Ra- asing infrastructure investments, the alter- ilways, and General Directorate of State native financingmethods channelling the Airports Authority will launch pilot sche- resources of private sector and i institutio- mes which enable them to manage their nal investors into infrastructure financing, fixed capital stock in an “effective, efficient will continue to be used extensively during and economical”manner and develop solu- the upcoming period as well. tions to keep investment costs at low levels.

432. A new framework regulation will be 435. In order to strengthen public invest- introduced toensure effectiveness, efficien- ment management process, perform ne- cy and value for money in PPP implemen- cessary interventions on time and achieve tations. more effective results, standardization will be assured over the processes of preparati- 432.1. The fragmented PPP legislation and on, implementation, monitoring and evalu- the different practices during the preparati- ation of investment projects, including PPP on and authorization stages will be revised projects, across all public institutions inclu- to provide a common basis for principles ding local administrations and institutional and procedures which also involves the capacity will be enhanced. flexibilityneeded by projects. 435.1. Training programmes will be orga- 432.2. The accounting and financial repor- nized on project preparation, implementa- ting of PPP implementations and the impa- tion, monitoring and evaluation of public ct of potential risks and obligations on pub- and PPP investments. lic finance will be includedin the reporting system. 435.2. Standard guidelines will be prepared on project preparation, implementati- 432.3. In the implementation of PPP pro- on, monitoring and evaluation processes of jects, obligations assumed by the public public investments. sector and budget balances will be taken into account, and projects will be executed 435.3. A monitoring and evaluation unit through the optimum risk sharing between will be established within the Presidency public and private sector.

107 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

for the investment projects and related ex- ority projects planned to be started during penditures of all public institutions, inclu- the Plan period, such as Canal İstanbul, ding local administrations. 3-Story Grand Istanbul Tunnel, Filyos Port Superstructure and Operation, Çandarlı 435.4. Standard guidelines will be prepa- Port Superstructure and Operation and va- red for the preparation, procurement and rious other urban environmental infrastru- contracting processes of PPP projects. cture projects.

435.5. PPP projects that are in operation 438. The PPP model projects under cons- will be analyzed in order to measure the ef- truction, including 11 city hospitals with ficiency of the choice of PPP method in the with a total bed capacity of 18,716 beds and implementation of public investments. Gebze-Orhangazi-İzmir Motorway, North Marmara Motorway Kurtköy-Akyazı and 436. The institutional structure will be Kınalı-Odayeri sections, Kınalı-Tekir- strengthened in order to form and execu- dağ-Çanakkale-Balıkesir Highway Malkara te a national PPP policy among the project Çanakkale section, Menemen-Aliağa-Çan- demands of the administrations responsib- darlı Motorway, Ankara-Niğde Motorway, le for PPP implementations by considering Aydın-Denizli Motorway, Istanbul Airport the country's macro fiscal balance and in- 2nd Stage, Çeşme Airport, Salıpazarı Crui- vestment policies. se Port, Haliç Marina Complex projects will be completed. 437. It is envisaged to use the PPP model for the implementation of some of the pri-

Table 22: Public Sector Fixed Capital Investment Goals (2018 prices) Eleventh Development Plan Period SECTORS (2019-2023) Million TL % Share Agriculture 46,032 6.1 Mining 24,008 3.2 Manufacturing 5,989 0.8 Energy 39,772 5.2 Transportation 262,343 34.8 Tourism 1,921 0.3 Housing 8,521 1.1 Education 144,280 19.1 Health 32,229 4.3 Other Public Services 188,973 25.1 Technological Research 35,176 4.7 TOTAL 754,068 100 Source: Presidency of Strategy and Budget. 2019-2023 period data are Eleventh Development Plan estimates. Note: Local administration investment and investment labor are included.

108 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

2.2.3.2. Science, Technology and carry out R&D and innovation activities Innovation that will support high value-added production. Also, the capacities of universities a. Objective included in this program will be increased through special supports. 439. The basic objective is to improve the capacity to produce and use knowledge by 440.4. Regulation will be made for the establishing an efficient functioning resear- foundations of higher education instituti- ch and innovation ecosystem, and to inc- ons to obligate the allocation of at least 1 rease R&D and innovation activities that percent of their annual student tuition re- would support high value-added products venues for R&D expenditures. and services. 441. The efficiency of research infrastru- b. Policies and Measures ctures in R&D and innovation ecosystem will be increased by conducting frontier re- 440. The role of universities in the R&D search, employing qualified human resour- ecosystem will be strengthened. ces and working in cooperation with the private sector. 440.1. The budgetary resources allocated to universities will be increased to strengt- 441.1. In order to increase the accessibility hen their R&D infrastructureand improve of research infrastructures within higher their scientific research projects both quali- education and public institutions and to tatively and quantitatively. prevent repetitive investments, an inventory of machinery-equipment, human re- 440.2. A coordination and support unit sources, research activities and testing ser- will be established within the Council of vices will be prepared. Higher Education in order to ensure the harmonization of the scientific research 441.2. The number of infrastructure spe- project budgets of the universities with cialized in critical technologies within the the macro targets, to ensure the realizati- scope of the Law No. 6550 on Supporting on of the projects in an effective and effi- Research Infrastructures will be increased. cient manner, to increase the coordination and cooperation among universities and to 441.3. Regulations will be made to moni- strengthen the linkages between the objec- tor the output and impact-oriented perfor- tives of the Plan and the scientific research mances of research infrastructures within projects. Additionally, a policy document Law No. 6550 and to encourage their activi- will be prepared on scientific research pro- ties in critical technology areas in line with jects, project monitoring mechanisms and their product missions. new performance-based resource allocation methods will be developed. 441.4. The definition of Application and Research Center under Higher Education 440.3. The Research University Program Law No. 2547 will be revised to take into will be strengthened for the universities to account the differentiating qualifications of

109 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

technological research centers within hig- 442.6. In order to increase qualified hu- her education institutions. man resources with research experience, more undergraduate, graduate and docto- 441.5. A regulation will be introduced for ral scholars will be included in the public the technological research centers of higher supported R&D projects. education institutions which are not covered by Law No. 6550 within the framework 442.7. In order to meet the need for R&D of the new definition, so that their budge- staff, the conditions of YÖK 100/2000 doc- tary needs can be met based on their per- torate scholarship program will be impro- formance. ved and the number of beneficiaries of the program will be increased. 442. The umbern and qualifications of R&D staff will be increased. 443. Thequalified researcher capacity and research activities in basic sciences will be 442.1. The employment of post-doctorate increased in order to meet the needs in pri- contracted researcher staff will be increased ority sectors and technology areas and spe- at research universities. cial graduate scholarship programs will be developed for these areas. 442.2. The ualifiedq researchers, conducting high-level scientific and technological 443.1. The mounta of scholarship pay- studies abroad, will be supported to come ments and the number of beneficiaries to Turkey and educate researchers within will be increased for graduate scholarships the scope of International Fellowship for programs in basic sciences. Outstanding Researchers Programme. 443.2. Research projects in technology re- 442.3. A mechanism will be established adiness level between 1 and 3 that are car- in which laboratory infrastructure and research fund will be provided to the leading ried out by private sector R&D centers in Turkish scientists abroad, enabling them to cooperation with universities and research carry out part-time training and research infrastructures will be supported. activities in Turkey. 443.3. Frontier research projects that are 442.4. Thenumber of R&D personnel in likely to have a high impact on value added research infrastructures covered by Law in basic and applied areas will be suppor- No. 6550 will be increased and regulations ted. will be introduced to take measures to facilitate the employment of foreign personnel 443.4. National and international educati- in these infrastructures. on and research themed scientific activities will be organized in order to support qua- 442.5. In order to strengthen the effecti- lified scientific studies and pioneering and veness of research centers and institutions groundbreaking researches and to increase within ministries in the ecosystem, regu- the capacity of human resources in the field lations will be introduced so that they can of basic sciences in particular. employ qualified R&Dstaff.

110 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

444. Regional and global level partnerships young individuals will be trained under the will be developed, particularly with the EU program. countries, on R&D activities, research infrastructures and researcher human resour- 445.2. Science workshops and mobile ces. science exhibitions will be expanded and made more accessible. 444.1. Promotion, information and capacity building activities, support and reward 446. The international position of our programs will be realized in order to ensure country in terms of polar researches will be our participation to the EU Research and strengthened. Innovation Framework Programs through qualified projects and to increase the return 446.1. Theinstitutional capacity for polar rates of the programs. The national support researches will be improved and prepara- programs will be implemented in a harmo- tory work on the establishment of a station nized and complementary manner with the in Antarctica will be completed. EU Framework Programs in order to integrate into the European Research Area. 447. The position of Turkey in the global competition in the field of aviation and spa- 445. Starting from an early age, the educa- ce will be strengthened. tion of the young people in the technology area will be ensured for the development of 447.1. National Space Program will be technology producing human resources in prepared and put into practice. Turkey. 447.2. The institutional capacity and the 445.1. Try It-Do It Technology Works- efficiency of the Turkish Space Agency will hops will be disseminated and 50 thousand be increased.

Table 23: Science, Technology and Innovation Goals 2018 2023 Ratio of R&D Expenditures to GDP (%) 0.961 1.8 Number of R&D Personnel in Full Time Equivalent (FTE) 153,5521 300,000 Number of PhD and FTE R&D Personnel per Million 3521 863 Source: Data for 2023 are estimates of the Eleventh Development Plan. (1) The data for the year 2017.

2.2.3.3. Entrepreneurship and SMEs neurial ecosystem that improves access to finance, information and the market, and a. Objective to provide scale-up of firms.

448. The ainm objective is to improve b. Policies and Measures the entrepreneurship culture and technology-based and innovative entrepreneur- 449. Innovative financing opportunities for ship capacity, to strengthen the entrepre- SMEs and entrepreneurs will be developed.

111 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

449.1. Alternative financing methods such joint project development support will be as corporate and individual venture capital, provided. mass funding, impact investment will be strengthened and their use will be increa- 450.5. Bureaucratic and legal predictabi- sed. lity will be increased and legislation will be simplified to develop entrepreneurship. 449.2. The credit guarantee system will be developed and the use of initiatives in fi- 450.6. Facilitating arrangements will be nancing innovative business models, R&D introduced to attract foreign entrepreneurs and innovation projects will be expanded. in our country.

450. An Enterprise Support Package will 450.7. Arrangements will be implemen- be implemented to address the needs of te- ted to make it easier for academicians and chnology-oriented enterprises at all stages, employees in corporate companies to beco- starting from the idea to the institutionali- me entrepreneurs in addition to their pro- zation stage. fessional jobs.

450.1. To the benefit of all stakeholders in- 451. The competitiveness and capacities volved in the entrepreneurship ecosystem of craftsmen and artisans will be increased in Turkey, an entrepreneurship ecosystem such that they can adapt to changing eco- platform of Turkey will be founded and up- nomic and social conditions; cooperation dated regularly, that includes information and joint working culture will be increased about entrepreneurs, introduces investors, by supporting social and innovative coope- has the information about incubation and ratives. acceleration centers available to entrepreneurs, summarizes supports for entrepre- 451.1. Within the associations of cham- neurs, and lists educations. bers of craftsmen and artisans, units that will provide training, consultancy and in- 450.2. Priority will be assigned to the de- formation support to craftsmen and arti- velopment of structures appealing to all sans on export processes, entrepreneurship, stakeholders in order to strengthen the ent- R&D and innovation, and state aid will be repreneurship ecosystem. established.

450.3. Mechanisms will be developed to 451.2. The variety of financial supports encourage corporate companies and the- will be increased by renewing the Crafts- ir executives to participate in acceleration men and Artisans Support System and ap- programs for early stage ventures and beco- propriate credit subsidies will be maintai- me investors, offer mentoring support, and ned considering economic contribution. provide order support. The effectiveness of the loans granted by the Treasury will be increased by providing 450.4. In the priority sectors, platforms additional interest support to the craftsmen will be established to improve the coope- and artisans head towards the manufactu- ration capacities of start-ups, innovative ring sector, export, branding, and e-com- SMEs and large firms, and twinning and merce.

112 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

451.3. Cooperative Support System will be Istanbul Entrepreneurship Program will be implemented and financial support tools launched with support and arrangements will be developed. Within this framework, that will make it attractive for ventures, ent- the machinery and equipment purchase of repreneurs and ecosystem actors to come to cooperatives, employment of qualified per- our country from abroad. sonnel, and purchase of fixtures and promotional expenditures of cooperatives will 452.2. In order to increase the internatio- be supported with subsidized loans. Over nal competitiveness of fast growing com- the Plan period, support will be provided to panies, a flexible support model tailored cooperatives operating in priority sectors, specifically for these companies will be de- particularly agricultural sales cooperatives, veloped, based on their performance. women's cooperatives, and social cooperatives. 452.3. Internship support will be provided for the undergraduate students who 451.4. Efforts will be made to raise public will take part in R&D projects carried out awareness about cooperatives and to imple- by companies in TDZs and private sector ment cooperative entrepreneurship in dif- R&D centers. ferent fields. 452.4. Social entrepreneurship will be re- 452. Entrepreneurship culture will be de- gulated, the capacity for measurement of veloped; target and performance based sup- social impact will be enhanced, and the port models will be created. amount of support will be increased gradually in proportion to the contributions 452.1. Istanbul will be made one of the re- of good practices to the society based on gional and then global centers of entrepre- analysis results. neurship. In this context, the International

Table 24: Entrepreneurship and SME Targets 2018 2023 Share of SMEs in Exports (%) 56.21 60.0 Share of SMEs in R&D Expenditures (%) 19.61 25.0 Source: Data for the year 2023 are estimates of the Eleventh Development Plan. (1) 2017 year data. 2.2.3.4. Intellectual Property Rights b. Policies and Measures a. Objective 454. It will be ensured that the importance of the products created as a result of intelle- 453. Themain objective is to strengthen ctual labor will be adopted to all segments the legal infrastructure and enforcement in of society through programs executed at all the intellectual property system, to develop levels of education; social consciousness an ecosystem that supports the creation of will be strengthened throughpromotion, intellectual property rights and to accelera- awareness raising and information activi- te the commercialization of these rights. ties.

113 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

454.1. Information and awareness raising 455. The contribution of products and activities will be carried out on innovation works subject to intellectual property righ- and intellectual property rights suitable for ts to national economy will be identified, target audiences in all levels of education monitored and evaluated, and the relevant and emphasis will be placed on invention information and data infrastructure will be and design issues in vocational and techni- strengthened. cal education. 455.1. The existing records, data and na- 454.2. The ubjects of intellectual property tional statistics on the cultural industries rights will be added to curricula in underg- subject to copyrights will be diversified. raduate and graduate programs at the faculties of basic sciences, economics, business 455.2. A measurement report will be pre- administration, architecture, engineering, pared on the economic dimension of the communication, fine arts, and the establis- cultural industries subject to copyrights. hment of departments on intellectual rights will be disseminated at the faculties of law. 455.3. Reports will be prepared in which data and statistics related to industrial pro- 454.3. Modular and certified trainings will perty rights are evaluated comprehensively be provided to the interested groups and and, their comparative analysis are made awareness raising and information activi- with general economic data; and also, regu- ties will be carried out within the Intellec- lar communication will be established with tual Property Academy. rights holders and follow-up reports will be prepared related with sales and licensing of 454.4. Information activities will be car- patents and designs. ried out in order to raise public awareness about copyrights. 455.4. The database of intellectual and artistic works will be integrated with the da- 454.5. Hezârfen Project will be rolled out tabases of collecting societies and will be and modular programs will be developed enriched to include up-to-date data on cop- in this scope to increase the awareness and yright ownership. capacity of SMEs about industrial property rights. 456. Human and institutional capacity in the units concerned with the protection, 454.6. TURKPATENT Information and enforcement and implementation of intel- Document Units will be expanded and the- lectual property rights along with the legis- ir role in awareness raising activities towar- lation governing this field will be developed ds industrial property stakeholders will be in line with technological advancements strengthened. and needs; and the cooperation between among the related institutions and organi- 454.7. In the software and informatics sec- zations will be strengthened. tor; informative and promotional activities will be carried out in order to increase the 456.1. The umbern of Intellectual and In- efficiency and familiarity of the copyright dustrial Property Specialized Courts will be registration practice. increased.

114 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

456.2. The specialization of the magist- 456.10. The institutional capacity and effe- rates' judiciary will be provided, in where ctiveness of TURKPATENT as Internatio- complaints, search-seizures and appeals to nal Searching and Preliminary Examining court decision will be presented. Authority will be strengthened.

456.3. The case-law of intellectual pro- 456.11. The legislation on employee inven- perty proceedings will be shared with the tions will be effectively enforced, guidance implementing institutions. will be provided on implementation and standard methods will be developed in this 456.4. Regular specialty training will be field. provided to judges, prosecutors, mediators and court experts who will work in the field 456.12. With regard to the industrial pro- of intellectual property law. perty rights developed within universities or through the cooperation of universities 456.5. The relevant legislation for more and other public institutions or private sec- effective protection of trade secrets rela- tor; the legal barriers reducing the efficien- ted to intellectual property rights will be cy of revenue sharing and commercializati- reviewed, intellectual property legislation on stages will be eliminated. will be developed and enforcement will be strengthened. 456.13. Auction halls and art galleries where fine art works are offered for sale will be 456.6. A guideline will be prepared on the identified and legislative work will be car- code of conduct for patent and trademark ried out to certify them. attorneys and legislation will be updated with the contributionof related parties. 456.14. The Regulation on Fees for the Copyright and Adaptive Works Payable by 456.7. In the new technology fields, resear- Public Institutions and Organizations will ch activities will be conducted by following be updated to include issues of works and up global developments related to intellec- related rights. tual property protection and enforcement, and studies will be carried out to establish 456.15. Regular trainings will be provi- legal infrastructure in this field where ne- ded to the commission members to ensure cessary. uniformity in implementation and inform them about the legislation in order to inc- 456.8. Studies will be conducted to keep rease the effectiveness of provincial audit the industrial property rights ownership in commissions. Turkey for technologies which have strategic importance for our country. 457. An impact analysis will be carried out on supports provided for intellectual pro- 456.9. A database including information perty rights, duplicated supports will be concerning patent applications related to eliminated and supporting system will be digital transformation in industry will be restructured. created and shared with researchers.

115 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

457.1. Design supports carried out by dif- 458.4. A web portal will be prepared to ferent institutions will be evaluated within provide information for the access of SMEs the framework of an impact analysis. and industrialists to patented technology.

457.2. Supports for patent application and 458.5. Special support programs for copy- registration will be evaluated within the right-based cultural industries will be deve- framework of an impact analysis. loped.

457.3. An analysis report will be prepared 459. It is ensured that intellectual property for existing supports provided to copyri- assets will be used as a common means of ght- intensive industries. access to finance.

457.4. The rojectsp for copyright-based 459.1. Thevaluation capacity of intellec- cultural industries will be supported by ob- tual property assets will be increased and serving the Convention on the Protection their use in banking and accounting system and Promotion of the Diversity of Cultural will be ensured. Expressions of the United Nations Educati- onal, Scientific and Cultural Organization 459.2. Valuation and consultancy services (UNESCO). will be developed for converting industrial property assets to economic value. 458. The conversion of the industrial property portfolio into commercial value will 460. Copyright revenues will be increased be supported and specific programs will be by improving the collective rights manage- developed for copyright-intensive indust- ment system for copyrights and creating a ries. nationwide and fair licensing system. 458.1. The linkages of R&D and commer- 460.1. Theapplicable legislation will be cialization supports with the intellectual updated in order to enable the collecting property system will bestrengthened. societies to operate more efficiently and 458.2. Tax incentives for the commerciali- transparently. zation of intellectual property rights will be reviewed. 460.2. A guideline will be prepared and implemented in order to increase the ins- 458.3. An inventory of intellectual proper- titutional capacity of collecting societies ties such as patents, utility models, desig- on collective rights management including ns, etc. belonging to public institutions and professional management, data production, organizations including universities will human resources and digital environment. beprepared; and informative activities will be carried out in order to enable the private 461. The egistrationr and use of geographi- sector to benefit from this inventory, and, cal indications will be supported in order to priority will be assigned to the incentives enhance the competitiveness of our traditi- for the commercialization of these rights if onal, regional and local products at natio- private sector so requests. nal and international scale.

116 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

461.1. Governance processes in the field of the development of their post-registration geographical indications will be developed, sales and marketing network; and based on new platforms will be established for their this, capacity building projects will be imp- trade and audit activities will be strengthe- lemented with the relevant stakeholders. ned. 462. The linkages between our natural and 461.2. Registered geographical indications cultural values consisting of traditional which have an export potential will be se- knowledge and folklore based on genetic lected, and these geographical indications resources and intellectual property system will be registered and promoted abroad. will be strengthened.

461.3. The equirementsr will be identified 462.1. An inventory study will be carried in relation to the pre-application preparati- out in order to improve the capacity of our on process of the geographical indications country on traditional knowledge and folk- that have the potential to be registered and lore based on genetic resources.

Table 25: Targets on Intellectual Property Rights 2018 2023 Share of Resident Patent Applications in Total (%) 39.7 53 Turkey's Position in Global Ranking of Resident Patent Applications 13 10 Source: Turkish Patent ve Trademark Office, World Intellectual Property Organization. Data for the year 2023 are estimates of the Eleventh Development Plan. 2.2.3.5. Information and 464.1. The permit and right of way pro- Communication Technologies cesses associated with the installation of electronic communication infrastructures a. Objective will bestreamlined, and regulations will be introduced on electronic communica- 463. Increasing productivity and com- tion information systems, fiber networks, petitiveness in the economy through de- base stations, right of way and facility sha- velopment and use of information and ring arrangements in order to expand the communication technologies, thereby high-speed and high-quality broadband transformation of business processes is the electronic communication infrastructures main objective. across the country. b. Policies and Measures 465. Broadband infrastructures will be established and operated with government 464. The fixed and mobile broadband inf- support in commercially inaccessible regi- rastructures providing high speed and high ons. quality access will be expanded, and the 465.1. Infrastructure installation will be joint use of physical infrastructures will be encouraged in regions where it is difficult encouraged. to develop broadband infrastructures, taking into consideration regional disparities.

117 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

465.2. Infrastructure will be established in 468. Domestic value added in the ICT se- settlement areas where mobile communica- ctor will be increased through public pro- tion infrastructure is not available. curements and provisions incorporated into the authorization contracts signed by 466. The egulationsr in the electronic com- the government with private operators. munications sector will be updated in ac- The scale and qualifications of the services cordance with the impacts of convergence required by public institutions will be asso- in services and infrastructures, technologi- ciated with the conditions to be satisfied by cal advancements and regional differences the firms that can provide these services, in supply and demand dynamics. and a sound competitive environment will beestablished to allow for the development 466.1. Impacts of convergence and emer- of SMEs andstartups as well. ging technologies will be taken into consideration in the regulations to be made 468.1. Principles and procedures will be regarding authorization, access, intercon- establishedfor increasing domestic va- nection, user rights and universal service in lue-added in the ICT investments of public the electronic communications sector. institutions, and institutional procurement plans will be prepared for this purpose. 466.2. Frequency resources will be alloca- 468.2. Procedures and principles to be fol- ted in accordance with technological de- lowed in the execution of contracts for the velopments and decisions of international ICT procurement of public institutions will organizations in the process of transition be established and criteria will be set for the to 5G and beyond mobile communication companies that are eligible to supply ICT technologies. products and services to public institutions. 466.3. Within the scope of market analy- 468.3. Domestic production supports will ses, potential regional differences geograp- be provided for 5G and beyond techno- hical markets will be examined, periodic logies and certain rate of domestic contri- analyzes will be carried out to differentiate bution will be introduced for the authoriza- the obligations imposed by market analysis, tions of 5G services. in case appropriate conditions are met. 469. In order to improve value-added sa- 467. An infrastructure inventory will be tellite services and increase the global cove- created and kept up-to-date that enables rage of Turkey’s satellite network, activities effective enforcement of regulations in the will be carried out for the development of electronic communications sector and qu- satellite technologies using domestic re- alified policy making. sources and cooperation initiatives will be undertaken with satellite operators of other 467.1. Electronic communication infrast- countries. ructure information will be entered into the Electronic Communication Infrastructure 469.1. TURKSAT 5A, 5B and TURKSAT Information System by the operators. 6A to be developed by domestic capabilities, will be commissioned.

118 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

469.2. Satellite communication service co- field of software and qualified manpower verage area in air and marine fields will be will be trained to support this ecosystem. expanded through cooperation with the satellite operators of other countries. 472.1. Turkey Open Source Platform will belaunched, critical software needed by the 470. In order to position Turkey as a regi- public and private sectors will be produced onal hub for data storage, processing and over this platform through crowdsourcing, transmission activities, necessary regula- service providers that can export these pro- tory framework and incentive mechanisms ducts will be formed and the software deve- will be designed and implemented. loper pool of our country will be expanded.

470.1. Procedures and principles for estab- 472.2. The oungy people with individual lishing an Internet Exchange Point (IEP) skills suitable for software development will will be determined and the IEP will bees- be attracted into the software sector throu- tablished. gh internationally recognized certification programs. 470.2. Regulatory framework and an incentive mechanisms will be established to 472.3. Widespread and online training developdata center sector, and cooperation programs will be implemented to raise the initiatives will be taken for the provision of qualifications and number of software de- cloud services with the countries having in- velopers, a training model and competen- tensive trade relations with Turkey. cy assessment system will be established to this end. 471. The aturitym level of domestic software companies will beraised. 473. A national policy will be developed for the advancement and use of AI-related 471.1. A sectoral data infrastructure, whi- technologies. ch cover operationareas, labor qualifications and maturity levels of the domestic 473.1. A roadmap will be prepared for the software companies, will be established. national-scale studies aimed at the development of domestic technology producti- 471.2. Diffusion of software development on capabilities and roll out the efficient use standards and acquisition of quality certifi- of these technologies across the whole eco- cations will be financially supported. nomy, in the field of artificial intelligence technologies. 471.3. Government incentives to the software sector will be restructured to co- 474. An institutional structure will be set ver R&D, P&D and marketing processes in up through national cyber security regu- a holistic way. lations and technical infrastructure will be strengthened. 472. Open-source software ecosystem will be developed in order to boost domestic va- 474.1. National Cyber Security Strategy lue-added and reduce security risks in the will be updated, the regulations and tech-

119 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

nical infrastructure for cyber security will 476. Cyber security culture and human re- be strengthened and a strong coordination sources will be improved in all segments of structure will be established. society.

474.2. Work will be conducted to ensure 476.1. An integrated cyber security trai- harmonization with EU’s Directive on Se- ning and awareness platform will be estab- curity of Network and Information Systems lished. (NIS). 476.2. Cyber security trainings will be or- 474.3. Cyber security standards will be es- ganized and activities aimed at awareness tablished in required areas. raising will be carried out.

474.4. Procedures and principles will be 476.3. Cyber security undergraduate and established and implemented for the instal- graduate programs will be established in lation of information security management universities, and cyber security curricu- system at critical infrastructures. lum of existing undergraduate informatics programs will beimproved. 474.5. By establishing a cyber threat intelligence sharing network on threats against 477. Necessary actions will be taken to information and communication techno- ensure safer use of internet and to protect logies infrastructures, capacity to interve- users from disinformation and illegal acti- ne and coordinate national cyber security vities conducted via internet. Regulations incidents will be increased and resources in this field will be updated in line with in- provided for cyber threat intelligence will ternational trends, and mechanisms will be established to ensure legal validity of elect- be enriched. ronic transactions. 475. Cyber security ecosystem will be de- 477.1. Online platforms and fact-checkers veloped based on national solutions. will be supported to detect and flag disinformation campaigns. 475.1. In order to benefit from the cyber security ecosystem and to develop higher 477.2. Regulations for trust services (e.g., value-added products and solutions in this e-seal, SSL certificates, e-signature, PEP) field, cyber security product and techno- will be updated to ensure compliance with logy projects will be developed with the the EU Trust Services and Electronic Iden- participation of public research institutions tification Regulation. and universities and the outputs of these projects will be shared with the cyber secu- 477.3. Internet Law No. 5651 and related rity ecosystem as open source. secondary regulations will be updated in line with international trends and princip- 475.2. Export incentives will be offered to les. companies included in cyber security clusters. 477.4. Awareness raising activities will be carried out for the safe use of internet, and

120 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

Secure Internet Service will be promoted 480.1. Internet access will be expanded th- and introduced to a wider population. rough universal service resources.

478. Legal arrangements will be made to 480.2. Electronic communication tariff set out the basic approach and rules for campaigns aimed at reducing digital divide cross-border data transfers, and metho- will be supported within the framework of ds will be explored to use digital data in a relevant regulations. manner that creates higher value added. 480.3. Digital divide will be reduced by 478.1. A framework legislation will be means of instruments like awareness-ra- adopted to allow for the identification of ising trainings and development of digital the definition, security level, storage and content. communication standards for data that should be stored in Turkey for security rea- 481. Accelerator centers will be set up for sons and that bear strategic importance, in the emergence and maturation of internet cooperation with the related stakeholders. ventures and their contact with investor networks. 478.2. The methods and mechanisms for sharing digital data held by the economic 481.1. Accelerator centersthat enhance the actors at the largest possible scale, without development and success opportunities of prejudice to the principles of commercial innovative internet ventures will be estab- secrecy and privacy, will be examined and lished to increase cooperation among uni- relevant recommendations will be develo- versities, investors and the business world. ped. 482. Switchover process to digital braod- 479. The regulations governing the protec- casting via terrestrial transmitters will be tion of personal data will be updated in line completed and broadcasting infrastructure with innovations brought by technology will be consolidated in certain sites to avoid and new approaches adopted on the inter- visual pollution. national platforms, and technological advancements will be encouraged in this field. 482.1. Auctions for digital terrestrial broadcasting (TV) licenses will be held. 479.1. Law No. 6698 on the Protection of Personal Data will be updated in line with 482.2. Auctions for digital terrestrial broa- the EU’s General Data Protection Regulati- dcasting (radio) licenses will be held. on. 482.3. Broadcasting towers will be const- 479.2. The development and use of priva- ructed in certain sites to provide infrastru- cy-enhancing technologies will be suppor- cture for digital broadcasting. ted. 483. Digital transformation ecosystem will 480. The disparities in internet access and be established by improving cooperation usage among different income, region, gen- among public sector, private sector, univer- der and age groups will be reduced. sities and NGOs.

121 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

484. Researches needed in the field of di- and similar activities in the field of digital gital transformation will be conducted and transformation. statistics will beproduced. 484.2. Up to date statistics in the field of 484.1. The Digital Transformation Resear- digital transformation will be compiled and ch Program will belaunchedcovering tech- they will be used effectively in national and nical analyses, academic and field studies international index studies.

Table 26: Information and Communication Technologies Targets 2018 2023 Mobile Broadband Penetration (%)1 74.5 100 Fiber Broadband Penetration (%)2 3.4 11.5 Turkey's Rank in UN-ITU Global Cyber Security Index 20/175 14/175 Rate of Internet Use Among Women (%)3 65.5 90

Source: Data for the year 2018 were taken from the Information and Communication Technologies Authority, TURKSTAT and the International Telecommunications Union. Data for the year 2023 are estimates of the Eleventh Development Plan. (1) The ratio of the number of mobile broadband subscribers to the population. (2) The ratio of the number of fiber broadband subscribers to the population. (3) The ratio of internet users among the women in the 16-74 age group.

2.2.3.6. Energy 486.2. Cost-based pricing practices will be adopted to ensure competition in the elect- a. Objective ricity and natural gas markets.

485. The basic objective is to ensure unin- 486.3. A market infrastructure will be es- terrupted, high-quality, sustainable, reliable tablished to ensure demand side participa- and affordable energy supply. tion. b. Policies and Measures 487. Rehabilitation of the publicly operated power plants will be completed. 486. A competitive investment environment will be developed to meet the growing 487.1. Rehabilitations of Afşin-B Thermal demand for energy while observing the via- Power Plant, Keban Hydroelectric Power bility of an energy market that is financially Plant (HEPP), Karakaya HEPP and Hirfan- strong, stable, transparent, and predictable lı HEPP will be realized. and that protects consumersand takes sustainability into consideration. 488. Nuclear Power Plants (NPPs) will be included in the electricity generation port- 486.1. Medium and long term energy folio, efforts will be continued to increase supply-demand planning will be made. the share of nuclear energy in electricity generation and institutional capacity will be strengthened.

122 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

488.1. Construction of the first unit of Ak- tural Gas Storage Extension Project will kuyu NPP will be completed and electricity be completed and total natural gas un- production will be started in 2023. derground storage capacity will be increased to 10 billion cubic meters. 488.2. In addition to the Akkuyu NPP, the work on the installation of two additional 490.2. Floating LNG Storage and Regasi- NPPs will continue. fication Unit (FSRU) vessel will be provided and FSRU connection systems will be 488.3. Due to technology transfer in NPPs, completed in order to increase the diversity measures will be taken to reduce depen- of source country and routes in natural gas. dence on foreign technology in nuclear technology. 490.3. Natural gas transmission and distribution infrastructure will be strengthened, 488.4. Nuclear Technical Support Joint access to natural gas will be ensured in pla- Stock Company will be operated to provi- ces which have necessary conditions. de technical support, analysis, consultancy, supervision, training and certification ser- 491. Electricity generation from renewable vices required by the Nuclear Regulatory energy sources will be increased and neces- Authority. sary planning and investments will be realized in order to ensure the safe integration 489. The use of domestic lignite reserves of renewable energy generation to the grid. in the production of electrical energy in accordance with environmental standards 491.1. Thanks to YEKA-like models, re- will be increased. newable resources will be used more intensively in the generation of electrical energy. 489.1. Dependence on imported sources in electricity generation will be reduced 491.2. The integration of renewable ener- and employment will be provided by gene- gy generation facilities into the grid and rating electricity from public lignite fields. related technical assistance projects will be implemented. 489.2. Measures to reduce carbon emissions will be developed through additional 491.3. Energy storage systems, including measures such as energy efficiency gains pumped storage HEPP, will be installed in and increasing forest assets. order to eliminate the constraints of increasing renewable energy on the grid. 489.3. R & D projects related to clean coal technologies will be supported. 492. Buildings that are more efficient and 490. Natural gas supply security will be produce their own energy will be expan- strengthened and access to natural gas will ded. be increased. 492.1. Energy efficiency in existing buil- 490.1. Tuz Gölü Natural Gas Underground dings will be promoted through support- Storage Project and North Marmara Na- systems.

123 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

492.2. National Green Building Certificate 494.3. The capacity of technical infrastru- System will be established. cture and market infrastructure required increase foreign trade in electricity will be 492.3. Unlicensed solar power plant and increased. wind power plant applications will be extended to meet their own electricity needs. 495. Activities will be carried out effectively for being an energy trade center by using 492.4. Energy Efficiency in Public Buil- the geostrategic position of our country, dings Project will be implemented. which is located between the producer and consumer regions in energy and develop 493. Electrical networks and systems will electricityand natural gas trade platforms be strengthened and made more flexible. within the Energy Market Operations Inc. (EPİAŞ) with the new market products. 493.1. Smart network applications will be expanded. 495.1. The urkishT Stream Land Section-1 Natural Gas Pipeline Project, which cons- 493.2. Regional competence in electricity titutes the part of the Turkish Stream Pipe- supply will be ensured, electricity transmis- line project that is the responsibility of our sion infrastructure investments will conti- country will be complete. nue to be implemented in a way to ensure the security of the system and the supply 495.2. Infrastructure for gas transmission and demand conditions of the regions. from Caspian basin to Europe will be put into service by completing the remaining 493.3. Technical and non-technical losses parts of the Trans Anatolian Natural Gas in electricity will be reduced. In this fra- Pipeline Project. mework, awareness-raising, incentive and sanction practices will be established to re- 495.3. The deepening of trade in the or- duce non-technical loss, the use of systems ganized wholesale natural gas market and such as smart meters and remote reading the formation of derivative markets that will be expanded and inspections will be will pave the way for futures transactions in increased. the electricity and natural gas market will be provided in the continuous trading plat- 494. Cross-border trade opportunities will form operated by EPİAŞ. be improved by increasing the international electricity interconnection capacity. 496. The perationo of energy infrastructure will bemaintained in an effective and safe 494.1. Van Back to Back System and con- manner. nection lines which enable electricity trading between Turkey and Iran will be imp- 496.1. A Cyber Security Operation Center lemented. will be established for the safe operation of critical energy infrastructure. 494.2. Tortum-Georgia energy transmission line project will be completed.

124 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

496.2. Efforts will be made to develop a Management System (National SCADA) National Intelligent Network (Smart Grid) for use in energy SEEs.

Table 27: Energy Sector Targets 20181 2023 Primary Energy Demand (kTOE) 147,955 174,279 Electrical Energy Demand (TWh) 303.3 375.8 Primary Energy Consumption Per Capita (TOE/Person) 1.81 2.01 Electricical Energy Consumption Per Capita (kWh/Person) 3,698 4,324 Share of Natural Gas in Electricity Production (%) 29.85 20.7 Share of Renewable Resources in Electricity Generation (%) 32.5 38.8 Amount of Electricity Produced from Domestic Sources (TWh) 150.0 219.5 Installed Power Capacity (MW) 88,551 109,474 Source: Data for 2018 were taken from the year the Ministry of Energy and Natural Resources and TEİAŞ. Data for 2023 are estimates of the Eleventh Development Plan. Note: TOE: Tonne of Oil Equivalent, kTOE: Thousand TOE, kWh: Kilowatt-hour, TWh: Billion Kilowatt-hour, MW: Megawatt. (1) Data for 2018, excluding electricity installed power, are estimates.

2.2.3.7. Mining 498.2. Extensive exploration activities about shale gas and methane gas will be a. Objective conducted.

497. The basic objective of the mining sec- 498.3. Studies on the generation of synthe- tor is to ensure the security of raw material tic oil from bituminous shale will beinitia- supply and to improve the contribution of ted. the mines to the national economy by increasing the value added by processing the 499. Compliance of mining sector with minerals in the country. environmental and occupational safety legislation will be improved within the fra- b. Policies and Measures mework of sustainable development principles. 498. In order to reduce the import dependence and current accounts deficit in ener- 499.1. Awareness of compliance with envi- gy, exploration, generation and R & D ac- ronmental and occupational safety legisla- tivities will be increased for high potential tion will be improved. domestic resources such as geothermal and shale gas, especially lignite. 499.2. Training and certification activities will be maintained and mining-specific 498.1. Exploration of lignite reserves will corporate occupational safety infrastructu- be completed and the plant will be ready for re will be developed. tender.

125 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

500. Efficiency of the bureaucratic structu- 502.3. Domestic production of energy and re will be ensured in the permit processes mining machines and equipment will be and investment guarantee will be improved. improved.

500.1. Infrastructure for authorization of 503. Exploration activities in Turkey and permissions and licences in mining activi- abroad will be increased in order to meet ties will be established electronically. the raw material demands of the energy sector and industry; priority will be given to 500.2. Permission processes to ensure in- the exploration of rare earth elements, bo- vestment guarantee will be simplified and ron and other economically potent mines. investment licence procedures will be accelerated and administrative burdens on the 503.1. Exploration activities in Turkey and investor will be eased. abroad will be accelerated in order to meet the needs of oil and natural gas and geot- 501. The expansion of the firm and enterp- hermal resources of energy sector and raw rise scales will be encouraged. materials of the industry.

501.1. Efforts will be accelerated to impro- 503.2. Offshore seismic research and dril- ve the cost effectiveness and occupational ling activities for oil and natural gas explo- safety in watershed mining and nearby are- ration on sea fields, including Turkish Re- as. public of Northern Cyprus sea fields, will be intensifiedand the total number of offs- 501.2. Measures will be taken strengthent- hore drillings to be carried out by the end of he technical and financial structures of mi- 2023 will be increased to 26. ning firms. 503.3. Projects will be developed for the 502. With the object of increasing value exploration and research of critical raw ma- added in mining sector, priority will be terials and rare earth elements identified by given to the domestic processing of mine- countries and country groups. rals and development of end products and the domestic production of machinery and 503.4. MRE’s overseas investment and equipment used in mining will be suppor- production opportunities will be determi- ted. ned and projects will be developed in cooperation with other country entities in ter- 502.1. The pplicationa of generation con- ms of mineral exploration and investment. ditions including advanced stages in the tender of the mining license areas will be 504. In order to increase the exploration expanded. activities of the private sector, studies will be carried out to reduce the financial risks. 502.2. Production infrastructure of mines with high economic potential and other cri- 504.1. A mechanism will be established to tical raw materials will be set up. reduce mining exploration risks financially.

126 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

504.2. A Mining Investment Partnership 505. Basic and critical mines for Turkish model will be established so that the mi- economy will be determined. ning operation and exploration could be carried out in international standards. 505.1. A roadmap will be prepared for the safe supply of basic and criticalmines and 504.3. Studies will be conducted for the rare earth elements. preparation of exploration and reserve reports in accordance with international 505.2. The regulations regarding the stra- standards. tegic reserve, stocks and export restrictions for these metals will come into force. Table 28: Mining Sector Targets 2018 2023 Ratio of Mining Value Added To GDP (At Current Prices, %) 0.851 1.3 Mining Exports (Billion Dollars, Current Prices) 3.4 10.0 Proved Lignite Reserve (Billion Tons) 18.9 20.0 Number Of Offshore Drilling (Total Offshore, Cumulative) 2 26 Source: The data for 2018 are from TURKSTAT and Ministry of Energy and Natural Resources. 2023 figures are forecasts of the Eleventh Development Plan. (1) Realization estimate.

2.2.3.8. Logistics and Transportation and the combined transport legislation will be published. a. Objective 507.2. A program package will be prepared 506. Improving intermodal and multimo- for the administrative and financial incenti- dal transport practices while utilizing ge- ves of combined freight transport services, ographical advantage of Turkey; increasing combined freight terminals, and hubs. shares of railways and maritime transport in modal split; reducing logistics costs, fa- 507.3. Along with the standards for the, cilitating trade, and increasing the com- logistics centers and branch lines, the ope- petitiveness of Turkey by establishing a ration and management models will be de- rapid, flexible, safe, reliable and integrated termined. transport system is the main objective. 507.4. Freight forwarder license will be is- b. Policies and Measures sued in a way to increase the level of liberalization and competitiveness in the sector, 507. Integration between transport modes and its compatibility with other licenses will be strengthened and measures will be will be ensured, in addition to that, barriers taken to eliminate barriers to entry into the to entry to sector and sectoral informalities sector. will be reduced with those regulations to be made, and the predictability and institutio- 507.1. The dispersed status of logistics le- nalization level of the sector will be impro- gislation will be integrated and simplified, ved.

127 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

507.5. Secondary legislation on promoting construction, operations and maintenance, private railway operations and improving as well as train operations, maintenance liberalization on railways will be comple- and repair divisions. ted. 509.1. Railway infrastructure constructi- 508. Service level parameters such as flexi- on,maintenance, infrastructure access and bility, speed, predictability, safety, quality, allocation, network notification, safety economies of scale and innovation will be management, regulation and supervision, improved in logistics activities. railway operation, ownership of railway vehicles, manufacturing and maintenance 508.1. A dynamic transport database will of rolling stock activities will be separated be established to measure freight mobility, from each other organizationally, as well as utilization of idle capacity, optimize costs an effective working mechanism will be es- and prevent informality activities in road tablished between these activities and thus transport, and this database will be made the sector will be restructured. accessible to all stakeholders, and necessary arrangements will be made to implement 509.2. The utyd of fulfilling the public sharing economy models through digital service obligation of railway passenger platforms and applications. transport will be rearranged, and public service obligations will be accomplished th- 508.2. Operational inspections in road rough tenders, in addition to that railways transport will be increased and enabled to will be opened to alternative rail operators. improve measures for safety of life, property and environmental safety in the road 510. Port investments of public and private network. sectors in our country will be coordinated holistically, environment friendly, sustai- 508.3. Necessary legal and physical inf- nable port practices will be expanded. rastructure projects in transportation and customs services will be completed in order 510.1. Necessary measures will be taken to facilitate use of blockchain applications. by the Ministry of Transport and Infrast- ructure through coordinating the relevant 508.4. Diplomatic channels will be utili- partner institutions in order to prevent zed to the highest level in order to protect small-scale, disorganized, inefficient and the rights of our country within the scope low-quality port infrastructure. of international law in order to eliminate restrictions on road transit transport to EU 510.2. Port service items will be identified countries. and standardized in all ports.

509. In order to ensure more efficient use of 510.3. Green Port applications will be sup- resources, increase efficiency, and ensure a ported to increase energy efficiency in port task-oriented organizational structure; the operations, minimize environmental impa- split of tasks in the railway sector instutiti- cts and ensure sustainability. ons will be reorganised into infrastructure

128 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

511. An organizational structure will be es- 512.1. The Secure System Approach, whi- tablished to ensure the timely and adequate ch assumes that road users would make vi- coverage of maintenance and repair servi- olations and considers road safety as a com- ces in the transport sector and the necessary mon responsibility of all actors in the traffic investments will be focused on keeping the system, will be adopted and institutional transportation infrastructure at a sufficient structure will be established accordingly. level of service. 512.2. The bottlenecks in the road network 511.1. An asset management system based will be eliminated, the accident black spot on the conceptof preventive maintenance areas will be improved and a total of 2,872 on highways will be established; BHM coa- km of multi-lane highways will be constru- ting construction will focus on routes with cted. heavy vehicle traffic above 1,000 AADT. 512.3. Coordination and data sharing 511.2. In construction and technical con- among existing institutions and organizati- sultancy related tenders, procurement of ons in traffic safety will be maximized. services will be made without compromising on quality. Necessary legal and insti- 512.4. In order to ensure the highest le- tutional arrangements will be put into pra- vel of traffic safety, enforcements will be ctice for maintenance and repair services improved by taking advantage of develop- to be carried out mainly by private sector through performance based contracts. ments in road technologies and road users will be informed about traffic safety. 511.3. Maintenance and repair activities of railway infrastructure and railway vehicles 512.5. Electronic Speed Control Systems will be improved and an asset management will be based on average speed control ins- system based on the concept of preventive tead of instant speed control. maintenance will be established. 513. Demand management concept will be 511.4. An asset management system based adopted to ensure the sustainability of the on the concept of preventive maintenance transportation system and the efficiency of in airports infrastructures will be establis- the existing infrastructure and transport hed. investments will be rationalized based on efficiency. 511.5. The architecture relating to Intelli- gent Transportation Systems (ITS), which 513.1. Demand management system will ensures energy and time saving in the road be implemented with dynamic pricing on network, traffic safety, and efficient use of motorways and bridges. highway capacity will be completed in partnership with the local authorities and put 513.2. Transport investments will be re- into practice. viewed with a focus on priority and efficiency, and projects that have lost their 512. Casualties, injuries and damages cau- priority and feasibility will be terminated to sed by road traffic accidentswill be minimi- ensure the rationalization in investments. zed. 129 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

514. National spatial plans and transport comfortable railway transportation will be master plans will be handled in a holistic provided. way; urban logistics plans, strategic spatial plans on macro scale, environmental mana- 515.1. Safety standards will be increased gement plans and logistics master plans will in railway transportation, and level crossin- be prepared and implemented in coordina- gs will be transformed into controlled pass tion. systems, additionally barrier-free transportation systems will be devised in railway 514.1. Logistics Master Plan of Turkey stations and terminals. and National Transport Master Plan will be completed in a coordinated manner. 515.2. Rapid and high speed train lines under construction will be completed in 514.2. The legislation will be made for the order to create a more balanced modal split preparation of urban logistics plans, and and increase passenger comfort. guidance documents will be published. 515.3. Train planning activities will be ba- 515. Service quality will be improved th- sed on supply & demand levels in high spe- rough customer-oriented demand manage- ed train lines, and travel times will be shor- ment and modern train operation in railway tened by increasing express train services. passenger transport; rapid, safe, secure and

Table 29: Logistics and Transportation Sector Targets 2018 2023 Length of Rapid and High Speed Train Lines (km, cumulative) 1,213 5,595 Share of Railway Passenger Transportation in Total (in modes of national territorial transport, %) 1.3 3.8 Share of Double-Track Railway Length in Total Main Line (%) 12.4 26.3 Share of Cargo Handled in Cabotage Line in Total Handling (%) 12.9 18 Airport Total Passengers (Including Direct Transit) (Million) 211 266 Multi-Lane Divided Highways (motorways included) 26,642 29,514 Motorways (km , cumulative) 2,842 3,779 Bituminous Hot Mix Coated Road Network (km, cumulative) 25,215 31,478 Number of Improved Accident Blackspot 70 75 Casualities Caused by Traffic Accidents 6,675 4,900 Source: 2018 data are from Ministry of Transport and Infrastructure and TURKSTAT. Data for 2023 are estimates of the Eleventh Development Plan. Postal Sector tor in order to provide fast, high quality, affordable, diverse and reliable services whi- a. Objective ch contribute to sustainable development and employment. 516. The ainm objective is to establish a competitive environment in the postal sec-

130 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

b. Policy and Measures food markets and similar structures in order to promote wholesale trade practices. 517. During the liberalization process of postal market, a competitive market will be 520. Studies to ensure confidence in established in the sector through effective e-Commerce will be completed, the market regulation and supervision. shares will be increased, especially in regions that Turkey has competitive advantage 517.1. The onopolym area allocated to the thanks to geographic and cultural proxi- universal service liabilities will be identi- mity fied on the basis of quantitative criteria. 520.1. The seu of Trust Mark System will 517.2. Legislation will be enacted to elimi- be increased. nate the duplications and inconsistencies between Road Transport Law, Postal Servi- 520.2. The software operations of the ces Law and secondary legislation. E-Commerce Information System will be completed and the system will be put into 2.2.3.9. Services for the Promotion of practice in order to make the e-commer- Trade and Consumer Protection ce enterprises accessible and to follow the e-commerce data in a healthy way. a. Objective 520.3. In regions where Turkey has com- 518. The ainm objective is to make our petitive advantage, e-commerce market country one of the important trade hubs share will be increased through bilateral where trade is easy and safe and consumer and multilateral agreements. rights are protected with quality-oriented, innovative approaches and practices. 520.4. In order to make Turkey a regional hub for trade in e-commerce, a regional b. Policies and Measures center will be established in a location close 519. The disruptions that may be encoun- to Istanbul Airport, where storage, customs tered in the functioning of the market in clearance, shipping and return processes wholesale and retail trade sector will be eli- can be carried out together and all relevant minated by taking the developments in the institutions will serve in coordination. agricultural and manufacturing industry sectors and the benefits of consumers into 520.5. In order to increase exports throu- consideration. gh e-commerce, local companies will be supported to participate in electronic mar- 519.1. The Retail Information System ket places. (PERBIS) will be completed and PERBIS Regulation will be prepared and put into 520.6. Legislative arrangements will be practice. made and implementation will be improved with the coordination of the relevant 519.2. Legislative works will be completed institutions tofacilitate the return process to ensure the modernization of wholesale of products in cross-border e-commerce.

131 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

520.7. A model that ensures product sa- developments and the effectiveness of mar- fety controls in e-commerce will be develo- ket surveillance and inspection activities ped and necessary legal regulations will be will be increased. made. 521.2. Promotion and awareness raising 521. The legislation on consumer protec- activities will be carried out to promote tion will be reviewed and practices will be conscious consumption. improved. 521.3. Service satisfaction index for con- 521.1. The legislation on consumer prote- sumers will be created. ction will be reviewed in line with current Table 30: Targets on Trade and Consumer Protection Services 2018 2023 Number of Licenced Storage 70 140 e-Commerce Share in Retail Trade Market (%) 4.5 10 Number of e-Commerce Sites Receiving Trust Stamp - 5,000 e-Commerce Transaction Volume (Billion TL)1 138.9 300.0 Ratio of Online Shoppers (%)2 29.3 43.0 Source: Data for the year 2018 were taken from Ministry of Trade, TURKSTAT and The Interbank Card Center. Data for the year 2023 are estimates of Eleventh Development Plan. (1) The amount of card transactions occured over the Internet. (2) The Rate of Individuals Who Purchased Goods or Services over the Internet for Personal Use.

2.2.3.10.Customs Services 523.1. The ngoingo works for obtaining the documents, supplied by different agen- a. Objective cies for customs processes, in electronic form from a single point will be completed. 522. The basic objective is to reduce bureaucracy and costs, facilitate trade and tra- 523.2. All the documents lodged to the devel, prevent smuggling by applying effective livery offices for the allocation of clearance control methods and ensure transparency certificates will be transferred to the elect- and predictability in procedures, in line ronic form and submission of of the docu- with international standards and our obli- ments in paper form will be terminated. gations. 523.3. The facilitations provided to the b. Policies and Measures Authorized Economic Operators by the current regulations will be actually imple- 523. The control, permit and approval pro- mented, and additional facilitation will be cesses implemented by various government provided to these firms. agencies and the documents required for these processes will be reviewed by the re- 523.4. The penalties stipulated in the Cus- levant agencies with a view to make them toms Law will be reviewed and made more rational and the bureaucracy will be redu- moderate. ced through digitalization.

132 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

524. The fees charged for documents, tests 526.2. The automation systems operated and approval procedures required by pub- by various government agencies will be in- lic authorities during the customs stage tegrated. for exports will be reviewed and those fees which constitute an obstacle in terms of 526.3. All payments will be enabled to be competitiveness will be re-determined. made by cards and electronic systems means at land border posts and internal cus- 524.1. The disinfection fees charged by the tom offices. governorates at border gates and other practices which inflict additional costs will be 527. In order to ensure uniformity in prac- reviewed and regulated accordingly. tice, the authorizations and responsibilities for customs processes will be further cla- 525. Coordination among the government rified, human resources will be improved agencies involved in customs processes will both qualitatively and quantitatively, and be strengthened and customs services will the level of specialization will be increased. be carried via single window. 527.1. Customs staff will be assigned at the 525.1. The legislation to duplicated tests necessary places and divisions on the basis conducted at laboratories operated by dif- of their skills and specialization. ferent institutions, will be reviewed and the all the required analysis will be made on 527.2. Personnel needs will be determi- the basis of the principle of single sample – ned and the necessary number of personnel single analysis. with required skills will be employed.

525.2. The customs administrations that 527.3. Practical on-the-job and joint trai- need other relevant agencies to assign per- ning programs will be organized and sup- sonnel will be identified and necessary as- porting guides will be published for the signment will be made. customs personnel.

525.3. Single card application will take ef- 527.4. The capacity of the Customs Trai- fect at port entrances. ning Centre will be expanded, and priority will be assigned to applied training. 525.4. All the agencies performing at border posts will work on a 24/7 basis. 528. In order to enhance compliance of traders and passengers to the customs le- 526. Information and communication te- gislation, the necessary information and chnologies will be utilized at the maximum documents will be published in an up-to- level in order to improve efficiency of cus- date, accurate, clear and easily accessible toms services. manner.

526.1. New BİLGE (Computerized Cus- 528.1. Customs Guide website will be used toms Activities) Project will be implemen- effectively for publishing the basic informa- ted. tion and documents required by the traders

133 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

and passengers in an up-to-date, accurate and administrative infrastructure of inspe- and easily understandable manner. ctions required for the identification of the compliance of these products with techni- 528.2. Information on the customs rela- cal legislation and their safety status will be ted regulations, procedures, fees and docu- improved in view of our international obli- ments applicable to the mandates of rele- gations. vant institutions will be published on their website in an updated,, comprehensive and 529.3. In order to efficiently carry out ve- clear manner. terinary border controls, service buildings will be constructed at İstanbul Airport and 528.3. Seminars and training programs Sabiha Gökçen Veterinary Border Control will be organized in cooperation with Directorates, location issues will be solved non-governmental organizations to to raise at Ambarlı, Derince ve Tekirdağ ports, and awareness on customs services. the required machinery andequipment will be provided. 528.4. Institutional social media accounts will be used effectively in publishing infor- 529.4. Data Management and Targeting mation. Software Project will be implemented.

528.5. The echnicalt infrastructure of call 529.5. In order to evaluate foreign trade centers will be improved, the number and transactions more analytically, the Instituti- qualifications of the relevant personnel will onal Decision Support System software will be raised. be updated and its capacity will be expanded. 529. The efficiency of customs controls and combat with smuggling will be enhanced. 529.6. Theefficiency of risk-based controls will be improved, effectiveness and selecti- 529.1. The seu of advanced technology vity of ex-post control system will be stren- systems and practices will be rolled out in gthened. the customs control of goods, vehicles and passengers, within budgetary capacities. 529.7. The efficiency of the disposal transactions will be increased and disposal pro- 529.2. The safety of imported goods will be cesses will be accelerated. ensured within the framework of international agreements, and the legal, technical

134 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

Table 31: Targets in Customs Services 2018 2023 Total Number of AEO Firms 415 575 Turkey's Rank at Trading Across Borders Index1 42 37 Average Time, an Export Shipment Waits Under the Surveillance of the 2.1 0.8 Customs at Ports (Days) Average Time, an Export Shipment Waits Under the Surveillance of the 6.2 2.4 Customs at Land Border Posts (Hours) Rate of Export Declarations Cleared Within the First 4 Hours (%) 84 90 Decline in Red Lane Rates in Exports (%) 3.5 2.8 Source: Data for the year 2018 is from Ministry of Trade. Data for the year 2023 are estimates of Eleventh Development Plan. (1) 2018 data taken from World Bank.

2.2.3.11. Construction, Engineering- expertise is also taken into account in do- Architectural, Technical Consultancy mestic technical consultancy service procu- and Contracting Services rements. a. Objective 531.3. The building inspection system and its technological compliance capacity shall 530. The basic objective is to make the be improved. construction industry a sector that is based on quality-focused competition that relies 531.4. Private sector construction contra- on high-quality supply and demand, , that ctors shall be classified according to their is human centric, environmen friendly, and economic and technical qualifications, and that has high design and technological ca- the maximum contract values that they can pabilities and high R&D capacity and value assume shall be linked to their levels of qua- added and make it a global brand abroad. lification so as to protect consumers and to support qualified companies in the sector. b. Policies and Measures 532. Overseas contracting and technical 531. Domestic and innovative technologies consultancy sectors shall continue to be shall be integrated into production proces- supported. ses in the construction sector and sectoral growth that relies on high-quality supply 532.1. Overseas contracting services shall and demand shall be achieved. continue to be supported towards positi- oning, strengthening and growing into a 531.1. Public procurement in construction brand in international markets such that works and technical consultancy services they can enter into new markets, can dee- shall be conducted without compromising pen in existing markets and can contribute on quality. to the export of Turkish construction products. 531.2. The necessary legislative prepara- tory work will be completed so that local 532.2. Trade policy instruments will be used so that the contracting sector can

135 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

undertake projects abroad and establish 532.3. The verseaso activities of Turkish partnerships with companies from other technical consultancy firms shall continue countries, which could contribute to our to be supported. companies in terms of technological advantage, access to finance and market penetration.

Table 32: Technical Consultancy and Contracting Services Targets 2018 2023 Overseas Technical Consultancy Services Annual Total Project Value (Million 166 225 Dollar) Overseas Contracting Services Contract Value (Billion Dollar) 20.8 35

Source: Data for the year 2018 figures were taken from the Ministry of Trade. Data for the year 2023 are estimates of the Eleventh Development Plan.

2.2.3.12. Management Consultancy 534.1. Knowledge sharing and training programs will be conducted for public ins- a. Objective titutions towards more efficient use of management consultancy services. 533. The basic objective is to bring management consulting services sector to a posi- 535. Management consultancy service pro- tion that provides knowledge-based, quali- viders will be enabled to develop capacities fied, visionary and strategic support to the and competencies suitable for global com- private and public sector, that can export petition. its services to the neighboring regions and advanced countries, as well as to make sure 535.1. Organizational structures and pro- that the sector takes part in the national de- cedures shall be defined towards certifying velopment process. vocational qualifications in the management consultancy sector. b. Policies and Measures

534. Management consultancy services shall be efficiently and widely utilized in all stages of development.

136 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

2.3. QUALIFIED PEOPLE, STRONG improved, and the quality of physical inf- SOCIETY rastructure and human resources will be enhanced. 536. Sustainable development and inclusive growth are possible through a coor- 539. Policies taking into consideration the dinated implementation and carrying out significant changes caused by digital trans- collectively of efficient economic policies formation and technological developments targeting a stable economy and social po- in the labor market and offering decent job licies targeting a peaceful society. The de- opportunites to all sections of the society velopment perspective for Plan period has will be implemented, during the Plan pe- been prepared through an inclusive ap- riod, where solutions have been developed proach covering all sections of the society for the problems faced by youth, women including children, youth, women, disabled and disabled people in entering and staying individuals and elderly who require special in the labor market. policies. 540. In addition to the developments in 537. It is aimed to train qualified people the labor market, it is important that all who will convert knowledge into economic sections of the society benefit the welfare and social benefit and are capable of using created by the development in addition to technology and tend towards production the reduction of poverty. Improvement of through the development of comprehensive the income distribution, taking care of the and qualified education in all levels in order disadvantaged groups, and extending soci- to strengthen the human structure of our al assistance and social services will be the country. In this framework, it is aimed that main policy priorities in this field. providing accessibility for all individuals to comprehensive and qualified education 541. Policies for strengthening family are and lifelong learning possibilities. During the most effective and important one among the Eleventh Development Plan period, the public policies on social integration and policies will be implemented and necessary reducing the social risks. Significant poli- arrangements will be made in all processes cies and measures, towards making family in the fields of education, culture, art and policies with a participaratory approach in- sports in order to raise productive and hap- volving all stakeholders, improving the qu- py individuals. ality, extensiveness and effectiveness of the family related services will be implemented 538. Health services is another important during the Eleventh Development Plan Pe- factor in achieving development goals. In riod. this contex, It is aimed to provide quality health services in order to ensure that indi- 542. The establishment of a strong society viduals are physically, socially and psycho- is possible through the empowerment of logically in well-being situaiton, to ensure women. Within this framework, efforts will their active and healthy participation in be made to increase the accessibility of girls economic and social life through increasing and women to education and training, and their quality of life. Regional distribution their participation in social and economic in the provision of health services will be life, facilitate their access to resources, and

137 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

raise public awareness and development of vanced thinking, perception and problem status of women within the society. solving skills, self-confidence, sense of responsibility, entrepreneurial and innova- 543. Effective policies starting from early tive peculiarities, internalized democratic childhood will be implemented in order to values and national culture, who are open turn into advantage and to make the best to sharing and communication, have strong of the population potential of our country sense of arts and aesthetics and are skilled having the high rate of child and youth at using technology, through enabling ac- population. Within the framework of the cess to comprehensive and qualified educa- Eleventh Development Plan, it is aimed to tion and lifelong learning opportunities for bring up/raise our children as individuals all individuals. who have humanitarian and moral values, who are councious, well-educated, respect- b. Policies and Measures ful and self-confident. 548. Access to education at all levels will be 544. During the Eleventh Development provided based on equal opportunity prin- Plan which aims at putting forward the ciple. potential of youth as an important driving power of development; policies are being 548.1. The gea of five years will be inclu- proposed aiming youth having high life ded in the compulsory schooling for early skills, self-confidence, humanitarian and childhood education, alternative early chil- national values, equipped with require- dhood education models will be set with ments of information society, actively par- flexible time options; and the additional ticipating to social, political and economic classrooms needed for this purpose will be life through their skills, education and cho- constructed. ices, being sensitive to the society they live in and its problems. 548.2. Full-time schooling will be take pla- 545. It is aimed at increasing the quality of ce at all education levels in the Plan period; life of the elderly through establishing an and the additional classrooms needed for environment where the elderly live inde- this purpose will be constructed. pendently, actively and healty at its opinion, being involved in social and economic life. 548.3. The efficient use of other educational buildings in the place where the class- 546. Social adaptation of migrants will be rooms are planned to be built will be taken ensured; the capacity of migration manage- into consideration, while planning the new ment will be strengthened. classroom constructions, and the use of unused educational buildings will be given 2.3.1. Education priority. a. Objective 548.4. Schooling and graduation rates will be increased and the rate of absenteeism 547. The basic objective is to raise happy will be reduced at all levels of education. and productive individuals who have ad-

138 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

548.5. Access to education opportunities 551.2. Mathematics and Turkish profi- of persons under temporary protection will ciency of students will be improved in all be increased. levels of education.

549. Educational environments taking into 551.3. Mathematics and Turkish teaching consideration children's mental and physi- programmes will be updated. cal development will be established. 551.4. In-service trainings programs will 549.1. Educational buildings will be desig- be implemented to ensure the adaptation ned in accordance with the technology and of mathematics and Turkish teachers to the environment, as safe, economic, aesthetic new teaching programmes. and accessible with high architectural standards and quality. 551.5. Course schedules will be restructured at the basic and secondary education 549.2. Design and skill studios will be es- levels. tablished in accordance with the interests and abilities of the students at all levels of 551.6. The contents of the Education In- education. formation Network portal will be enriched by harmonizing with teaching programmes 550. The disparities of success among sho- and the effective use of the portal will be ols will be reduced by increasing the quality spreaded. and facilities of schools at all levels of education. 551.7. Network infrastructure and interactive board will be established in schools in 550.1. Support programs will be imple- order to ensure access to technology. mented for the academic and social development of the students. 551.8. The students at secondary education level will be provide to participate in 550.2. School lunch program will be imp- scientific activities at the universities and lemented starting with the disadvantaged benefit from the research and laboratory areas. facilities of the universities.

550.3. Quality assurance system will be es- 551.9. The materials related to foreign lan- tablished in education. guage education will be enriched and a system will be developed to measure all skills 551. Learning content and curriculum will in listening, speaking, reading and writing. be prepared on the basis of national, moral and universal values and by taking into 552. Human and physical facilities will be consideration the global developments and strengthened in order to make individu- needs. als with special education needs to benefit from the educational services. 551.1. Teaching programmes will be formed as a flexible, modular and applied stru- 552.1. Provincial surveys will be carried cture. out in order to identify the individuals with

139 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

special education needs and needs maps 553.5. Minor degree programs and vocati- will be produced. onal guidance skills of primary school teachers will be developed. 552.2. Mobile platforms will be established for the expansion of special education ser- 553.6. In-service training programs will be vices. organized to improve the qualifications of foreign language teachers. 552.3. The hysicalp infrastructure of the learning environments, richness of teac- 553.7. Considering the student’s educatio- hing parograms and materials, self-care nal attainment, incentive mechanisms will skills, integration practices and the standar- be established for teachers and school ad- ds of guidance services will be improved. ministrators in different rates depending on the type and location of their educational 552.4. A Board of Education, Science and institutions. Evaluation will be set up for the children with special talents. 553.8. Graduate level vocational specialization and development programs will be 552.5. In cooperation with universities, developed for horizontal and vertical career the quality of intelligence and talent tests steps. will be improved, intelligence and talent diagnosis and monitoring centers will be 553.9. The contents of in-service training established. programs will be updated in line with the current needs of teachers and school ad- 553. The otivationm and professional de- ministrators, and in-service trainings for velopment of teachers and school administ- vocational and technical education will be rators will be increased and the social status conducted in work environments. of the teaching profession will be strengthened. 554. To create an effecient and effective education system, data-driven policies will 553.1. Teaching Profession Act will be be determined and the impact analysis of enacted. policy implementations will be conducted.

553.2. In the regions where housing op- 554.1. Educational data bank will be es- portunities are limited, housing invest- tablihed where the databases related to the ments that will meet the housing needs of education system are integrated and the teachers will be continued. data will be processed by artificial intelligence technologies. 553.3. School administration will be transformed into a professional occupation and 554.2. Data analysis capabilites of institu- an accreditation structure for executive tions and organizations in the education education will be established. system will be strengthened and data based planning and administration system will be 553.4. A competence and merit based ca- implemented on school basis. reer system will be implemented.

140 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

555. The understanding of lifelong lear- 557.2. A career guidance system which ning aiming at the continuous development supports the career selection processes al- of individuals' personality and abilities will lowing children recognize themselves and be extended to all segments of the society. occupations will be established.

555.1. The diversity and the quality of li- 557.3. Guidance and counsulting services felong learning programs will be increased will be strengthened for children and youth and the certification of the achievements who are socioeconomically disadvantaged will be provided. and under the risk of being pushed into crime, as well as their families. 555.2. A national lifelong learning and monitoring system will be established to 557.4. Physical and emotional violence prevent duplications and to share the docu- towards teachers and students will be pre- ments and the certificates among the insti- vented, it will be fighted aganist drug and tutions. technology addiction, and family awareness on healthy living culture will be raised. 556. The School Development Model will be established in which all stakeholders are 558. An efficient measurement, monito- actively involved in the education processes. ring and evaluation system will be established to diversify and increase the students’ 556.1. The development of schools will educational attaintments. be monitored and evaluated in accordance with their conditions and priorities. 558.1. An e-file which will keep the records of each student's academic and other ac- 556.2. The resources will be allocated sup- tivities will be recorded. portively the development of schools in line with the objectives of the school develop- 558.2. The assessment and evaluation sys- ment plan and on the basis of equal opportunity principle and the accountability level tem will be strengthened on the basis of will be increased. competence.

556.3. The interaction and harmony 558.3. Students' participation in scientific, among teacher-parent-school will be stren- cultural, artistic, sportive and community gthened. service activities will be supported and their impact on student competence will be 557. Guidance and counseling system will monitored. be strengthened in order to manage the processes within the education and out of 558.4. To reduce the pressure created by the education efficiently and to increase the the education system on the students, ar- readiness of children. rangements will be made on the exams held for the transition between educational le- 557.1. The structure and services of Gui- vels. dance and Research Centers will be reorganized.

141 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

559. Productive Structural Transformation promotional activities will be carried out to and Employment Mobilization in Vocatio- improve the perception of vocational and nal and Technical Education will be started. technical high schools and vocational col- leges in the society. 559.1. The orkshopsw and laboratories of all vocational high schools will be moder- 559.8. Students will be encouraged to app- nized and aligned with the needs of today's ly for inventions, patents and utility models. education and employment in the Plan period. 559.9. Cooperation protocols between vocational and technical education instituti- 559.2. Revolving fund revenues will be ons and the sector will be increased. increased by using workshops more efficiently within the institutions and organi- 559.10. The payment of differentiated wa- zations in vocational education. ges to the vocational and technical education graduates will be encouraged according 559.3. In line with the sectoral demands to their vocational education fields and le- and developing technologies, the teaching vels, and the priorty for their employment programmes of the fields and branches will will be given. be updated in vocational and technical education. 559.11. Subsidy payments will be provided for the students attending to private voca- 559.4. Multiple vocational skills infrastru- tional and technical schools, investment cture will be established to enable students incentives will be increased for the private to get certification in more than one branch sector to open schools, and the number and to ensure their transition between the oc- diversity of private vocational and technical cupational fields and to gain attaintments schools, especially the ones in OIZs, will be related to different occupations. increased.

559.5. The ocationalv upper-secondary 559.12. Legislative arrangements will be schools and higher education institutions, made for enabling the private sector to es- especially the ones within OIZs, will be tablish private vocational training centers. restructured to support each other in terms of programs, administration, human 559.13. Graduates will be encouraged to resources, financing and physical infrastru- take certified training and the courses acc- cture. redited by the sector and the universities in order to ensure their knowledge and skills 559.6. The linkages between vocational keep up-to-date. and technical education and the labor market will be strengthened to meet the need 559.14. National occupational standards for skilled manpower. and qualifications, which are the basis of vocational training programs and examina- 559.7. Career guidance will be strengthe- tion and certification activities, will be up- ned in vocational and technical education; dated and their numbers will be increased.

142 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

560. Diversity in higher education will be the sectoral and regional skills needs, ca- increased. pacities of the universities, supply and demand equilibrium and minimum occupan- 560.1. The scope of the Regional Develop- cy rates of existing programs; the linkages ment-Focused Mission Differentiation and between education and employment will be Specialization Project will be expanded. strengthened.

560.2. Women's universities where only 561.6. The minimum achievement score female students are accepted will be estab- requirement application will be expanded lished by analyzing the case of Japan. in the higher education programs that aut- horize professing directly after the gradua- 561. Higher education system will be equ- tion. ipped with having a globally competitive, quality-focused and a dynamic structure; 561.7. The graduate monitoring system and practices for increasing the quality of will be established to follow the career pro- higher education institutions will be conti- cesses of the graduates and to strengthen nued. the alumni-university cooperation.

561.1. It will be provided by 2023 that at 561.8. The data related to the education, least 2 of our universities will be ranked research and innovation outputs of the hig- among the top 100, and at least 5 of our uni- her education institutions will be regularly versities will be ranked among the top 500 monitored and reported. universities, in the world academic achievement ranking. 562. Arrangements will be made regarding the education and training processes, aca- 561.2. The number of PhD graduates will demic and administrative structures, inspe- be increased to 15 thousand on average an- ction and financial issues of the foundation nually, particularly in the priority sectors higher education institutions. over the plan period. 562.1. Private university legislation will be 561.3. The complience of universities with prepared. the open access infrastructures will be provided in order to make the universities ke- 562.2. Arrangements will be made to bring eping up with the digital age, together with the minimum levels of the financial and so- the implementation of open science practi- cial rights of the academic staff of the foun- ces and open access to the information. dation higher education institutions to the same level of the the academic staff at equi- 561.4. The lower limit of the appointment valent positions in the state universities. and promotion criteria of academic staff will be increased centrally. 562.3. Necessary arrangements will be made to increase the number of research 561.5. The quotas of higher education ins- assistants in foundation higher education titutions will be determined by considering institutions.

143 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

563. Our country’s level of internationali- 563.3. The hares of qualified foreign aca- zation in the field of higher education will demicians in the total employment will be be increased. increased.

563.1. International access to the higher 563.4. The umbern of programs in foreign education system will be facilitated through language will be increased, the accommo- effective promotional activities. dation facilities of higher education institutions for international students will be 563.2. The umbern of qualified internatio- improved and institutional capacity for in- nal students in the higher education system ternationalization will be increased. will be increased.

Table 33: Targets in Education 2018 2023 Net Schooling Rate of the Age of 5 Years (%) 75.1 100 Primary 58.7 100 Rate of Students in Single-Shifted Education (%) Lower Secondary 66.4 100 Upper Secondary 93.2 100 1 Participation Rate in Lifelong Learning (%) 6.2 8 Source: Ministry of National Education. The data for the year 2023 are the estimates of Eleventh Development Plan. (1) Rate of adults aged 25-64 who participated in any education program during the last four weeks before the survey conducted.

2.3.2. Employment and Working Life 565.2. A database of skills and qualification needs will be created through analyses a. Objective conducted on the basis of jobs and occupations. 564. Themain objective is to provide decent work opportunities to all segments of 566. Vocational training courses and on- the society and to increase the employment the-job training programs will be structu- of groups requiring special policies, especi- red to provide flexibly the digital compe- ally women and young people. tencies and skills in order to train the labor force responsive to the emerging needs ari- b. Policies and Measures sing witih the framework of digital transformation. 565. The new skill needs will be determined within the framework of the effects of 566.1. Thecourses and programs will be digital transformation and technological held in order to train the labor force needed developments on the labor market and, the in the new professional fields emerging as a transformation caused by these develop- result of digital transformation. ments in the professions will be monitored regularly. 566.2. Active labor force programs will be strengthened qualitatively through condu- 565.1. Field studies will be done in order cting qualitative surveys and analysis with to measure the impacts of digitalization on the employer organizations and sectoral jobs and professions. businesses to determine the new skill needs.

144 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

567. Flexible working methods in accor- consultancy services to groups requiring dance with needs of the labor market will special policies. be enabled and relevant inspections will be increased. 570. Practices that will facilitate women's participation in the labor market and incre- 567.1. The efficiency of inspections on ase their employment will be developed. working hours will be increased. 570.1. In order to increase women’s emp- 567.2. Necessary changes will be made in loyment in the labor market, women's op- order to increase the accessibility of part-ti- portunities for vocational training and me and flexible employees to social secu- skills development will be strengthened, rity. especially in the areas of technology production such as coding and software. 567.3. Awareness raising activities on flexible working modes will be increased 570.2. Practices harmonizing work and fa- for all social parties. mily lives will be implemented dynamically, such as facilitating access to care services, 568. The severance pay reform will be imp- in order to increase women's participation lemented. in the labor force and employment.

568.1. The severance pay reform will be 571. The active participation of young pe- implemented through the consensus of the ople in the labor market will be supported social parties involved. and their employment will be facilitated.

569. Labor force and employment partici- 571.1. In order to ensure the transition of pation of groups requiring special policies university students to the labor market, the will be increased. implementation of university-private sector cooperation, especially through joint proje- 569.1. Information programs will be or- cts, will be improved. ganized for the employers on the practices concerning groups requiring special poli- 571.2. The transition of young people to cies, and the employer consultancy services work will be facilitated through internship, will be developed within the scope of job entrepreneurship and on-the-job training and vocational counseling. programs.

569.2. Job placement services for groups 571.4. Awareness raising activities will be requiring special policies will be developed carried out in order to improve the job se- in line with the needs of these groups and arch skills of young people and to ensure the labor market. their adaptation to working life.

569.3. The number of Job Clubs and peop- 571.5. Young people will be encouraged le benefiting from these clubs will be inc- to vocational training begining from the reased in order to provide more qualified secondary school to become the deman-

145 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

ded employees in the labor market, and the to make them to provide better service to young people will be provided receiving ap- the disabled. propriate education according to their abilities and market demands. 573. Active labor market programs will be expanded and the effectiveness of these 571.6. The training and grant programs programs will be increased. will be implemented to make innovative and high value-added production attractive 573.1. It will be ensured implementing the among young people living in rural areas. active labor force programs focusing on the target group, sector and region in order to 571.7. Local administrations will support provide the participation of young people, the practices aimed at increasing youth women and social assistance recipients in employment by taking into consideration the labor market, and that the trainees and the work and labor potential in their regi- participants gaining skills to facilitate the ons. employment after the programs.

571.8. Innovative and sustainable projects 573.2. New programs will be developed which will reveal the potential in the pro- within the scope of active labor programs vinces will be supported in order to increa- in order to increase the employability of the se the employment of young people. long-term unemployed.

572. Labor force participation and employ- 573.3. Vocational courses will be carried ment of disabled people will be increased. out in order to enable the beneficiaries of social assistance to live without relying on 572.1. Distant education programs will be social aid. developed for the disabled people to acqui- re a profession. 573.4. Community Benefit Programs will be updated within the active labor force 572.2. The eneralg and vocational educati- programs and vocational training courses on, vocational rehabilitation, self-employ- and entrepreneurship training programs ment grant support and job and vocational will be given priority. counseling services will be improved in order to increase the labor force participation 574. Studies will be done for the develop- and employability of the disabled. ment of the international labor force policies through taking into consideration of 572.3. The warenessa of the private sector the global, regional, local and sectoral la- employers will be increased on employ- bor force dynamics, in order to contribute ment opportunities for the disabled and the to the economic and social development of incentives related to the employment of the our country. disabled. 574.1. Sectoral studies and field visits will 572.4. The ualificationsq of job and voca- be organized to identify the sectors where tional counselors will be improved in order

146 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

qualified foreigners can be employed in the to develop and disseminate a culture of oc- labor market. cupational health and safety.

574.2. Overseas promotion activities will 576.3. Studies will be done to make the be carried out in order to bring qualified la- work equipment comform to the occupati- bor force to our country and to analyse the onal health and safety standards, and local labor opportunities in the related countries. production of these equipment’s will be encouraged. 575. The reasons of brain drain from our country to abroad will be analyzed, and the 576.4. Occupational standards and qua- studies will be done to retain the qualified lifications which are the basis of training workforce in our country, within the fra- programs in the fields needed by the mar- mework of these analyses. ket will be established; the knowledge, skills and competencies of the labor force will be 575.1. Studies will be done to prevent the certified, the occupational accidents will be brain drain and to increase the returns. reduced and the the qualification of the labor force will be improved. 575.2. An international qualified labor network will be established for our citizens 576.5. The qualifications and the service living abroad that having potential of wor- standards of the institutions authorized in king in our country. the field of occupational health and safety will be improved through effective inspe- 576. Practices aimed at increasing the qu- ctions and regulations; Measurement and ality and efficiency of occupational health evaluation criteria will be developed for the and safety services will be implemented. training of occupational health and safety professionals. 576.1. A system will be developed to ensure transferring the data collected by dif- 577. Awareness-raising activities and ins- ferent institutions related to occupational pections will be increased to effectively health and safety to a single database, de- combat informal employment. termining the data that will be collected from firms, and using all of these data with 577.1. Risk-based inspection activities ba- a focus on prevention of occupational acci- sed on data analysis will be expanded to en- dents and diseases. courage formal employment.

576.2. Training, seminars and informative 577.2. Orienting and guiding inspection activities will be organized in coorperation activities will be increased especially in the with the relevant public institutions, uni- sectors where informality is widespread. versities, trade unions and NGOs in order

147 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

Table 34: Targets in Employment and Working Life 2018 2023 Labor Force Participation Rate, Total (%) 53.2 56.4 Labor Force Participation, Female (%) 34.2 38.5 Employment Rate (%) 47.4 50.8 Unemployment Rate (%) 11.0 9.9 Youth Unemployment Rate (%) 20.3 17.8 Part Time Working Rate (%) 9.9 15.0 Informal Employment Rate (%) 33.4 28.5 Fatal Occupational Accident Rate (Per Hundred 8.7 5.0 Thousand) Source: The data for the year 2018 were taken from TurkStat, OECD and SSI. Data for the year 2023 are estimates of the Eleventh Development Plan

2.3.3. Health conducted such as training programs, public spots and campaigns in order to promo- a. Objective te healthy nutrition and active living habits.

578. The ainm objective is to ensure hi- 579.2. Multi-stakeholder health responsi- gh-quality, reliable, efficient and financi- bility model will be strengthened on sub- ally sustainable health services provision jects such as food safety, obesity, environ- supported by evidence-based policies, in mental health. order to improve the quality of living of individuals, to allow their active and healthy 579.3. The effectiveness of early diagnosis participation in economic and social life services will be increased to reduce the risk and thus improve the regional distribution factors on noncommunicable diseases. of services as well as the quality of physical infrastructure and human resources. 580. Rational, effective and efficient use of the resources allocated to primary health b. Policies and Measures care services will be ensured.

579. With regard to non-communicab- 580.1. The eedn for health care services le disease risks, healthy living style will be will be met at this stage through improving encouraged; the capacity of preventive and the quality and quantity of health care ser- therapeutic services will be improved; coo- vices provided by family physicians. peration and coordination between sectors and institutions will be increased in the 580.2. The umbern of healthy living cen- fields of environmental health, food safety, ters will be increased, a strengthened and sites suitable for physical activity, health li- integrated family medicine structure will be teracy, occupational health and safety. established at these centers, and the required primary healthcare services will be pro- 579.1. In order to encourage health living vided at these centers. styles, awareness raising activities will be

148 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

580.3. The responsibilities of family physi- decisions can be implemented will be inc- cians will be increased in processes such as reased. screening and diagnosis of diseases, especially non-communicable diseases. 581.4. Awareness raising activities will be held to combat the use of harmful substan- 580.4. Family medicine performance sys- ces such as alcohol, tobacco and drugs. tem will be redesigned proportionally with the accuracy of diagnoses and treatments 581.5. The results of activities held to com- and the service load, in an integrated man- bat addiction and the frequency of substan- ner with the performance system in the se- ce abuse in the society will be monitored condary and tertiary levels. through periodic scientific researches.

580.5. Financial measures will be taken to 582. The coverage of home care services ensure that primary healthcare services are will be expanded, the access to healthcare used more commonly. services offered to the elderly will be made easier particularly in rural areas, and the 580.6. The in-service training programs preventive and therapeutic services offered for the primary level healthcare staff will be to the elderly will be strengthened. redesigned. 582.1. The coverage of home care services 581. The access to healthcare services pro- will be expanded, and their accessibility, ef- vided in the field of combating addiction ficiency and quality will be improved, and will be made easier, and the effectiveness of intensive care, palliative care and geriatric activities in this field will be monitored pe- services will be integrated with home care riodically. services.

581.1. Budgetary capacities will be impro- 582.2. Health monitoring will be carried ved to provide required human resources, out for the elderly, the preventive and the- establish the necessary infrastructure and rapeutic services for diseases increasing by cover the current expenditures needed in age will be strengthened, and the number order to increase the efficiency of public of centers providing geriatric and palliative institutions and organizations, to expand care services will be increased. the coverage of service delivery and to increase the accessibility in fight against addi- 583. The capacity of specialized health ser- ction. vices such as emergency health, intensive care, oncology, organ transplantation ser- 581.2. The number of centers will be inc- vices will be expanded and their speed and reased and the quality of services will be quality will be improved. improved in order to ensure easy access to the counseling, treatment and rehabilitati- 583.1. Specialized health services will be on services for fight against addiction. centralized and a management model will be established for the physicians providing 581.3. The number of specialized treat- service in these fields. ment centers where compulsory treatment

149 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

583.2. Alternative examination areas will 585.2. Cooperation and coordination will be created where necessary, depending on be improved in the field of inter-agency the intensity of emergency service patients. data sharing.

583.3. Effective use of ambulances in 586. Legal arrangements will be comple- emergency health services will be ensured ted in the field of conventional and comp- and the coordination between hospitals and lementary medical practices to ensure the 112 Hotline Control and Command Center product and service reliability and standar- will be strengthened. dization, and a control- supervision mechanism will be established. 583.4. Intensive care services will be used effectively and properly, at the public and 586.1. Legal arrangements on conventio- private health service providers. nal and complementary medical practices will be completed. 584. In order to improve the quality of healthcare services an accreditation system 586.2. The umbern of centers and the will be established for the service providers, number of units within public hospitals on a standard and effective process will be con- conventional and complementary medicine ducted to monitor and supervise clinical will be increased, and control- supervision quality, and the use of clinical guidelines mechanisms will be established. will be generalized. 587. An end-to-end management structu- 584.1. Clinical quality in healthcare ser- re will be established to ensure the efficien- vices will be measured and improved, and cy and sustainability of supply chain. the application of clinical guidelines will be generalized. 587.1. Legal arrangements will be prepared and information (IT) infrastructure will be 584.2. The umbern of accredited healthca- established in the fields of needs planning, re institutions will be increased. procurement, orders, stock, logistics and contract management. 585. It will be provided to produce data that can be used as input in data and evi- 587.2. In the scope of health market; acqu- dence-based policy making, that are su- isition costs will be reduced through alter- itable for use in scientific researches and native procurement methods for commonly analyses, and that meet the quality and de- consumed material groups at health institu- tail levels required for making international tions and those which face supply difficulty. comparisons. 587.3. Simulation-Supported Education 585.1. Data quality will be improved by and Application Centers will be established restructuring the health datasets, and a data to provide simulation-supported medical infrastructure that allows for international education, biomedical engineering educati- comparisons will be established. on and hospital pharmacy education.

150 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

587.4. Commissions for the evaluation of 588.2. The drug reimbursement list will be pharmaceuticals and medical consumab- reviewed periodically. les utilization will be established in order to prevent the unnecessary/inadequate use 588.3. An effective budget control will be of them by comparing the treatment costs provided in the product groups like impor- determined by the physicians for the same ted drugs. indication, and to promote the rational use of pharmaceuticals, medical consumables 589. The recognition and the preferability and laboratory practices. of our country in the field of health tourism will be improved and the capacity of health 587.5. The level of awareness on rational tourism will be developed in both qualitati- use of pharmaceuticals will be raised, and vely and quantitatively. monitoring and evaluation studies will be strengthened. 589.1. The legal arrangements in the field of health tourism will be completed, and 587.6. Encouraging and compulsory mec- the accreditation and inspection infrastru- hanisms will be established for rational use cture will be strengthened. of pharmaceuticals, especially antibiotics, respiratory system drugs and drugs used in 589.2. Medical tourism will be integrated psychiatry. with elderly and rehabilitation tourism besides thermal tourism. 587.7. Awareness will be raised on rational use of drugs, particularly among geriatric 589.3. Advertising and marketing activi- patients and individuals with chronic dise- ties will be carried out for our country in ases by public awareness facilities. the field of health tourism.

587.8. A decision support system will be 590. The roles of the service provider and established to support and supervise physi- payer in the health system will be strengthe- cians on rational use of pharmaceuticals. ned such that they can be performed more efficiently in terms of especially service qu- 587.9. The joint studies will be conducted ality, financial sustainability, inspection and by the related institutions on the rational performance. use of medicines used in veterinary in order to reduce antimicrobial resistance. 590.1. The inspection capacity of SGK will be expanded on health expenditures. 588. The predictability and sustainability of pharmaceutical expenditures will be inc- 590.2. The system and processes will be reased and the efficiency will be provided developed to ensure that service, price and in expenditures. cost efficiency analyses are done in the preparation and implementation processes of 588.1. The evidence-based models used global budget agreements signed between for determining the drug prices and reim- public institutions and SGK. bursement coverage will be strengthened.

151 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

590.3. A new and efficient pricing structu- vices by separating their hospital manage- re will be established by implementing the ment function. method of Diagnosis-Related Groups, in order to ensure that the service provision 591. Supply and demand side regulations price structure used in the provision of he- will be realized in order to ensure efficiency alth services will be in an accurate, realistic in health expenditures. and encouraging productivity structure. 591.1. Medical data will be better integra- 590.4. University hospitals will be provi- ted into the system in order to reduce unne- ded with a sustainable structure in terms cessary tests, analysis and other processes. of their management, service provision and financial structures, such that they can effi- 591.2. A monitoring and information sys- ciently provide education and training ser tem will be established for medical inspections and analysis done above averages. Table 35: Health Targets 2018 2023 Number of Patient Beds per 10,000 People 27.91 30 Number of Physicians per 100,000 People 1861 230 Number of Nurses per 100,000 People 2061 280 Population per Family Medicine Unit 3,2071 2,700 Ratio of Qualified Patient Beds to Total Patient Beds (Ministry of Health) (%) 60.31 84 Infant Mortality Rate (per 1,000 live births, all weeks) 9.11 8.5 Maternal Mortality Rate (per 100,000 live births) 14.61 13 Obesity Incidence (age 15+) (%) (based on research) 302 29.1 Frequency of Use of Tobacco Products in Population Aged 15+ (%) 31.63 27 Source: Data for the year 2018 were taken from the Health Statistics Yearbook 2017 of Ministry of Health. Data for the year 2023 are estimates of the Eleventh Development Plan. (1) 2017 data. (2) Preliminary results of Turkey Nutrition and Health Survey 2017. (3) 2016 data. Results of the Global Adult Tobacco Survey of Ministry of Health.

2.3.4. Strengthening the Family ensure comprehensive, standard, effective and widespread services provided for the a. Objectives family.

592. Themain objective is to strengthen 593.1. The contents of the Family Training the family institution for the sustainability Program will be reorganized by taking into of the social structure and development in consideration with the emerging needs, fa- a reliable way. mily training will be carried out by using the new modules and training sets, and the b. Policy and Measures number of formatters and trainers will be increased. 593. Research, training and consultancy activities will be continued in order to

152 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

593.2. Awareness raising trainings, resear- 594.2. High quality, economic and easily ches and projects will be carried out in or- accessible child, disabled and elderly care der to reduce bad habits and addictions that opportunities will be expanded. negatively affect the family structure. 595. It will be struggled with all the acti- 593.3. Modular family education prog- vities that would encourage the tendencies rams will be realized for our citizens who threatening the national and moral values, live abroad. the continuation of healthy generations, and the family institution; and the social 593.4. Periodic research activities will be awareness will be strengthened in this field. conducted to understand the transformations in the family structure. 596. The negative impacts of media on the family will be reduced, and media tools will 593.5. The institutional capacity of the Fa- be used in a way to strengthen family ties. mily Social Support Program (ASDEP) will be increased. 596.1. Support will be provided to ensure family-oriented media management and to 593.6. Trainings and consultancy services increase the number of publications that will be expanded in order to encourage the are family-friendly and that strengthening continuity of existing marriages and incre- family ties. ase of new marriages. 596.2. Awareness raising trainings will be 593.7. Psycho-social support services for organized to reduce the negative impacts individual, family and community will be of visual, audial and social media on the fa- provided in a coordinated and effective way mily. in case of migration, disaster and emergency; and the capacity of service delivery will 596.3. Training programs on family, mar- be enhanced. riage, family communication and intera- 593.8. Programs contributing the preser- ction will be extended by using visual and vation of the dynamic and young popula- audial media. tion structure will be developed, large and extended family models will be encoura- 597. The effectiveness of protective and ged and intergenerational solidarity will be preventive services to prevent domestic vi- strengthened. olence, negligence and abuse will be increased. 594. Programs will be developed and implemented for harmonizing family and work 597.1. The formal and non-formal edu- life. cation activities will be organized starting from the early childhood in order to elimi- 594.1. Awareness raising training activi- nate the negative attitudes and behaviours ties will be implemented on the fair sharing that cause and reinforce domestic violence; of domestic responsibilities, at all levels of and to raise the level of social awareness in education. this issue.

153 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

598. Studies will be carried out to expand and women will be given priority for subsi- the family-friendly environment and spa- dies offered in this field, in order to develop ces. the economic activities of women.

598.1. The vailabilitya of the accessible pla- 600.4. Mechanisms aiming to develop the ces where family members can spend time economic activities of women in digital en- together safely and enable their sharing will vironments such as websites, portals and be increased. applications will be established, and training programs and seminars will be organi- 598.2. The activities of local administrati- zed to ensure the empowerment of women ons within this scope will be supported. entrepreneurs in e-commerce.

2.3.5. Woman 600.5. Subsidies in the fields such as education, entrepreneurship and consultancy a. Objectives for the cooperatives established by women will be expanded, and the establishment of 599. The ainm objectives are to prevent all cooperatives by women will be facilitated kinds of discrimination against women, to through making necessary legal arrange- ensure that women benefit from equally the ments. rights, opportunities and facilities in all areas of the social life and to empower them. 600.6. The racticesp such as training, internship and on-the-job-training will be b. Policies and Measures continued effectively in order to increase the active participation of women in eco- 600. The active participation of women in nomic life, by taking into consideration the economic, social, cultural life and decisi- different labor needs of the provinces. on-making mechanisms at all levels will be encouraged, in the way of strengthening 600.7. Awareness raising and encouraging the equality of opportunity for men and activities will be carried out to ensure furt- women on the rights, especially beginning her involvement of women in the manage- from the local level. ment and decision-making bodies in the private sector. 600.1. Researches, projects will be carried out and trainings will be provided to em- 600.8. Awareness raising, guiding and en- power women in economic and social life. couraging methods will be developed to ensure further involvement of women in the 600.2. Encouraging activities will be car- management and decision-making bodies ried out to increase the active participation in the public sector. of women in politics. 600.9. Support mechanisms will be provi- 600.3. The consultancy and guidance ser- ded in order to increase women entrepre- vices in business development processes neurship in rural areas. will be provided to female entrepreneurs,

154 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

600.10. Activities will be carried out in or- 603. Health services provided to women der to lead the girls to the professions in the will be improved and health awareness will fields of science, technology, engineering be raised through awareness raising activi- and mathematics, by taing into considera- ties. tion of newly emerging occupational fields within the framework of the changing nee- 603.1. Awareness raising activities will be ds of the labor market. carried out in order to increase the participation of women in relevant target groups 601. Full access and active participation of for cancer screening programs throughout girls and women to all levels of education the country. will be ensured. 603.2. Awareness raising activities will be 601.1. The enrolment, attendance and gra- carried out in order to improve health lite- duation rates of women and girls will be racy among women. increased at all levels of education. 604. The representation of women in the 602. Social awareness raising activities will media will be improved and media literacy be accelerated in order to prevent violence of women will be increased. against women, early and forced marriages and all kinds of abuse, and the effectiveness 604.1. The participation of women in digi- and capacity of protective and preventive tal literacy trainings will be increased. services will be enhanced. 604.2. Best practices like news, advertise- 602.1. The necessary studies will be done ments, series, movies, cartoons, children's in order to ensure the effective enforcement programs which contribute to the improve- of the regulations to prevent violence aga- ment of women's representation in the me- inst women and early and forced marriages. dia will be rewarded.

602.2. The awareness raising activities 604.3. Awareness raising training prog- such as training, seminars will be carried rams will be organized on the representation for all target groups, including the per- on of women in media for the staff of regu- sonel of all public institutions and agencies, latory and supervisory public institutions in order to prevent violence against women, in the field of media. early and forced marriages. 604.4. The representation of women in 602.3. The capacities and inter-institu- media and related subjects will be included tional coordination of the institutions in the undergraduate and graduate prog- providing services to the victims and per- rams of the universities. petrators of violence will be increased in combating violence against women.

155 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

Table 36: Targets on Woman (percent) 2018 2023 Schooling Rate, Female (Primary Education) 91.6 100 Schooling Rate, Female (Secondary Education) 83.4 100 Schooling Rate, Female (Higher Education) 47.4 60 Female Employment Rate 29.4 34 Female Labor Force Participation Rate 34.2 38.5 Women Representation Rate in National Parliament 17.3 20 Rate of Women in Self-Employed 17.8 20 Rate of Women in Employers 8.7 10 Source: Data for the year 2018 data are taken from TURKSTAT Social Structure and Gender Statistics, and data for the year 2023 are estimates of the Eleventh Development Plan.

2.3.6. Children and education services, and the criteria for starting up and operating of these instituti- a. Objective ons will be determined in a way to allow for the diversification of services. 605. The ainm objectives are to support children’s well-being, to increase the op- 606.4. The umbern of institutions provi- portunities to realize their potentials and to ding early childhood care and education reduce the inequality of opportunity, on the services will be increased, their service de- basis of children's best interest. livery models will be diversified and inspections of them will be increased. b. Policy and Measures 607. Cultural, artistic, scientific and sports 606. The rovision,p accessibility and qu- activities that support the physical, social ality of services for early childhood care, and mental development of children will be education and development will be increa- encouraged, expanded and made accessib- sed. le.

606.1. Parental educations will be enhan- 607.1. Practices will be developed to encourage children to engage in sports, artis- ced beginning from the prenatal period. tic, cultural and scientific activities. 606.2. Materials including nutritional, 607.2. The warenessa of the children, fami- educational, growth and play contents, sui- lies and teachers will be raised on volunte- table for the age and development levels of ering activities, and children will be encou- children will be developed for parents. raged to participate in these activities. 606.3. A co-regulation will be made for the 607.3. Arrangements will be done so that institutions providing early childhood care youth centers provide services to children

156 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

as well, and the access of children to these 609.2. Child Labor Units will be expanded centers could be facilitated. in 81 provinces and will be made more effective in order to enhance the cooperation 608. Practices intending to meet the indivi- and coordination with the relevant institu- dual needs of children will be carried out in tions and organizations working in the field order to reduce the intergenerational trans- of combating child labor at local level. mission of poverty and to increase equality of opportunity. 609.3. Mobile teams will be strengthened within the scope of protective and preventi- 608.1. Different and flexible practices will ve services for children who forced to work be developed to meet the individual needs or are at risk of being forced to work in the of children such as transportation service, streets. educational material, nutrition, taking into consideration the deprivations of children 609.4. The activities that will contribute to during their education life, beginning from the development of the children of families the early childhood period. working in seasonal mobile agricultural works will be made regular and permanent, 608.2. Supports will be developed for and children's access to these opportunities children who are successful and talented in will be increased. different fields but cannot progress in these fields due to their financial impossibilities, 610. The uvenilej justice system will be by taking into consideration the existing restructured to include risk monitoring in subsidies as well. line with preventive, restorative and improving mechanisms. 608.3. The efforts to reach the full occu- pancy rate in use of free quotas allocated for 610.1. Psychological support programs for children who are in need at private educati- children at risk will be expanded; the speci- on institutions will be increased. alization of care services will be continued; and the quality and quantity of the person- 608.4. Studies to increase access to protec- nel working in the field will be increased. tive and preventive services, and to ensure the equality of opportunities for children 610.2. The echanismsm will be developed living in rural areas will be carried out. for the implementation of measures specific to children and the monitoring of injun- 609. Fight against child labor particular- ctions decreed in the Child Protection Law. ly in the streets, in heavy and dengerous works and paid mobile and temporary agri- 610.3. The uvenilej justice system will be cultural jobs except for family businesses restructured with a restorative justice ap- will be carried out. proach; reconciliation methods specific to children will be developed; a model for 609.1. Public awareness on combating deferring the commencement of the public child labor will be raised. prosecution will be developed and it will be

157 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

ensured to give priority to the first-instan- veloped in order to strengthen and expand ce trials and legal remedies for the juvenile the foster care service model. pushed to crime. 612.2. The social support dimension of the 610.4. Alternative execution methods spe- Social and Economic Support Service will cific to children will be developed. be strengthened.

610.5. Child-specific protection mecha- 613. The rogramsp and practices will be nisms in the judicial processes will be stren- developed to prevent negligence, abuse and gthened, child-friendly interview procedu- violence against children; and the services res will be supported and the number of and psychosocial support programs for the judicial interview rooms will be increased children who are at risk and their families at the courthouses. will be expanded.

610.6. The capacity of institutions will be 613.1. Scientific researches will be carried increased for prevention of children from out to identify the current situation and the being exposed to crime. causes of negligence, abuse and violence against the children. 611. The efforts to enhance the educational levels of the children under protection 613.2. Awareness raising education will be and care and to accelerate their social and given to children on negligence, abuse and individual development, starting from ear- violence and the life skills of the children ly childhood will be increased; and their will be strengthened starting from the early adaptation to social life in the post-care childhood. process will be supported. 613.3. The rogramsp will be developed 611.1. Theeffectiveness of the Child Sup- for increasing the capacity of professionals port Development and Education Program working with children to detect the negli- will be increased. gence, abuse and violence and to provide the necessary guidance. 611.2. The guidance services will be developed for children under protection in or- 613.4. The legal infrastructure of the Child der to support their adaptation to social life Monitoring Centers will be completed and after the institutional care. the number of them will be increased.

612. The development and the expansion 613.5. The tudiess will be carried out to of the family-oriented services for children strengthen and to increase the effective- in need of protection will be ensured. ness of Child Protection First Response and Evaluation Units. 612.1. The tilizationu of family-based services by the children under protection will 613.6. Mobile Child Service Units will be be increased; and trainings, awareness ra- expanded and strengthened. ising and promotion activities will be de-

158 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

613.7. The Directorates of the Judicial informative for the users and parents, will Support and Victim Services, which pro- be established in accordance with the cul- vide qualified support to children at court- tural structure. houses, will be expanded. 615.3. Child-friendly publications will be 614. Psycho-social support services will be supported. expanded in line with the needs of children and parents; the developmental interventi- 616. The programs increasing the intercul- ons, monitoring and guidance will be pro- tural interaction and life skills will be car- vided for the children at risk and making ried out in order to enable the social integ- a-typical progress; and health, social media ration and building up partnerships with and legal literacy will be increased among their peers of the children under internati- children. onal or temporary protection.

614.1. The Guidance and Research Cen- 616.1. The social adaptation programs will ters and the counselling services at schools be expanded for the children under inter- will be strengthened. national or temporary protection.

614.2. Studies will be carried out for pa- 616.2. The relevant institutions will be made to work more efficient in order to rental guidance at educational and health provide services for unaccompanied child- institutions. ren. 614.3. Programs and activities will be car- 617. The measures will be taken to prote- ried out at schools and social service cen- ct children from addictive behaviors and ters to strengthen health, nutrition, law and substances, the quality and the quantity of social media literacy skills. treatment centers will be increased; and the social rehabilitation and adaptation servi- 614.4. Studies will be carried on to end ces will be developed. childhood obesity and to increase healthy nutrition and physical activity. 617.1. The number of the Treatment and Training Centers for Substance Addiction 615. Measures will be taken to protect of Children and Adolescent (ÇEMATEM), children from the games and digital appli- and the number of qualified staff employed cations, books, social media and such con- in these centers will be increased. tents that could negatively affect their healthy development. 617.2. The number of professionals working with children in the field of addiction 615.1. Studies will be increased to protect will be increased. children from digital risks and the harmful effects of written and visual media. 617.3. The awareness raising activities and trainings will be continued for children, fa- 615.2. An independent game rating sys- milies and the professionals working with tem in terms of age and content, which is children in order to fight against addiction.

159 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

2.3.7. Youth human resource capacities and financial possibilities of the schools. a. Objective 620. Young people will be encouraged to 618. The basic objective is to ensure that take an active role in social life and deci- youth is raised with strong life skills, huma- sion-making mechanisms; mobility prog- nitarian and national values, and that they rams will be expanded and diversified es- participate actively in economic and social pecially in accordance with the demands of life and decision-making mechanisms. disadvantaged youth in particular. b. Policy and Measures 620.1. The umbern and quality of the activities and the programs organized to 619. Cultural, scientific and sportive ac- contribute to the personal and social deve- tivities that relieve young people from the lopment of youth will be increased, parti- cycle of school-exam-job search, that sup- cularly the programs carried out by the Mi- port their physical, social and cognitive nistry of Youth and Sports at youth centers development and innovative and entrep- and youth camps. reneurial skills as well will be encouraged, 620.2. The efforts s to activate the National expanded and made accessible. Youth Council of Turkey will be completed. 619.1. The rogramsp will be developed to 620.3. Mobility programs will be expan- encourage young people engage in sports, ded and diversified according to the needs cultural and artistic activities as well as the and demands of disadvantaged youth in fields of especially science, technology, en- particular. gineering and mathematics. 620.4. Youth will be raised awareness and 619.2. The umbern of youth centers will be guided within the scope of volunteer acti- increased depending on needs, and part- vities, and their participation in voluntary nerships will be developed with organizati- activities will be encouraged. ons carrying out similar activities. 620.5. The institutional capacity of CSOs 619.3. The activities aimed at increasing that are engaged in the field of youth will be the reading, comprehension, thinking and developed. leadership skills of the youth will be expanded. 621. Psychological counseling and guidance services, which are appropriate to the 619.4. A model will be developed to provi- characteristics of youth and their parents, de activities that support the physical, soci- will be expanded, in order to reduce the fa- al, artistic, sportive, cognitive and cultural ctors negatively affect and their effects on development of young people at schools out cognitive, physical and psychological deve- of school time; the services planned within lopment of youth; and health, social media this model will be provided by the related and legal literacy will be increased among institutions by improving the physical and the youth.

160 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

621.1. The awareness raising activities and 623. The awareness and the skills of the in- programs strengthening the skills on he- tercultural interaction and coping with the alth, social media and legal literacy will be challenges of the youth under international implemented at schools, dormitories for hi- or temporary protection will be increased gher education students and youth centers. in order to minimize their social adaptation problems. 621.2. Youth and parents will be informed about the risks they face with in the virtual 623.1. Sportive, cultural, educational ac- platforms. tivities and programs will be implemented and supported for the young people under 621.3. The employment of experts in the international or temporary protection. fields of psychological counseling and guidance will be expanded at youth centers. 623.2. The personal and social development of young people under international 622. It will be effectively fighted against the or temporary protection will be increased addictive substances; the researches and on cognitive, physical, emotional aspects; services on determining the use of these the vocational guidance for employment substances will be continued; and the social will be provided to them. rehabilitation and adaptation services will be developed. 623.3. By idenfiying the profiles of the youth who are not involved in the educati- 622.1. The measures will be taken to eli- on and employment, an integrated approa- minate the attractiveness of the addictive ch focusing on individuals, families and the substances, and to make the accessibility community will be developed for them, in of substances such as cigarettes and alcohol order to support their participation in edu- difficult. cation, labor force and employment.

622.2. The activities informing and raising 623.4. Incentive programs will be imple- awareness among the youth and the youth mented in accordance with the reasons why professionals about the fight against addic- these young people are not involved in the tion will be continued. education and employment, in order to increase the participation of them in the labor 622.3. The number of professionals wor- force and employment. king with youth to address addiction will be increased. 623.5. A training needs analysis will be carried out to identify occupational areas 622.4. The number of Social Adaptation for young people who are not involved in Units will be increased, the necessary legal education, employment. arrangements will be done to increase the effectiveness of the post-treatment rehabi- 623.6. Short-term certification and diplo- litation and follow-up services; and these ma programs will be organized in innova- services will be expanded. tive areas such as software, in accordance with the skills and talents of youth.

161 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

623.7. The institutions working with the of youth, in order to adapt to the different young people will inform and guide them, youth groups and their rapidly changing especially those who are not involved in needs and demands. education and employment, about the vocational guidance, entrepreneurship and 623.10. Programs contributing to the per- vocational services of KOSGEB and İŞ- sonal and social development of young pe- KUR, and will direct them to these services. ople and their career planning will be implemented. 623.8. Thecooperation between the institutions working with youth and KOSGEB 623.11. The quality of the data collected and İŞKUR will be increased. on youth will be improved and data sets allowing international comparisons will be 623.9. Joint cooperation activities will be generated. carried out with CSOs, working in the field

Table 37: Targets on Youth 2018 2023 Youth Employment Rate (Age 15-24, %) 35.0 39.5 Number of Youth Centers 283 350 Source: Data for the year 2018 were taken from TURKSTAT and Ministry of Youth and Sports. Data for the year 2023 are estimates of the Eleventh Development Plan. 2.3.8. Social Services, Social employable individuals will continue to be Assistance and Poverty Reduction provided under certain conditions. a. Objective 625.1. The social assistance beneficiaries who are able to work will be directed to the 624. Enhancing the participation in the employment. economic and social life, improving the quality of life of the groups at risk of poverty 625.2. The social assistance provided to the and social exclusion by ensuring easier ac- employable social assistance beneficiaries, cess to the opportunities, improving the in- who are directed to employment but do not come distribution and reducing the poverty accept a job offered by İŞKUR for the third are the main objectives. time without a valid reason, will be reduced gradually, for a period of one year. b. Policies and Measures 626. The linkages between the social assis- 625. The rogramsp for increasing the tance and the social services will be strengt- employability of poor groups and making hened. them productive will be carried out more efficiently by strengthening the linkages 626.1. The echnical,t legal and institutio- between social assistance programs and nal capacity of the Family Social Support employment; and the assistance for the Program (ASDEP) will be increased.

162 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

626.2. A real-time data flow will be provi- 627.3. The accessibility of the social assis- ded between ASDEP information system tance in rural areas will be facilitated, and and the Integrated Social Assistance System. the role of local administrations in this field will be increased. 626.3. The period of Social Assistance Plus will be started, and the access to the other 628. The diversification and expansion of public services needed will be provided for the social service models will be ensured the citizens benefitting from the social as- within the human-oriented social policy sistance. framework.

626.4. The access of social service benefi- 628.1. The tandardss for disabled and el- ciaries to the public services they need will derly care services will be developed, and be made easier. the quality and the quantity of the personnel providing these services will be increa- 626.5. The scope of the implementation of sed. ASDEP will be expanded to include the social assistance. 628.2. The social services will be expanded and made more effective, and the quality 627. The effectiveness of social the assis- and the quantity of the social service prog- tance programs will be increased. rams for vulnerable groups will be increased. 627.1. The effectiveness of the social assistance programs will be analyzed, and ne- 628.3. Day care services will be expanded cessary revisions will be made in line with within the scope of community- based care the research results obtained. services.

627.2. Mutual data sharing will be ensured 628.4. Implementations will be developed with other public institutions and organiza- to facilitate the utilization of social services tions, particularly with local administrati- by the mobile agricultural workers. ons.

Table 38: Targets in Social Services, Social Assistance and Poverty Reduction 2018 2023 Gini Coefficient1 0.4051 0.38 Relative Poverty (%)2 20.11 18.0 Number of Hauseholds Reached by ASDEP 1,063,000 5,000,000 P80/P203 7.51 6.5 Source: The data for the year 2018 data were taken from TURKSTAT and the Ministry of Family, Labor and Social Services. The data for the year 2023 are estimates of the Eleventh Development Plan. (1) Data from the Survey of Income and Living Conditions, 2017, TURKSTAT. (2) In the calculation of Relative Poverty rates, 60 percent of the median value of the equivalent household disposable income has been accepted as the poverty line. (3) The ratio of the income of 20 percent of the population with the highest income to the income of the 20 percent of the population with the lowest income.

163 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

2.3.9. Culture and Arts 630.5. The immovable cultural properties of the foundations like fountains, almshou- a. Objective ses, soup kitchens will be functionalized in accordance with their foundation deed. 629. The basic objectives are to transfer the cultural richness and diversity to future 630.6. Thematic cultural routes on arche- generations by preserving and developing ology, literature, history and nature will be them, to disseminate the cultural and ar- determined and promoted, especially the tistic activities, to strengthen the solidarity areas under the protection of UNESCO. and social integrity around national culture and common values, and to increase the 630.7. The fundamental elements, the im- multi-dimentional impact of the culture on portant persons and events of Turkish his- development. tory, Turkish legendary characters and the elements of Turkish cultural richness will b. Policies and Measures be promoted by drama, movies, documen- taries, series and cartoons. 630. Turkish cultural heritage at home and abroad will be protected in a way which will 630.8. Themartyrs' cemeteries and batt- raise the public awareness of history, cultu- lefields of Çanakkale will be ameliorated re and aesthetics, contribute to the cultural and the Historical Area of Çanakkale will tourism and consider the disaster risks. The be transformed into an open-air museum. immovable cultural properties of the foundations will be functionalized in accordan- 631. The architecture, management and ce with their foundation deed. administration model of the elements of cultural infrastructure will be functiona- 630.1. National Perfection Center for Res- lized in order to use them efficiently and toration will be established in universities. effectively; flexible spatial designs which allow different activities will be developed. 630.2. The estorationr and repair activities for the immovable cultural properties of the foundations at home and abroad will be 631.1. Accessible, widespread and attrac- improved qualitatively and quantitatively. tive buildings will be designed in order to adopt cultural buildings as the third spaces 630.3. Urban design projects will be deve- in the urban life. loped for historical urban fabrics, and these historical urban areas will be rehabilitated 632. Thecontribution of urban designs, city with an integrated approach according to plans and mass housing projects and public these designs. buildings to the landscape, urban texture, aesthetics and identity of the citieswill be 630.4. The identification and inventory taken into consideration. The adaptation of studies for theconservation of immovable the urban transformation practicies to the cultural properties at home and abroad will cultural identity and structure will be regar- be continued, and the acquired data will be ded. transferred to the digital environment.

164 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

632.1. The branding practices of local ad- 635. All types of instruments like media, ministrations and the related public institu- legal regulations and especially formal edu- tions for important spaces that add identity cation will be used effectively in order to to the city will be encouraged and expan- ensure the correct and perfect use of Tur- ded. kish.

632.2. The establishment of private mu- 635.1. The etymological dictionary will be seums will be encouraged, and the quality completed to record the richness of Turkish and quantity of museums will be increased language. within the context of contemporary muse- ology. 635.2. The activities for teaching and promotion of Turkish language and culture 633. The opportunities of access to and abroad will be developed. participation in culture and arts will be increased. 635.3. The perfect use of Turkish in all kinds of media and press environments will 633.1. Culture and art education will be be encouraged; the richness of vocabulary provided as from early ages for the develop- usage will be encouraged in all works of art ment of culture and art as a habit of life. in which the messages ar conveyed by language. 633.2. The librarianship services will be developed, the libraries will be restructu- 635.4. The reference texts about Turkish red spatially and functionally by taking the culture and civilization will be published by advantages of new technologies and mana- academically qualified universities, publis- gement approaches in this field In order to hers and related public institutions within a create and spread the reading culture. specific program. 633.3. The number of mobile libraries will be increased. 636. It will be ensured that the importance and the value of the products of intellectu- 633.4. The role of local administrations, al labor will be indigenized to all segments the private sector and civil society in the of the society; andthe information and data provision of cultural and artistic services infrastructure related to the products and will be strengthened. works subject to the intellectual property rights will be strengthened. 634. The activities will be organized to extend the Classical Turkish Arts. 636.1. Promotion, awareness raising and information activities will be carried out for 634.1. It will be ensured that our cultural intellectual rights. heritage is researched, conserved and transferred to today's society and future genera- 636.2. Cultural statistics will be developed tions, by giving priority to our cultural he- in accordance with the international stan- ritage belonging to the different periods of dards and gathered under a single database. Turkish-Islamic history.

165 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

637. The impact analysis will be done for onal competitive power will be increased in the existing subsidies for the cultural in- order to make it a recognized brand in the dustries and cultural endavours; inclusive, world. objective and easily accessible subsidy mechanisms will be developed. 639.1. National Cinema Museum and Arc- hive will be established. 637.1. The easuresm will be taken to prevent monopolization of the production, 639.2. Theforeign productions to be shot exhibition and distribution of the cultural in our country will be supported to make products. The strategies for ease of bran- our country an important film shooting ding, marketing and financing will be deve- center. loped for the products specific to our culture. 639.3. The rrangementsa will be made to prevent the monopolization in the produc- 637.2. The ubsidiess provided to the cultu- tion, distribution and screening of movies; ral industries will be increased, particularly and the use of cultural centers and similar for training, certification and R&D activi- structures as movie houses will be encoura- ties. ged.

637.3. The upportss to the private theaters 640. The rrangementsa including coordi- will be increased. nation and statistical infrastructure, will be made to increase the production and export 637.4. The existing records, data and nati- of qualified audio visual content. onal statistics on cultural industries will be diversified. 640.1. Legal and administrative arrangements will be made for the establishment of 638. The reasa that promote our historical, a mechanism to ensure the public instituti- national and cultural values, strengthen the ons and the private sector act in coordinati- sense of social unity and belongingwill be on. given priority in the subsidies provided to the cultural industries; positive discrimina- 640.2. Secondary legislation will be made tion will be made to our classical arts. for supporting branding and promotion in order to ensure the efficient use of product 638.1. Thequalified events and exhibiti- placement activities. ons in the fields representing classical and contemporary Turkish art will be organized 640.3. Secondary legislation will be made by the public and private sectors professio- to ensure the effective use of domestic con- nally, and the realization of these activities tent quotas in the field of broadcasting. frequently in important cities of the world will be provided. 640.4. Thestatistical infrastructure in the field of audio visual contents will be stren- 639. The development of the Turkish film gthened in cooperation with all stakehol- industry will be supported and its internati- ders.

166 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

641. The qualified culture and art professi- 643.2. Cultural activities will be carried onals will be educated for the more effective out in order to create a positive perception management of culture and art institutions of Turkey in the world public opinion. and the expansion of their fields of expertise. The departments of culture administra- 643.3. Turkey's scientific and academic tion will be increased in the higher educati- knowledge will be introduced abroad. on. 644. The activities for the development of 641.1. The department of cultur administ- books and periodical publishing fields will ration will be increased in the academic be supported. institutions, and the efficiency of the existing ones will be increased. 644.1. R&D activities for the development of publishing activities, including electro- 642. The contribution on the unity, toget- nic publications, will be supported. herness, peace and tranquility of the society will be made by the qualified religious ser- 644.2. More works in e-book format will vices; andinformal religious education will be provided as public publication in order be provided to all segments of the society. to ensure the access of more readers to the qualified cultural publications. 642.1. The publications with religious content on the social problems will be reached 644.3. The necessary promotional activi- a larger segment of the society. ties will be carried out to increase the sale of copyrights to the abroad and to increase 642.2. The number of people reached by the worldwide recognition of Turkish lite- moral support will be increased. rature. The contents of the existing support programs will be improved. 643. Our culture will be promoted abroad. Cultural diplomacy activities will be deve- 644.4. The existing practice of the first li- loped. A coordination between the activi- terary work support will be improved, in ties in the content of the cultural diplomacy order to encourage the literary production carried out by the public and non-govern- and to provide the qualified literary works, mental organizations will be ensured. The that couldn’t find a chance to be published, constructive role of the culture will be be- to be reached to the readers. nefited in the international relations. 644.5. The activities for promoting the 643.1. The supports provided to the insti- Turkish literature and publishing abroad tutions operating abroad in the field of cul- and the informative contents used in these tural diplomacy will be increased, and the activities will be made available in online administrative capacities of these instituti- platforms as well. ons will be developed.

167 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

Table 39: Targets for Culture and Arts 2018 2023 Number of Movable Cultural Properties Whose Restoration/Conservation 11.0 73.5 Completed in Given Year (Thousand, Cumulative) Number of Mobile Libraries (Cumulative) 53 81 Number of Cinema Projects Supported 195 1,170 Source: The data for the year 2023 are the estimates of Eleventh Development Plan.

2.3.10. Sports 646.3. Everyone, especially the disabled citizens, will be encouraged to participate in a. Objective sports activities.

645. The basic objective is to reach a level 646.4. The coach-teacher qualifications where sports have become a habit of life, will be improved for the participation of di- where everyone who are willing can access sabled persons in sports will be improved; sports activities, success has been achieved enriched educational materials, visual and in international championships, and pres- written documents will be prepared and tigious sports organizations are hosted and put into practice. thus competitive worldwide in every branch of the sports. 646.5. For the easier monitoring and evaluation of the school and local sports clubs b. Policies and Measures and providing their performance indicators be verifiable will be ensured by the digital 646. Sports education will be provided be- integration of these clubs as well. ginning from early ages; the quality of physical education and sports courses in for- 647. The tudentss will be directed to the mal education will be increased; the regular sports branches where they can be suc- participation of the citizens of all ages will cessful, which will allow to raise the elite be encouraged by developing the sports fa- athletes and the guidance for the branches cilities in the local areas. that will encourage the active sports participation in lifelong will be done through 646.1. The rojectsp and campaigns will the talent screening studies for the primary be developed to inspire the public interest education students. in sports, and the possibilities of access to sports facilities will be improved. 647.1. The systems of the selection, guidance and standartization will be develo- 646.2. Sports education will be expanded ped for athletes who have the potential to in primary and secondary education levels compete in the elite category. beginnig from pre-school; the diversity of the school sports competitions and the 647.2. The tandards talent screening mo- number of school sports clubs will be incre- del will be created to be implemented nati- ased so that directing children to different onwide. sports branches will be provided.

168 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

647.3. The individual development of ta- 649.3. R&D studies will be done on trade- lented athletes will be supported by reorga- marks and on the quality that will meet the nizing the sports activities in the educatio- competition requirements in accordance nal institutions. with the international criteria in the production of goods and services in the sports 648. The construction and effective use of sector. sports facilities will be ensured at national level, taking into consideration the geog- 650. Sports health centers will be expanded raphical location, climate and demographic with increasing the quality and diversity of structure. services, and the measures will be taken to meet the need for sports physicians. 648.1. Models will be developed for the construction and especially the effective 650.1. A study at the regional level on the administration of the facilities. determination of the, the current situation of and the needs for the sports health cen- 648.2. The educational institutions and ters will be carried out, and new centers will public sports facilities will be made open be established according to the needs. for the joint use and to citizens’ access under the coordination of the Ministry of 650.2. The need for sports physicians will Youth and Sports. be determined and sufficient number of specialist physicians will be trained. 648.3. By restructuring the data sets of the sports field, the data quality will be increa- 651. The urkishT Sports Tourism Strategy, sed and a data infrastructure will be estab- that will take into consideration the regio- lished that enables international compari- nal potentials and the sports branches with sons. high competitiveness, will be prepared in order to ensure the long term and healthy 649. Our country's share of the world development of the sports tourism, and our sports industry will be increased through country's share of the world sports tourism initiating the studies to develop high va- market will be increased. lue-added sports products with international competitiveness. 651.1. A comprehensive inventory analysis study will be done for the identification 649.1. Thestudies in the fields of the sports and evaluation of the areas and the regions industry and technologies will be suppor- suitable for sports tourism, and a road map ted. of sports tourism will be prepared.

649.2. The companies operating in the 651.2. The development of the sports tou- sports industry will be provided to a com- rism will be provided by promoting tradi- petitive structure by utilizing the opportu- tional sports branches at the international nities offered by the information techno- level and by hosting sports organizations in logies and e-commerce applications. Turkey.

169 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

652. The sub-occupation definitions and 652.3. The ocationalv guidance practi- the vocational qualifications will be deter- cies will be developed for the individuals mined in the sports sector in order to pre- who have been professionally interested in vent the unregistered employment, and to sports in order to make them to contribute make it turn into sports a line of work and to the sports or the other fields as active and profession, and the role of sports as the pri- productive individuals as well after their mary line of business will be strengthened. sports life.

652.1. The rrangementsa will be done to 652.4. The training programs for coac- facilitate the transition of national athletes hing, legislation, methods, post-education to the secondary and higher education le- examination and evaluation processes will vels. be rearranged, and the quality of the coaching will be increased. 652.2. The curriculum of the sports high schools and the faculties of sports sciences 652.5. The coaching career system will be will be updated to enhance employment put into practice. opportunities in the field of sports.

Table 40: Targets for Sports 2018 2023 Number of Beneficiaries of Facilities (Thousand) 8,500 15,000 Number of Young / Students Participating in Skill Analysis (One Thousand) 1,000 1,500 Number of Medals Won in International Competitions 5,739 13,400 Source: Data for the year 2018 were taken from the Ministry of Youth and Sports. The data for the year 2023 are the estimates of Eleventh Development Plan.

2.3.11. Population and Aging nefit from our demographic window of opportunity at the maximum level. a. Objective 654.1. In order to keep the fertility rate 653. The ainm objective is to protect young above the replacement level, the impact as- and dynamic demographic structure; and sessment of the policies harmonizing the to increase the quality of life of elderly by work and family lives implemented in the enabling them participate in economic and previous period will be done, and the ne- social life effectively, maintaining their lives cessary changes or additional measures will independently and actively, availing them be realized. of high quality long-term care, health and other services and creating active aging en- 655. The services for the elderly in need of vironments. long-term care will be diversified and expanded. b. Policy and Measures 655.1. A sustainable and inclusive nursing 654. The oungy and dynamic population assurance model will be developed. structure will be protected in order to be-

170 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

655.2. The integrity and the inter-instituti- 657.1. Theaccess to lifelong learning op- onal coordination will be ensured in long- portunities will be facilitated for the elderly. term home care services provided by different institutions, and arrangements will 657.2. The echanismsm enabling the el- be made to enable local administrations to derly to keep in working life under certain take a greater role in the provision of servi- conditions will be developed. ces. 657.3. The active participation of the el- 655.3. The ualityq and quantity of the la- derly in the social decision making proces- bor force that will work in aged care servi- ses will be ensured in order to benefit from ces at home and at the institutions will be their experiences. increased. 658. An environment in which the elderly 656. The effeciency of the health services do not feel themselves isolated and lonely provided for the elderly will be increased. will be developed.

656.1. An interdisciplinary method will be 658.1. The social spaces and environments developed in the provision of health servi- in which the ideas and the values can be ces; the number of experts in geriatrics will transferred between generations will be de- be increased and geriatric services will be veloped. expanded. 658.2. The oluntaryv activities and proje- 656.2. The fight against Alzheimer-De- cts to increase the intergenerational solida- mentia disease will be carried out with an rity will be supported. approach that includes all aspects of the issue like health, care and R&D. 658.3. The care of the elderly within the family will be supported in order to increase 656.3. Thenecessary arrangements will be inter-generational culture sharing and soli- realized inside the houses and in the envi- darity. ronment in order to minimize the falling downs and the accidents that the elderly 659. The services and the policies for the may experience. aging population will be developed on the basis of data. 657. The active aging opportunities will be developed by increasing the participation 659.1. A Turkey Care and Aging Study will of elderly population in economic and so- be conducted in order to develop the servi- cial life. ces and the policies for the aging population on the basis of data.

171 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

Table 41: Population Estimates 2018 2023 Total Fertility Rate (The Number of Children Per Women) 1.99 2.15 Life Expectancy at age 65 (Year) 17.71 18.0 Female 19.21 19.5 Male 16.01 16.3 Labor Force Participation Rate of the Aged Population (%) 12.22 13.7 Source: Data for the year 2018 were taken from TURKSTAT. Data for the year 2023 were the estimates of Eleventh Development Plan. (1) Data for the period 2015-2017 (2) Data for the year 2017. 2.3.12. External Migration 661.4. The tudiess of the universities and research institutions will be supported a. Objective in order to make scientific reseaches that contribute to strong and evidence based 660. The basic objective is providing an policy making in the field of migration. external migration management which is safe, systematic, controllable, evidence ba- 661.5. The international cooperation will sed and compatible with human rights and be improved to prevent the irregular mig- befitting human dignity. ration and ensure regular migration. b. Policies and Measures 661.6. The oluntaryv repatriation mechanisms will be expanded and effectively imp- 661. The institutional structure of the mig- lemented. ration management will be strengthened and its effectiveness will be increased 661.7. The inter-institutional coordination will be developed to ensure the eviden- 661.1. The igrationM Strategy Paper will ce-based policy making and service provi- be issued. sion.

661.2. The institutional structure of mig- 661.8. The oreignersf covered by irregular ration management will be strengthened to migration will be effectively monitored and enhance the integration of foreigners in our controlled. country to social and economic life. 661.9. The experience gained in the field 661.3. The inter-institutional cooperation of migration will be shared on international will be strengthened for planning, imple- platforms by means of production of con- mentation and monitoring of the manage- tents in foreign languages, organization of ment of the international aids in the field of events, and exchange of national experts. migration; and the capacity of the national institutions will be developed to benefit di- 662. The adaptation of migrants under rectly from the international funds. temporary and international protection into social life will be improved.

172 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

662.1. The awareness raising activities will 663. The ties of Turkish citizens living be carried out in order to eliminate the in- abroad with our country will be strengthe- formation deficiencies, negative percepti- ned. ons and prejudices about the people under temporary and international protection. 663.1. The activities and services aiming at solving the problems of Turkish citizens li- 662.2. The adaptation of people under ving abroad will be increased and the prog- temporary and international protection rams will be implemented to strengthen into social life will be improved through their ties with our country. Turkish language skills development. 663.2. The academic, social and cultural 662.3. The transition of children under development of our citizens living abroad temporary and international protection to will be supported. lower and upper secondary schools will be increased and they will be directed to voca- 663.3. Turkish children and young people tional and technical education according to living abroad will be provided to learn their their interests and abilities. native language and to recognize our cultural values.

173 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

2.4. LIVABLE CITIES, versified preferences of the increasing po- SUSTAINABLE ENVIRONMENT pulation affect the development process, it is important to reduce the pressure on the 664. Rapidly increasing population, ur- environment. Within this framework, pri- banization, economic activities and di- ority is given to the prevention of environ- versified consumption habits increase the mental pollution, to the conservation and pressure on the environment and natural sustainable use of biodiversity and natural resources. Environmental problems such as resources. environmental pollution, climate change, desertification, deforestation, loss of biodi- 667. In order to reduce the development versity and droughts more apparently affect disparities between regions, efforts are human life and development process each being carried out in order to increase the day. It is seen that climate change accelera- competitiveness of the regions and to stren- ting due to high greenhouse gas emissions gthen economic and social integration. Im- causes natural disasters and poses a serious proving the quality of life of the rural po- threat to humanity. Sustainable environ- pulation, mechanisms are established and mental and natural resource management economic and social supports are provided and building of liveable cities are becoming to improve the disadvantages arising from more and more important in the world the weak economy of scale. Improvements where demand and consumption are incre- in regional disparities have been observed asing. with the support and investments provided. However, socio-economic develop- 665. In Turkey, emphasis were given on the ment disparities in between east-west and policies for the establishment of settlements inland-coasts remain important. that are people-oriented, respecting the nature and historical heritage, high quality 2.4.1. Regional Development of life and resilient and where basic urban services are provided in fair and accessible a. Objective manner and local services are carried out by the subsidiarity principle. 668. The ainm objective is to transform our regions by developing their opportunities 666. In order to ensure the sustainable de- and capabilities based on innovation and velopment of cities; the works, such as the cooperation on the basis of innovation and establishment of an accessible high-link ur- thus to ensure maximum contribution to ban transport system, a disaster- and clima- the balanced development of our country te-resilient infrastructure, and a sustainable and to reduce the differences in regional production and consumption mechanism, and interregional development. long-term integrated urban planning and design, and implementation of effective b. Policies and Measures disaster management, require the participation and comprehensive cooperation of 669. The institutional structure and gover- all stakeholders. While the needs and di- nance of regional development will be activated at central and regional level.

174 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

669.1. The structures, duties and powers of aim of improving the capacity of instituti- the regional development administrations ons at local level, institutionalization, susta- and development agencies will be reviewed inability and efficiency of the private sector. and arrangements will be made for their efficient and productive activities. 670.2. The implementation of the Attra- ction Centres Support Programme will 669.2. Laws, decrees and secondary legis- continue in the provinces which serve as a lation on regional development will be re- centre in terms of providing service to the viewed and implementation tools will be surrounding regions in relatively underde- activated. veloped regions.

669.3. Coordination of the support provi- 670.3. Development agencies will provide ded by the relevant ministries and institu- more focused and effective supports with tions and organizations such as KOSGEB result-oriented programs and innovative in the field of regional development will be support mechanisms specific to the region. ensured and duplications will be prevented. 671. Social Support Program will be rest- 669.4. An official statistical infrastructure ructured and its implementation will be wi- will be developed to measure regional de- despread. velopment disparities, in particular production, income and employment data on 671.1. The Social Support Program will be regional, provincial and district levels. restructured to encourage social entrepreneurship and social responsibility activities 669.5. Research, analysis and reporting in order to ensure the more active partici- will be carried out, including the updating pation of disadvantaged segments of the of the Socio-Economic Development Ran- society in economic and social life and to king Survey at provincial and district level, improve employability by supporting pro- which will strengthen decision support ductivity and talent. processes at the design and implementation stages of regional development policies. 672. International resource utilization of Development Agencies will be increased. 670. The development of urban and industrial infrastructures in relatively under- 672.1. Effective use of funds for economic developed regions, increasing employment and social cohesion and other international in sectors with development potential and resources by development agencies in line improving the quality of life will be suppor- with the needs and priorities of the regions ted. will be supported by training, consultancy and promotion activities. 670.1. Development agency supports will focus on management consultancy with the

175 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

Table 42: Regional Development Targets 2018 2023 Ratio of Per Capita Income of the Highest Income Region to Per Capita 4.281 3.85 Income of the Lowest Income Region (%) Ratio of Graduates of Higher Education and Higher Education in Five Regions 10.9 16 with Low Education Level (%) The Lowest Five Regions of Industry and Services in the Regional Economy (%) 77.41 80 Source: TURKSTAT data for 2018. Data for 2023 are estimates of the Eleventh Development Plan. (1) The data for the year 2017

2.4.2. Urbanization İller Bankası A.Ş. (ILBANK) to preserve and revitalize natural, historical and cultu- a. Objective ral values.

673. The ainm objective is to create cities 675. Public spaces, primarily open and and settlements that are people-oriented, green areas, in cities will be protected, and respectful to natural life and historical he- restructured to improve accessibility and ritage, where basic urban services are pro- security, and by taking into account hu- vided in a fair and accessible manner, with man-nature relationship and sensitive to high quality of life and producing value. women, children, elderly and disabled. b. Policies and Measures 675.1. In order to increase accessibility and security of public spaces, local admi- 674. Cities, in coordination with the de- nistrations will be supported to perform velopment vision, will be planned with needs analysis for vulnerable groups on ne- an approach that supports polycentric, ighbourhood basis and to improve service mixed-use, and provides accessibility; whe- quality. re harmonization with topography and addressing disaster risk, climate change, ge- 676. Within the scope of green city vision, ographical characteristics and historical va- in order to improve the quality of life and lues in spatial plans will be taken as a basis. adapt to climate change, Millet Gardens will be built in cities and the amount of gre- 674.1. New sub-centres will be defined en spaces will be increased. in master plans and technical standards 676.1. In order to create healthy living spa- necessary for public transportation and ces, to increase urban green space standar- pedestrian access to the sub-centres shall ds and quality of life in cities, Millet Gar- be determined in the sub-scale plans, and dens will be expanded to 81 provinces, and Regulation on Preparation of Spatial Plans formation of Millet Gardens in 81 million will be revised in line with these standards. square meters until 2023 will be carried out with the financing of the Ministry of Envi- 674.2. In order to improve the original ronment and Urbanisation, Housing Deve- identity of the cities; a support program for lopment Administration (TOKI), ILBANK local administrations will be developed by and municipalities.

176 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

677. Spatial planning system will be deve- architecture will be identified and evaluati- loped within the framework of principles on report will be prepared. and rules determined in cooperation with central institutions to include effective par- 679.2. Guidelines will be prepared to form ticipation mechanisms at neighbourhood a basis for the issuance of “certificate of city level and monitoring and auditing proces- cherishing our civilization” and “original ses; where planning and implementation neighbourhood certificate”. carried out by local administrations will be taken as a basis. 680. In the field of mapping, positional accuracy, digitalization and the use of new 677.1. An effective participation, monito- technologies will be strengthened and dup- ring and auditing model will be developed lications will be prevented through joint in planning process and legislation will be production and data sharing by ensuring updated within this context. coordination and cooperation among institutions. 677.2. It will be ensured that central institutions that have planning authority, will 680.1. Positional accuracy infrastructure provide written statements about principles in urban areas that will be based on natio- and rules of planning taken into account for nal map production works will be renewed. issues that fall under their jurisdiction, and administrative arrangements will be made 680.2. Multidimensional cadastre/map for this purpose. production will be completed. 678. In land development implementati- 681. In order to form the basis for invest- ons, the integrity of land development plans ments to be made by public and private will be preserved, plans will be enriched by sector institutions, digitalized, up-to-date, implementation tools and land development implementations made in plan enti- reliable cadastral data will be presented and rety will be disseminated. property data will be transferred to electronic media. 678.1. Innovative approaches taking into account rural and urban settlements will be 681.1. Property related transactions will developed in the field of participation and be transferred to electronic media within financing in land development implemen- the framework of legal restrictions. tations. 681.2. Modernization of cadastre will be 679. Horizontal architecture will be the ba- completed by switching to a single coordi- sis in urbanisation and strategies and imple- nate system in all Turkey. mentations to develop urban common life, sense of belonging, neighbourhood culture 681.3. All deed transaction documents and urban awareness will be disseminated. will be transferred to electronic media to carry out deed transactions in electronic 679.1. Successful model settlements that media regardless of location. are people-oriented reflecting horizontal

177 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

682. Measurement and evaluation tools 683.3. The ethodsm of supporting domes- will be developed to provide a basis for mo- tic technology applications in smart city nitoring the level of quality of life in cities. applications will be analysed, and criteria, such as domestic production rate, will be 682.1. Institutional, technical and legal in- determined to be taken as basis in the ten- frastructure will be strengthened to estab- der processes. lish and share urban data infrastructure at provincial, district and neighbourhood sca- 683.4. The smart city ecosystem will be le. analysed and all stakeholders of the sector such as entrepreneurs, system developers, 683. Local administrations will be encou- and technology providers will be brought raged to prepare smart city strategies and together on a digital platform. road maps, smart city projects will be selected and implemented by taking into ac- 684. With the efficient management of real count the prioritized areas and capabilities estate value increases, creation of resources at national level and development of do- will be provided to increase the quality of mestic production for smart city applicati- urban space and services, as well as disse- ons will be supported. mination and development of urban services. 683.1. Guidance with regard to National Smart City Strategy and Action Plan will be 684.1. To record the price and follow-up provided to local administrations to prepa- value changes in deed transactions, to de- re smart city strategies and road maps. termine the value increases arising from public investments and regulations, to 683.2. Smart city projects will be priori- contribute to site selection analysis and to tized by considering smart city maturity create real estate value maps, a real estate assessment and resource allocation const- value information centre integrated to the raints, giving priority to metropolitan mu- Land Registry and Cadastre Information nicipalities and 51 provincial municipali- System will be established and value data of ties. real estates will be kept together with property information.

Table 43: Targets for Urbanisation 2018 2023 Number of Cities Issued with the “(Charter) Certificate of City - 26 Cherishing Our Civilization” Number of Settlements Issued with “Original Neighbourhood - 81 Certificate” Number of Parcels Renewed / Digitized within the Scope of Ca- 8,750 26,750 dastral Modernization (Thousand) Source: Data of 2018 belong to Ministry of Environment and Urbanisation. Data of 2023 are predictions of Eleventh Development Plan.

178 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

2.4.3. Housing 687. The regulatory, supervisory, steering and supporting role of the public sector in a. Objective the housing market will be strengthened.

685. Ensuring that everyone, especially 687.1. A coordination mechanism will be those with low incomes, have access to an established to ensure regular cooperation adequate, liveable, durable, safe, inclusive, among the units responsible for housing in economically affordable, sustainable, cli- public administration. mate change-resistant housing with basic infrastructure services is the main objective. 687.2. Quality, safeness, accessibility, energy efficiency and disaster resilience stan- b. Policies and Measures dards will be developed in housing production and will be taken into consideration at 686. Housing needs arising from urbani- every level. zation, population growth, renewal and disasters will be met by taking into account 688. Supply and demand side data sources supply-demand balance. that are needed in the housing sector will be developed. 686.1. Housing stock will be determined in order to detect the housing needs on the 688.1. Integrated access to the housing se- basis of settlements. ctor data will be ensured via a single data source. 686.2. During the Plan period, 250 thousand social houses will be produced for low 688.2. Housing studies will be increased to income and disadvantaged groups. determine housing demand and supply.

Table 44: Housing Targets 2018 2023 Annual Number of Social Housing Produced (Cumulative) 20,802 270,802 Source: 2018 data belongs to TOKİ. Data for 2023 is the estimate for Eleventh Development Plan.

2.4.4. Urban Transformation b. Policies and Measures a. Objective 690. Urban transformation will be carried out with horizontal architectural approach, 689. Areas that are under disaster risk and aiming the improvement of quality of life hazard and as well as land and plots whe- and urban awareness, and the renewal of re risky buildings are located will be trans- historical centres. formed in a way to ensure healthy and safe living in accordance with the norms and 690.1. Dissemination of the renewal of his- standards of science and art. torical urban centres and creating a shared financing model with local administrations in urban transformation implementations

179 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

will be provided and in 81 provinces his- 693.1. In urban transformation implemen- torical city centres will be transformed in tations multi-criteria evaluation model for a way to emphasize the identity of the city the prioritization based on settlement area and their designs will be realized with ho- will be developed within the scope of crite- rizontal architecture and people-oriented ria and scoring system based on parameters approach. such as disaster risks and hazard in terms of causing loss of life and property, the size of 691. Urban transformation strategies pre- the population being affected, financial and pared on provincial level will be taken as fiscal necessity, availability of reserve area, basis in urban transformation implementa- and settlement areas will be prioritized in tions. this context.

691.1. Urban transformation strategies 693.2. Urban transformation services of will be prepared at provincial and district the dwellings throughout the country and level including data on risky and reserve industrial sites within the city will be car- areas, social structure analysis, economic ried out according to the demands and ne- integration, condition of the infrastructure, eds submitted from the provinces by risk financing models and transformation tar- prioritization of the structures in hazardous gets in provincial level. and risky areas. 692. Urban transformation projects will be 693.3. In urban transformation projects a carried out harmoniously with urban fabric financing model will be developed to provi- and area based considering participation de infrastructure for transformation areas, principles, adopting the principle of on-si- administrative and environmental regulati- te transformation in urban transformation areas, taking into account solutions for the ons and rental assistance to meet the finan- spatial needs of the existing social structu- cial needs of beneficiaries. re. 693.4. Industrial parcels belonging to trea- 692.1. Social impact assessment will be sury will be sold to small industrial coope- conducted before urban transformation ratives to provide funds for urban transfor- implementations. mation implementations.

692.2. Participation principles in urban 693.5. Disaster and emergency gathering transformation projects will be defined and areas will be established throughout Istan- it will be ensured that the process progres- bul by taking into consideration the poses in cooperation. pulation density when planning new areas and performing urban transformation imp- 693. Existing criteria for the identification lementations. and declaration of disaster risk areas will be developed and clarified, and high priority 693.6. Accross Istanbul, areas close to fault areas will be transformed immediately by line will be identified and prioritized in ur- prioritization with multi-criteria evaluation ban transformation studies. system.

180 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

693.7. Disaster risk prioritization of exis- 694.2. Land development planning criteria ting infrastructure systems will be carried will be developed considering disaster ris- out and ones needed to be renewed will be ks during the planning stage and it will be done in order to increase urban resilience ensured that land development planning be by taking into consideration the building made in accordance with disaster risks and stock in the existing built areas in Istanbul. hazards.

694. Concerning urban transformation 695. Urban transformation practices will implementations, new areas to be opened be carried out in a way to support the pro- for development and transformation of in- duction of domestic and innovative materi- dustrial areas, city planning practices will als. be carried out taking into consideration city disaster history, disaster risk and hazards. 695.1. Legislation will be developed defi- ning the procedures and principles for the 694.1. Disaster Risk Mitigation System implementation of urban transformation in prepared by Disaster and Emergency Ma- a way to support domestic and innovative nagement Authority (AFAD) will be used production. in spatial planning activities.

Table 45: Urban Transformation Targets 2018 2023 Number of Provinces within the Scope of Historical City Centre Project 9 81 (Cumulative) Number of Provinces that has Prepared Urban Transformation Stra- 2 81 tegy Document (Cumulative) Source: Data of 2018 belong to Ministry of Environment and Urbanisation. Data of 2023 are predictions of Eleventh Development Plan. 2.4.5. Urban Infrastructure sential to establish safe, time and cost effective and sustainable urban transportation a. Objective systems.

696. The main objective is to provide safe b. Policies and Measures and clean drinking water access for all population and to minimize the adverse ef- 697. Watershed planning, strategies and fects of wastewater on human health and action plans will be implemented in an environment through the effective mana- integrated way to address the protection, gement. An active solid waste management development and sustainable use of water system that help reducing harmful effects resources. on human health and negative environmental impacts and ensuring eliminating, 697.1. Regarding the protection and effec- recycling and recovery present the sector’s tive use of water resources, River Basin Ma- another main objectives. Besides, it is es- nagement Plans, Sectoral Water Allocation Plans, Basin Master Plans, Drought Mana-

181 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

gement Action Plans, Flood Management 699. By enabling solid waste management, Action Plans and Drinking Water Basins waste reduction, resource separation, se- Protection Action Plans will be completed parate collection, transportation, recovery, in the 25 basins of the country. disposal phases and rehabilitation of irregular/wild dump areas will be developed 697.2. The euser of treated wastewater sa- technically and financially as a whole. Imp- fely for beneficial purposes, primarily in lementation tools, particularly PPP, will be agriculture will be planned at the river ba- developed to ensure resource efficiency and sin level, thus reducing pressures on water environmental responsibility in solid waste resources. management.

697.3. The ualityq and quantity of groun- 699.1. Public awareness will be provided dwater will be clarified. in the recycling of solid wastes.

697.4. National Water Information System 699.2. Zero Waste Project implementati- will expand and become more sustainable. ons will be expanded.

698. Water and wastewater service provisi- 699.3. Technical standards for the recove- on will be adequate and efficient as well as red secondary product will be developed making sure that the standards will be met. and incentive and steering legislation will Responsible institutions will improve their be improved. operational performance and investment efficiency. 699.4. Separate collection system of wastes will be expanded. 698.1. Each provincial borders will be equipped with water and sewerage administ- 700. Domestic solid waste recovery and rations, which previously established only disposal facility projects and transfer stati- within the borders of the metropolitan mu- on projects that local administrations with nicipalities, through legislation. inadequate financial power have difficulty in financing will be supported within the 698.2. The epaymentr system will be im- scope of a program. proved to help that State Hydraulic Works will become self-sustaining in drinking wa- 700.1. The implementation of the Solid ter project finance. Waste Program will be expanded.

698.3. Water, Sewerage and Infrastructure 701. Policies, decisions and investments re- Project (SUKAP) will be further developed lated to zoning and transportation in cities to decrease physical losses. will be evaluated in a coordinated manner, especially zoning plans and transportation 698.4. PPP model will be utilized to finan- master plans will be prepared and updated ce wastewater treatment needs, while at the compatibly. same time some barriers, such as lack of technical skill, capacity and, control will be 701.1. A coordination mechanism will be overcome quickly. established to ensure that the spatial plans

182 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

and transportation master plans are com- king areas, bridges tunnels, park-and-ride patible. and dedicated lane practices will be implemented. 701.2. Regulations will be made regarding the review and approval of the urban rail 703. Environment friendly transport mo- system projects as well as the principles and des will be developed and non-motorized procedures for the acquisition of munici- transport modes will be encouraged in ur- pal rail system projects by the Ministry of ban transport. Transport and Infrastructure. Rail system design guidelines will be updated and sta- 703.1. Standards for pedestrian ways and tistical data infrastructure will be establis- sidewalks will be established for seamless hed. pedestrian traffic.

702. In order to reduce traffic congestion, 703.2. Pedestrianized areas which are free accidents and air pollution in cities, rat- of motor vehicles will be developed in city her than private vehicles, the use of public centers, historical and cultural points of in- transport systems will be encouraged by terest, and shopping areas. applying demand-side policies rather than supply-side policies in urban transportati- 703.3. Legal and financial support mec- on. hanisms will be implemented to encourage the use of bicycles. 702.1. Taking into consideration the traffic density and travel demand in urban public 703.4. Bike path master plan and imple- transport, bus, bus rapid transit and simi- mentation plan will be prepared and within lar systems will be primarily preferred and this scope new bike paths will be built. rail system alternatives will be considered on the routes where those systems are ina- 703.5. Bike sharing systems will be imple- dequate. mented.

702.2. The rail transit systems will be plan- 704. In order to use existing infrastructure ned on the corridors where expected per more efficiently, to enhance traffic safety, to hour-per direction travel demands in the manage transport demand correctly and to expected year of operation to be at least le- make more effective planning, a national ast 7,000 passengers/hour for tram systems, Intelligent Transport Systems (AUS) Strate- 10,000 passengers/hour for light rail sys- gy Document will be prepared, AUS archi- tems and 15,000 passengers/hour for metro tecture will be developed and AUS applica- systems. tions will be expanded.

702.3. A single card payment system will 704.1. National AUS Strategy Document be implemented for the widespread use of and 2019-2022 Action Plan will be put into public transportation systems. practice upon completion.

702.4. Dynamic pricing will be utilized for 704.2. AUS architecture project will be infrastructure with bottlenecks such as par- completed.

183 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

704.3. Especially in metropolitan areas, information systems will be implemented dynamic driver, passenger and pedestrian in urban tranportation network. Table 46: Urban Infrastructure Targets 2018 2023 Rate of Municipal Population That Have Access to Drinkable Water to 981 100 Total Municipal Population (%)

Number of Drinking Water Treatment Plants 5191 690 Rate of Municipal Population Served with Sanitation Network to Total 901 95 Municipal Population (%) Rate of Municipal Population Served with Wastewater Treatment Plant to 87 100 Total Municipal Population (%) Rate of Treated Wastewater Reuse (%) 1.2 5 Drinking Water Leakage Rate (%) 36 25 Recovery Rate of Waste within the Scope of Zero Waste Project (%) 13 35 Number of Buildings to which Zero Waste Program Implemented 13 400 (Thousand) Proportion of Municipal Population Given Landfill Services (%) 75 100 Urban Rail Systems Network Length (km, cumulative) 747 1,154 Bike Path Network Length (km, cumulative) 1,048 4,048

Source: 2018 data belongs to World Resources Institute, related metropolitan municipalities, TURKSTAT, Ministry of Agricul- ture and Forestry and Ministry of Environment and Urbanization. Data for 2023 are estimates of the Eleventh Development Plan. (1) TURKSTAT data for 2016.

2.4.6. Rural Development low-up of the investment and service needs for settlement and resettlement works and a. Objective elimination of these needs will be provided.

705. The ainm objective is to increase the 706.1. In order to meet the local infrastru- production capacity of producers associati- cture and superstructure needs of the villa- ons and family enterprises and increase the ges, financial support will be provided for employability of rural labour force, impro- construction of high quality and accessible ve the quality of life, fight against poverty road network, drinking water, wastewater and increase the level of welfare of the rural facility, small irrigation facility within the community and keep the population in ru- within the scope of KÖYDES for non-met- ral areas with the understanding of sustai- ropolitan provinces and Rural Infrastructu- nable rural development. re Project of Metropolitan Cities (KIRDES) for cities with metropolitan municipalities, b. Policy and Measures settlements returning from villages and towns to the neighbourhood. 706. The social and physical infrastructure of the rural settlements, forecasting and fol-

184 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

706.2. Within the scope of KÖYDES, KÖY- 707.2. Within the scope of IPARD and DES monitoring system will be established KKYDP Programs, support will be conti- for efficient and effective use of resources nued for rural agriculture, rural economic allocated for rural infrastructure services. infrastructure investments and development of farm activities, rural tourism, han- 706.3. The aintenancem and repair of roa- dicrafts and information technologies in ds deteriorated by climatic and topographic rural areas. conditions and the construction of new ro- ads will be ensured in order to protect the 708. In order to raise the living standards safety, security and public order of citizens in rural areas, institutional and local capa- living in rural settlements. city for rural development will be improved and it will be provided to women, young 706.4. Appropriate structures will be cons- farmers and so on. Positive discrimination tructed adjacent to the village or in the will be provided, producer organizations designated areas instead of the structures will be pioneering institutions in social so- that threaten the safety of life and property lidarity, cooperation, education and finan- within the scope of the resettlement and cing. settlement activities required depending on various risk factors, with priority being 708.1. Within the scope of rural develop- expropriated in rural areas. ment support, family enterprises and small and medium-sized producers will be en- 706.5. A coordination mechanism will be couraged to organize in order to strengthen established for the efficient use of resources the production and financial structure and allocated for rural resettlement. to benefit from economies of scale; production and logistics infrastructure and tra- 707. Rural development subsidies will be demarking and marketing activities will be programmed with a focus on farmers and improved. the environment; arrangements will be made to eliminate existing multi-headin- 708.2. Environmental supports and incen- gs in the implementation of supports, and tives will be increased in order to improve complementarity and effectiveness will be the quality of life in rural areas and to make provided in practice. the rural areas protected, lived and produced. 707.1. The eneralg principles and procedures for the implementation of the comple- 709. Within the scope of improving the mentarity between the Rural Development human capital of rural society and redu- Support Program (KKYDP), the Instru- cing poverty, efforts to combat poverty in ment for Pre-Accession Assistance Rural villages will be focused on production and Development Support Program (IPARD), employment. the Development Agencies and other related support programs aimed at ensuring 709.1. In order to develop the human capi- the unity of the target in rural development tal of the rural community, activities in the support will be reviewed. fields of farmer training and agricultural

185 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

consultancy for family businesses shall be 711. Rural statistics for strengthening the strengthened, and adult population, especi- data-based rural policy approach will be ally women and young entrepreneurs, shall calculated by methods not affected by ad- have access to non-formal education cour- ministrative changes, the definition of rural ses and vocational training programs will areas will be revised, basic rural data will be be programmed on the basis of high value published on rural-urban and provincial / added local products. district level and village inventory will be updated. 709.2. Rural women and young farmers will be supported primarily in agricultural 711.1. In order to produce rural statistics training and extension activities, rural sup- on provincial and district basis, the defini- port projects and occupational health and tion of rural area will be revised, basic nati- safety trainings in agriculture. onal data will be published on rural-urban and provincial / district basis and rural in- 709.3. Priority will be given to households dicators information system will be estab- with disabilities, poor and elderly indivi- lished. In this context, TURKSTAT Popu- duals and households engaged in seasonal lation Density data and EU National Land mobile agricultural labour in the activities Cover Classification data (CORINE) and aimed at combating poverty in villages. rural / urban definition by provinces and Spatial Address Registration System data 710. In order to ensure the sustainability of carried out by the Ministry of Interior will rural production and life styles, rural heri- be used. tage will be preserved, natural and cultural assets will be protected. 711.2. Statistical works will be conducted to measure the socio-economic level of ru- 710.1. In order to protect the production ral areas such as rural poverty, production and life styles and natural and cultural as- and employment. sets in the villages; traditional crafts and handicrafts specific to villages, agro-tou- 711.3. The village inventory will be upda- rism, geographically marked products, or- ted to cover all provinces and a village in- namental plants, viticulture, beekeeping, ventory information system will be estab- will continue to be supported. lished.

Table 47: Rural Development Targets 2018 2023 Length of Village Road Built within the Scope of KÖYDES and KIRDES 125,348 148,490 (km, Cumulative) Number of Units Installed and Renovated in Villages (Cumulative) 64,700 69,700 Source: 2018 data belongs to Ministry of Interior and Ministry of Environment and Urbanization. Data for 2023 are estimates of the Eleventh Development Plan.

186 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

2.4.7. Protection of Environment nature protection and sustainable production and consumption in order to raise the a. Objective environmental awareness of the society.

712. The main objective is to protect the 713.4. Environmental labelling system will environment and natural resources, impro- be expanded. ve quality, ensure effective, integrated and sustainable management, implement envi- 714. International climate change nego- ronment- and climate-friendly practices in tiations will be conducted within the fra- all areas, and increase environmental awa- mework of the Intended National Contri- reness and sensitivity of all segments of the bution with the principles of common but society. differentiated responsibilities and respective capabilities, and within the scope of b. Policy and Measures national conditions, climate change will be tackled in sectors causing greenhouse gas 713. By clarifying the duties, authorities emissions and the resilience of the economy and responsibilities of institutions and or- and society to climate risks will be increa- ganizations on environment, coordination sed by capacity building for adaptation to and cooperation between public, private se- climate change. ctor, local administrations and NGOs will be improved, environmental awareness of 714.1. Within the framework of Intended the society will be increased and effective National Contribution, activities for emis- environmental management will be ensu- sion control will be carried out in green- red. house gas emitting buildings, energy, industry, transportation, waste, agriculture 713.1. Legislative studies will be carried and forestry sectors. out in order to improve the harmonization of public institutions and organizations 714.2. Planning, implementation and ca- with each other and local administrations pacity building activities including national in their authorities and duties, to elimina- and regional adaptation strategies to incre- te conflicts and to strengthen coordination ase the capacity to adapt to the negative im- and cooperation with other stakeholders in pacts of climate change will be carried out. implementation. 714.3. In order to adapt to climate change 713.2. Environmental impact assessment, and to take the necessary measures, regio- strategic environmental assessment, per- nal and city-scale needs will be identified mitting, licensing, monitoring and auditing and solution proposals will be determined, mechanisms and capacities will be develo- and Climate Change Action Plans will be ped, and regarding these issues, legislation prepared for 7 Regions, particularly for the will be strengthened and the need for requ- Black Sea Region. ired software, machinery and equipment will be fulfilled. 715. Air quality management practices will be enabled to prevent air pollution from 713.3. Training and awareness raising ac- production, heating and traffic, and air qu- tivities will be carried out on environment, 187 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

ality will be improved by controlling emis- tems and ecosystem services, the amount of sions. terrestrial and marine protected areas will be increased and effective management of 715.1. Air quality action plans will be pre- nature conservation areas will be achieved. pared at local level and legislation on pollution and emission control will be updated. 717.1. The mounta of terrestrial and marine protected areas will be increased and 715.2. Air quality management capacity in order to ensure effective management of will be improved by strengthening regional these areas, practices such as forming gre- clean air centres. en corridor, planning and infrastructure works will be carried out. 715.3. Research on air quality modelling and monitoring will be conducted and in- 718. Risk management practices to prevent frastructure will be developed. major industrial accidents will be improved and effective management of chemicals will 716. Identification, registration, protecti- be ensured in a way that minimizes impacts on, sustainable use, development, monito- on human health and environment. ring and prevention of illegal trafficking of biological diversity and genetic resources 718.1. Risk management and emergency will be ensured and the benefits obtained response capabilities against major indust- from genetic resources and related tradi- rial accidents will be improved. tional information will be brought to our country. 718.2. Within the scope of international obligations, legislation studies will be car- 716.1. The ationaln inventory on biologi- ried out for effective management of che- cal diversity will be regularly updated th- micals. rough research and monitoring studies, and traditional information based on biological 719. Evaluation and management of envi- diversity will be registered and made avai- ronmental noise will be improved. lable for R&D purposes. 719.1. Strategic noise maps of residential 716.2. Legislation will be developed for areas across Turkey will be prepared. the protection, sustainable use and development of biological diversity and genetic 720. Regular production of environmental resources and prevention of illegal traffic- data and indicators in accordance with the king. standards, sharing with the public and effective use in decision-making processes will 716.3. A mechanism for access to genetic be ensured. resources and the equal and fair sharing of the benefits derived from these sources and 720.1. Environmental data will be impro- traditional information will be established. ved in terms of collection, monitoring and evaluation processes and quality and capa- 717. In order to ensure the conservation, city for data usage will be increased. restoration and sustainable use of ecosys-

188 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

Table 48: Environmental Targets 2018 2023 Number of Stations in the Air Quality Monitoring Network (Cumulative) 339 380 Share of districts in which air quality information is provided to citizen access (%, Cumulative) 16.2 100 Domestic Material Consumption per Person (Tons/capita) 12.91 11.8 Number of Planned Integrated Environmental Audits 1,695 2,165 Avoided CO2 Emissions With Newly Installed Renewable Power Plants - 18.0 (Million Tons, Cumulative)2 Number of Protected Areas (National Park, Nature Park, Nature Monu- ment, Nature Conservation Area, Wildlife Development Area, Ramsar Area, Wetlands of National Importance and Wetlands of Local Importance, 1,429 1,595 Natural Site, Special Environmental Protection Area) (Cumulative) Source: The data for 2018 belong to the Ministry of Environment and Urbanization, the Ministry of Agriculture and Forestry and TURKSTAT. Data for 2023 are estimates of the Eleventh Development Plan. (1) Data of 2015. (2) This indicator is under the responsibility of the Ministry of Energy and Natural Resources and the cumulative amount of carbon dioxide to be reduced is calculated by substituting the electricity production from natural gas with renewable electricity production.

2.4.8. Disaster Management saster types into consideration in order to reduce disaster hazards and risks. a. Objective 722.3. Local disaster prevention projects 721. The ainm objective is; to increase so- for disasters that have occurred or are likely cial awareness against disasters, to build di- to occur will be prepared and implementa- saster resilient and safe settlements and to tion capacity will be increased. minimize loss of life and property caused by disasters through risk mitigation practi- 722.4. Natural disaster insurance will be ces. expanded and extended to cover all types of disasters, and effective monitoring of com- b. Policies and Measures pulsory earthquake insurance declaration and payment will be ensured. 722. Disaster risk and damage reduction studies will be carried out by taking socio-e- 722.5. International cooperation activities conomic and physical characteristics of the for disaster preparedness and risk reducti- regions into consideration, by prioritizing on will be increased. according to different types of disasters and by increasing cooperation activities throu- 723. Disaster hazard and risk maps will be ghout the country. prepared taking into account scenarios regarding the impacts of climate change th- 722.1. Turkey Disaster Risk Reduction roughout the country. Plan on disaster risk and damage reduction actions will be prepared. 723.1. Disaster hazard maps will be prepared for all types of disasters. 722.2. Provincial disaster risk reduction plans will be prepared by taking priority di-

189 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

723.2. Risk maps will be prepared accor- ning the procedures and principles of the ding to the types of disasters in places with post-disaster recovery plan. high levels of disaster hazard. 726.2. Local post-disaster recovery plans 724. Risk mitigation and retrofitting works will be prepared for high-risk areas. will be continued to minimize the loss of life and property after a probable earthqua- 727. In order to increase the efficiency of ke in Istanbul. disaster management, uninterrupted communication infrastructure and disaster ma- 724.1. Disaster resilience of critical inf- nagement information and decision sup- rastructure facilities in Istanbul will be inc- port systems will be developed to improve reased. information exchange among institutions to provide decision support through sustai- 724.2. Social facilities will be completed nable communication infrastructure. and their capacities will be increased con- 727.1. Establishment of an uninterrupted sidering the capacity of temporary shelter and secure communication infrastructure areas planned to be used during disaster for more effective response to disasters will and emergency situations in Istanbul. be completed. 724.3. It will be ensured that cultural and 727.2. A decision support mechanism will natural assets in Istanbul are resilient to di- be developed for the effective management sasters. of disasters, which is established on a geographical information system and can mana- 725. Priority will be given to the retro- ge all resources effectively in case of a disas- fitting of public places such as hospitals, ter. schools, dormitories and critical infrastructures such as energy, transportation, water 728. Social awareness against disasters and and communication, which are of special emergencies will be increased and capa- importance in disaster preparedness and cities of the units responsible for disaster post-disaster response. management at local level will be strengthened. 725.1. Inventory of public service buildings and efforts to strengthen against disas- 728.1. Awareness-raising activities will be ters will continue. carried out across the country against disasters and emergencies, and social aware- 725.2. Method for prioritizing critical inf- ness will be increased through education rastructure facilities will be identified. and awareness centres.

726. Capacity will be strengthened for 728.2. Technical and administrative capa- post-disaster recovery works. cities of local disaster management units will be strengthened. 726.1. Theframework of the national improvement plan will be prepared by defi- 728.3. Required logistic shelter materials will be provided.

190 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

Table 49: Disaster Management Targets 2018 2023 Number of Houses and Workplaces with Compulsory Earthquake Insu- 8.9 12.1 rance (Million) Number of Provinces where Disaster Reduction Plans will be prepared - 81 (Cumulative) Number of Provinces Included in Digital Radio System 1 81 Source: The data for 2018 belong to AFAD and Natural Disaster Insurance Institution. Data for 2023 are estimates of the Eleventh Development Plan.

191 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

2.5. RULE OF LAW, and individual rights as a principle; prote- DEMOCRATIZATION AND cts and improves fundamental rights and GOOD GOVERNANCE freedoms; struggles effectively with viola- tions of rights will be strengthened. Suffi- 2.5.1. Rule of Law and cient consciousness of individuals about Democratization human rights is targeted.

729. Ensuring sustainable development 734. The legislation and practice regarding and increasing economic and social wel- freedom of expression will be reviewed and fare require strong ownership of rule of regulations will be made to develop the ri- law, democratization and good governance ghts and freedoms of individuals. principles by the government and effective implementation of these rules. 735. The legislation and practice regarding the custody, detention and other protection 730. With the Constitution amendments measures will be reviewed and implemen- in 2017, Presidential Government System tation of these measures appropriately will was adopted and after the elections held be ensured. in 2018, new government system was initiated. Being the result of people-oriented 736. A new Human Rights Action Plan will development which is the basis of the new be prepared and implemented effectively. government system, Rule of Law and De- mocratization has been one of the main 737. Related public institutions’ capacities axis of the Plan. to protect and enhance the rights and freedoms will be developed and effective coor- 731. One of the most important priorities dination will be realized. of the Plan period is tı further strengthen, institutionalize and consolidate rule of law 738. Adherence to law, objectivity, transpa- conception which contains adherence of le- rency and accountability of executive will gislative, executive and judiciary to the law, be empowered. Constitutional protection of fundamental rights and freedoms, judicial review of 739. Mechanisms and methods will be administrative actions, independence and introduced for the formulation of all ad- impartiality of judiciary, equity before law, ministrative regulations according basic providing citizens effective rights to legal principles of law such as certainty, propor- remedies. tionality, objectivity and protection of vested interests. 732. Predictability, non-retroactivity, gene- rality, protection of vested interests, equal 740. Mechanisms for transparent public treatment, clarity and certainty of laws will monitoring of administrative procedures continue to be the basis of the legislative ac- and actions will be increased. tivities. 741. Through reviewing legislation, new 733. Governance approach based on rule regulations will be issued in order to estab- of law that accepts respect to public order lish effective mechanisms to increase the

192 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

accountability of public institutions and potential to respond to needs and problems public officers. at the national and international levels, from the perspective of the strengthening 742. One of the fundamental objectives of of democracy and enhancing efficiency the Plan period is to strengthen democratic and quality in public services. During the institutions and procedures in the public se- Plan period, it is aimed to improve active ctor through establishing an understanding citizenship awareness, to ensure effective of transparent, accountable and effective participation of NGOs in decision-making democratic governance that takes citizen processes, to increase cooperation between satisfaction as its basis, works with private civil society-public-private sectors and to sector and civil society in a participatory develop social dialogue environment, and manner, and strongly mobilizes social po- to strengthen institutional, human and fi- tentialities. nancial capacities of NGOs.

743. It is aimed to increase the capacity of 2.5.1.1. Justice Services local administrations to provide services and to restore a more transparent and ac- a. Objective countable structure in order to carry out public services by the administrative units 746. In line with the requirements of the closest to citizens and to increase the citi- rule of law and supremacy of law, ensuring zen satisfaction. fast, fair, efficient functioning of the trial process, predictability, facilitating access to 744. Advanced communication techno- justice and increasing confidence in the jus- logies contributes to the development of tice system are the main objectives. accountability and transparency for public institutions and officials that are using b. Policies and Measures and exercising public authority to support efficient, economic and effective use of re- 747. Effectiveness of ordinary and admi- sources. On the other hand, the use of ICT nistrative judiciary will be improved; citi- supports the promotion of citizen partici- zens’ satisfaction with the justice services pation in decision making, implementation will be increased. and supervision processes as well as more efficient public supervision. In the Plan 748. Transparency of the justice system period, accountability, transparency and will be enhanced and right to be tried in participation in the public sector will be a reasonable time will be protected more strengthened through effective use of com- effectively through “Target Time in Judici- munication technologies. ary” practice. 749. The system for the appointment, 745. It is important to benefit from the dy- transfer and promotion of judges and pub- namic and flexible structures of NGOs whi- lic prosecutors will be developed with obje- ch have become a key stakeholder of econo- ctive and pre-determined criteria based on mic and social development as well as their merits.

193 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

750. Disciplinary procedures of the judges 759. Judges will be specialized as criminal and public prosecutors will be rearranged and civil judges throughout their career. with objective criteria; the rights of judges and public prosecutors during the discip- 760. Special courts will be established in linary process will be strengthened and fields requiring expertise such as environ- transparency of the process will be ensu- ment, public works and energy. red through making disciplinary decisions public on condition that personal data is 761. Efforts will be carried out to enable protected. specialized courts located in city centers to hear certain cases such as commercial ca- 751. The scope of the activity reports in or- ses, cases on intellectual and industrial pro- dinary and administrative judiciary will be perty rights. extended and the public awareness will be raised. 762. Alternative dispute resolution methods will be extended to reduce the workload 752. A regulation will be made for the es- in judiciary and settle disputes in a cost-ef- tablishment of the post of deputy judge and ficient, fast and friendly manner. prosecutor. 763. A regulation will be made to extend 753. A new model and exam will be deve- the amicable settlement in disputes which loped for admission to judicial, attorneys- the administration is one of the parties. hip and notary professions. 764. The debt enforcement and bankrup- 754. The efficiency of court expertise sys- tcy system will be restructured by taking tem will be improved. into consideration the sensitive balance between creditor and debtor. 755. In order to improve the quality of law education, the duration of the education 765. The ewn debt enforcement office mo- and the success criteria for admission will be increased and the curriculum will be re- del will be generalized mainly in the places newed. with heavy workload and the virtual enforcement office application will be launched. 756. Access to justice as one of the basic conditions of supremacy of law principle 766. A regulation will be made to reduce will be facilitated; the right of defense will the number and the cost of the processes be strengthened. requiring notary attestation.

757. The legal aid system will be rearran- 767. It will be ensured that notary offices ged ensuring that priority is given to vulne- can carry out some non-contentious proce- rable groups. edings.

758. A regulation will be made to ensure 768. The balance between offence and the active participation of attorneys to the sanction and the execution system will be legal proceedings. reviewed and re-regulated by taking into

194 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

consideration the right to a fair trial and 770.4. Information technologies will be deterrence of penalties. used more effectively within criminal in- vestigations and resolutions and the met- 2.5.1.2. Security Services hods of analysis will be developed. a. Objective 770.5. The efficiency of the units fighting against cybercrime will be increased. 769. The basic goals are strengthening security by taking into consideration all aspe- 770.6. The rofessionalizationp of the gen- cts within the framework of the rule of law darmerie and coast guard institutions will and the principles of the supremacy of law, be completed. under the principles of civilian oversight, transparency, accountability and compre- 770.7. City Security Management System, hensiveness; pursuing the balance between License Plate Recognition System and Mo- fundamental rights and freedoms with so- bile License Plate Recognition System will cial and individual security issues; increa- be extended. sing the effectiveness and quality of security services and providing the citizen partici- 770.8. National Ballistic Test Center will pation through raising the consciousness be established. on fight against crime. 771. Fight against terror will continue with b. Policies and Measures a multi-dimensional and comprehensive perspective. 770. The quality and the effectiveness of the security services will be increased, the 771.1. The financing of terror and money capacity of the security units will be stren- laundering will be combated effectively. gthened. 771.2. The public will be regularly infor- 770.1. The collaboration and the infrast- med about the services provided by the sta- ructure of common information systems te for the fight against propaganda of ter- among the security units will be developed; rorist organizations; the projects towards the collaboration and coordination among consciousness raising and expanding awa- the national and international institutions reness in terms of fight with extremism lea- will be increased. ding to violence and radicalization leading to terror will be realized. 770.2. Access to security services will be facilitated by covering all segments of so- 772. The roduction,p trade, usage and ciety and initially the vulnerable groups. transportation of any kind of drugs, stimu- lants and the chemical intermediates used 770.3. The effectiveness of the fight aga- in the production of these materials will be inst public order crimeswill be increased in prevented in national and international le- order to contribute nation-wide peace and vels. security environment.

195 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

772.1. The capacity of security units to fi- 2.5.1.3. Civil Society ght against drugs will be increased. a. Objective 772.2. Supporting works on raising public awareness about the fight with drugs will be 775. The ainm objective is to increase awa- continued. reness about civil society, to consolidate organized civil society, to provide that CSOs 772.3. The capacity of data collection will (Non-Governmental Organizations-NGO) be strengthened in order to follow up the are in conformity with principles of trans- studies carried on fighting with drugs. parency and accountability, and to ensure their effective participation to public deci- 773. Border security will be increased in sion-making processes. land and seas through developing the technological and physical infrastructure in the b. Policies and Measures sense of integrated border management based on cooperation between institutions. 776. Regulations will be made to strengthen the development of a democratic, 773.1. The uties,d authorities and respon- participatory, pluralist, transparent and ac- sibilities within the border security institu- countable organized civil society. tions will be reviewed and reorganized. 776.1. A comprehensive framework that 773.2. Technological surveillance, deter- strengthens the field of civil society and vo- mination and identification abilities and lunteering will be established. capabilities will be increased in the Turkish maritime jurisdiction through the Coast 776.2. Efforts to establish a CSO (NGO) Surveillance Radar System Project. database in line with international standards will be completed, secure and regular 774. The effectiveness of protective and data will be collected and published in the preventive security services will be increa- field of civil society. sed. 776.3. The internal and external audit pro- 774.1. The community supported law en- cesses of CSOs will be reregulated within forcement approach will be strengthened in the framework of the principles and practi- order to base the relations between the ci- ces of transparency and accountability. tizens and law enforcement institutions on confidence basis. 776.4. Efforts will be carried out to increase the participation and effectiveness of 774.2. Preventive measures for fight aga- CSOs in decision-making and legislation inst crime will be increased. processes.

777. Regulations in administrative and financial fields will be made to contribute the sustainability of CSOs.

196 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

777.1. Tax regulations regarding support 779.5. Efforts will be carried out to expand of natural persons or legal entities to the civil society centers at the universities and CSOs will be reassessed in order to increase to open civil society certificate and gradua- the social and economic benefits. te programs.

778. Civil society-public cooperation will 2.5.2. Good Governance be strengthened and the capacities of the public and CSOs will be improved. 2.5.2.1. Transparency and Accountability, Administrative 778.1. The institutional capacity of the Ge- Structure and Policy Making neral Directorate of Civil Society Relations will be strengthened in line with its missi- a. Objective on, in order to ensure that policies, programs, activities and services for CSOs are 780. The basic objective is to establish ac- carried out holistically. countability in public administration, to strengthen participation, to ensure equal 778.2. Capacity building trainings for and fair treatment in providing public ser- CSOs, particularly in the fields of project vices and to increase transparency. preparation and fund raising will be expanded. b. Policies and Measures

779. Public awareness of civil society ac- 781. Arrangements will be made in order tivities will be increased and researches in to ensure that administrative procedures this field will be supported. are carried out effectively and quickly on the basis of justice and equality, to facilitate 779.1. Visibility of CSOs’ in the society ways of legal remedies, and to strengthen will be increased via introducing their suc- the principle of legal certainty in the relati- cessful activities with public. onship between administration and individuals. 779.2. Data on the economic and social di- mensions of the activities of NGOs will be 782. The active participation of citizens compiled and studies will be conducted to and all relevant sides to policy-making pro- measure the impact of these activities. cesses will be ensured.

779.3. Practices will be initiated in scho- 782.1. Arrangements will be made to make ols for children to get acquainted with civil the city councils more active. society activities from an early age and to create awareness of volunteering. 783. It will be ensured that economic and social policies are designed and executed in 779.4. The participation of higher educa- line with a participatory understanding. tion students in volunteering and civil society activities and facilitating internship 783.1. The coordination of economic ad- opportunities in CSOs will be encouraged. ministration will be strengthened.

197 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

783.2. Regulations will be introduced to nistrative regulations and the authorities to turn the Economic and Social Council into which they can apply when faced with an an effective and functional structure. unfair practice.

784. The allocation and use of public re- 786. The right to petition and right to in- sources will be made available to public in formation guaranteed by the Constitution an understandable, traceable and compa- will be ensured to be used effectively and rable manner. quickly through the Presidential Commu- nication Centre (CİMER). 784.1. A web portal named harcama.gov. tr portal will be launched in order to share 786.1. Citizen awareness about CİMER data regarding public expenditures in a ho- will be increased. listic and user-friendly format. 786.2. The esponser time to citizen appli- 785. Corruption will be effectively fought. cations on CİMER will be reduced.

785.1. In order to combat corruption, the 786.3. In order to make CİMER more ac- accuracy of public officials’ asset declarati- cessible, the efficiency of Hotline 150 will ons will be investigated, and an automatic be increased. tracking system will be established. 787. New mechanisms to strengthen sta- 785.2. Decision-making processes such te-citizen relationship will be established in as zoning changes, resource allocation and order to improve democracy standards. prioritization will be made transparent in local administrations and will be published 787.1. Through implementing different online. ways of democratic participation public supervision over administration will be stren- 785.3. Public procurement processes and gthened. results will be published online.

785.4. Regulations regarding to prevent 787.2. Through studies to collect and anal- the use of information, influence and ex- yze citizens’ opinions and suggestions re- pertise obtained during the public service garding public administration, these opini- against public and for private interest af- ons and suggestions will be used as inputs ter leaving public service will be effectively in policy-making processes. implemented. 787.3. Good practice examples will be ex- 785.5. The udita and accountability me- panded in order to increase citizen satisfac- chanism will be strengthened in local ad- tion. ministrations, including the affiliated and subsidiary companies. 787.4. New communication channels based on information and communication 785.6. Citizens will be informed about the technologies will be developed. rights granted to them by laws and admi-

198 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

787.5. The interaction of public instituti- in all stages of the management cycle from ons and organizations with citizens on so- planning to monitoring and evaluation. cial media will be measured and analyzed. b. Policies and Measures 788. Focus will be put on setting standards of communication between public instituti- 790. The capacity of strategy development ons and organizations and coordination in units in public administrations will be im- communication processes. proved.

788.1. In line with the goals of the Presi- 790.1. Strategic management training dential Government System, Communi- programs for improving the administrative cation Planning Guide for Ministries and and human capacities in public administra- Public Institutions will be issued in order to tions will be designed. ensure the rapid functioning of institutions and to achieve common objectives with a 791. Strategic management legislations, holistic strategy. guidelines and manuals will be reviewed and updated in a holistic manner by consi- 788.2. Social media policy will be develo- dering practical experiences. ped for public institutions and organizations. 791.1. The legislation related to the strategic planning, performance program and activity reports will be regulated as a single 788.3. In order to strengthen the coordi- secondary legislation. nation in cases of crisis, Inter-Institutional Coordination in Crisis Communication 791.2. Arrangements will be made to Document will be prepared. strengthen the consistency between guidelines related to strategic management. 788.4. New participatory mechanisms that enables citizens to submit their wis- 792. High level policy documents and ins- hes, complaints and suggestions to decisi- titutional strategic plans will be monitored on-makers will be developed in order to en- more effectively, and the level of implemen- sure equality and justice in public services, tation and orientation of these documents and to contribute to the implementation of will be increased. good governance principles. 792.1. A monitoring and evaluation sys- 2.5.2.2. Strategic Management in tem will be established for effective repor- Public Sector ting of high level policy documents, high level policy documents, particularly the a. Objective development plan and institutional strategic plans. 789. The ainm objective is to increase the efficiency of implementation of strategic 793. The efficiency of internal control sys- management in public sector and to imp- tems and internal audit practices in public lement the understanding of accountability administrations will be strengthened.

199 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

793.1. Capacity will be increased in pub- b. Policy and Measures lic administrations through training and consultancy activities that will increase the 797. Alignment between the priorities of efficiency of internal control systems and the local administrations' strategic plans internal audit practices. and resource allocations will be increased.

794. Accountability will be strengthened 797.1. A guide will be developed by the in public sector through performance au- Ministry of Environment and Urbanization dits that provide reliable information to the in order to prioritize services in municipa- public on resource efficiency, effectiveness lities that are obliged to prepare strategic and economy. plans.

794.1. The erformanceP Audit Guide will 797.2. In line with the guidelines develo- be updated and aligned with the secondary ped by the Ministry of Environment and legislation and guidelines on the compo- Urbanization, a benchmark study will be nents of strategic management. conducted on the relationship of service prioritization-strategic plan-resource allo- 795. In order to strengthen policy-ma- cation in the municipalities that are obliged king and decision-making processes, more to prepare strategic plans beginning with systematic and reliable data, statistics and metropolitan cities. knowledge production will be ensured. 798. A method will be developed to stan- 795.1. In order to ensure that the deci- dardize local administration services and sion-making, planning and monitoring supervise compliance with these standards. processes in policy-making are based on evidence, a system that provides integrated 798.1. Administrative, financial and tech- information on the socio-economic struc- nical minimum standards of the services of ture of the population living in our country local administrations will be determined; will be established and updated regularly. and legislation on the implementation of these standards will be made. 2.5.2.3. Local Administrations 799. The level and capacity of specializati- a. Objective on of human resources in local administrations will be increased. 796. The ainm objective is to equip local administrations with an inclusive, finan- 799.1. Trainings will be provided to im- cially viable, transparent and accountable prove the qualifications of personnel wor- structure whereby they can offer efficient, king at local administrations. fast and high-quality services, observe the needs of disadvantaged groups and thus 800. Citizens’ participation and supervisi- maximize the level of citizen satisfaction. on role in municipal decision-making processes will be strengthened.

200 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

800.1. The participation mechanisms of 802.2. Financing model will be developed disadvantaged groups in the representation for social service structure projects of small and decision-making processes of the lo- municipalities. cal administrations will be strengthened, a certain amount of participation will be en- 802.3. Mechanisms will be established to sured in the city councils, and the needs of enable the regulations and measures to be these groups will be taken into considera- made for stray animals, and local administ- tion more in the provision of local services rations’ projects on rehabilitating stray ani- such as public voting in important decisi- mals will be supported. ons to be taken. 2.5.2.4. Human Resources in the 801. Local administrations will be restruc- Public Sector tured to increase efficiency of their service provision. a. Objective

801.1. Theoptimum service and geograp- 803. The ainm objective is to create a more hical area size will be determined for local efficient civil servant system that provides administrations, and modelling and legisla- quality service to the society that is capable tion study will be carried out for the rest- of adapting to changing conditions. ructuring of local administrations based on multiple-criteria classification system in ac- b. Policies and Measures cordance with local service requirements. 804. Provision of human resources, whi- 801.2. Sustainability of the settled areas in ch plays an important role in the provision villages will be ensured and service access of public services related to civil servants, will be facilitated in the metropolitan areas effective and efficient service delivery and where villages turn into neighbourhoods. employee satisfaction will be increased. 801.3. The utyd descriptions will be re-e- valuated on an activity-based to eliminate 804.1. Regulations will be made to increa- service disruptions that arise due to confli- se efficiency, productivity and employee sa- cting authority and responsibilities of met- tisfaction in the provision of public services ropolitan municipalities and metropolitan for civil servants. district municipalities. 805. Capacity of public institutions in hu- 802. Theurban well-being and security man resources management will be stren- will be strengthened by taking into account gthened. the characteristics and dynamics of the cities in the provision of local administration 805.1. Personnel units in public institu- services. tions and organizations will be structured with a human resources management pers- 802.1. Local administrations’ projects on pective and the capacity of these units will urban well-being and security will be sup- be strengthened. ported.

201 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

805.2. The capacity of the Presidential Hu- b. Policies and Measures man Resources Office will be increased. 808. e-Government efforts will be carried 805.3. Regulations will be held to raise et- out with a view of user-oriented service de- hical awareness and strengthen ethical pra- livery and effective public administration. ctices in the public sector. Service delivery channels will be improved and channel diversity will be increased. The 806. Personnel trainings in public institu- needs of disadvantaged groups will be prio- tions and organizations will be diversified ritized. and improved. 808.1. Transfer of public services to e-Go- 806.1. The digital skills of civil servants vernment Gateway will continue. Usage will be improved, and their adaptation to and cost effectiveness will be increased and digital transformation and technological security of services will be improved. developments will be ensured. 808.2. Services provided through e-Go- 806.2. In-service training programs to inc- vernment Gateway will be simplified, in- rease the quality of civil servants will be es- tegrated and matured. tablished and conducted regularly. Training programs aiming to provide management 808.3. Quantity and quality of local government services provided through e-Gover- skills to personnel at all levels will be deve- nment Gateway will be increased. loped. 808.4. In provision of services, channel di- 806.3. In-service training will be transfor- versity, particularly mobile services, will be med into an easily accessible structure th- increased and efforts to increase access of rough the use of distance education systems disadvantaged groups will be prioritized. that enhance the professional and fundamental skills of civil servants. 809. New technologies and trends will be used in provision of e-government services 2.5.2.5. e-Government Applications in order to increase efficiency, effectiveness, in Public Services transparency and accountability of the public sector. a. Objective 809.1. A guidebook will be prepared to re- 807. Themain objective is transferring gulate use of social media by public institu- public services to the electronic environ- tions. ment through modernization and process improvements that will ensure effectiveness 809.2. Processes and technological infrast- and interoperability with a user-oriented ructure will be improved in order to utilize perspective; and increasing service delivery new technologies such as big data, cloud and usage through e-Government Gateway. computing, mobile platforms, internet of things, artificial intelligence and blockchain in development of public services.

202 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

810. Governance and coordination stru- and standards needed for e-Government cture of e-government activities will be service delivery will continue and instituti- strengthened. onal information systems will be sustainable.

810.1. Governance and coordination mec- 812.1. e-Government Enterprise Architec- hanism for e-government activities will be ture will be established and disseminated in gathered together within the Presidential public institutions. Government System and its effectiveness will be increased. 812.2. Data standardization will be ensured in public information systems and re- 810.2. Cooperation and coordination gulations will be issued to eliminate obstac- between central agencies and local gover- les to data sharing among institutions. nments in e-government activities will be increased. 812.3. National data inventory and public data dictionary will be prepared. 811. By following international technological trends and developments, the capa- 812.4. Central Service Design Platform city of public institutions in managing digi- will be established to improve public busi- tal transformation process will be improved ness processes. and human resources in departments of information technologies will be strengthe- 812.5. Public Integrated Data Center Pro- ned. ject will be completed.

811.1. In order to harmonize managerial 812.6. e-Municipality Information Sys- needs and technological infrastructure in tems Project will be completed. public institutions and to carry out technology procurement and management pro- 812.7. National Geographic Information cesses, ICT expertise will be established for System Project will be completed. the ministries and affiliated and related institutions, not exceeding five employees per 812.8. Regulatory works for the electronic agency. identity card will be completed and it will be ensured that the identity card is used in 811.2. Training programs and guidelines all authentication applications. will be provided to increase capacity of public institutions in preparing and mana- 812.9. In order to reduce bureaucracy and ging ICT projects. ensure efficiency in business processes, all kinds of data, information and document 811.3. Institutional maturity and human sharing among public institutions will be resource competency models will be deve- carried out electronically without any cor- loped and disseminated in public instituti- respondence, provided that necessary in- ons. formation systems are available.

812. Development of basic information 812.10. National Electronic Messaging systems, common infrastructure, services Platform will be established.

203 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

813. Open source software will be dissemi- 814.4. Training and awareness activities of nated in public institutions and institutio- personal information protection for public nal capacity will be improved in this field. sector employees will be carried out.

813.1. Regulation will be issued for prefe- 815. Public data will be made available as rence of open source software in public ICT open data under privacy principles in or- investments. der to increase transparency, accountability and participation and to enable production 813.2. Institutional plans for transition to of new value-added services. open source software will be prepared. 815.1. Regulations for sharing public data 814. Mechanisms to protect public insti- will be issued. tutions against cybersecurity threats and to ensure personal information privacy in 815.2. National Open Data Portal, where delivery of public services will be strengt- public data will be shared, will be launched hened. and the principles of data anonymization will be determined. 814.1. Coordination of cybersecurity in the public sector will be centralised to inc- 816. It will be aimed to increase cost effec- rease effectiveness. tiveness, innovation and national added value in public procurement of ICT products 814.2. Procedures and principles for es- and services. tablishing and auditing an information security management system in public ins- 816.1. Procedures and principles will be titutions will be determined and public ins- determined on standards regarding techni- titutions will be guided in this regard with cal characteristics of ICT products and ser- guidelines to be prepared. vices procured by public agencies.

814.3. Cybersecurity exercises will be or- 816.2. An electronic platform will be es- ganized. tablished to disseminate common procurement and demand consolidation.

Table 50: e-Government Targets 2018 2023 Individuals Using e-Government Services (%)1 45.6 70 e-Government Services Satisfaction Rate (%)2 90 95 Number of Registered Users of e-Government Gateway (Million) 40.7 53 Number of Services Provided via e-Government Gateway (Cumulative) 4,085 7,400

Source: The data for 2018 belongs to Ministry of Transport and Infrastructure and TURKSTAT. The data for 2023 are estimates for the Eleventh Development Plan. (1) Proportion of individuals within the 16-74 age range benefiting from e-government services. (2) The proportion of satisfied and moderately satisfied users in total e-government users.

204 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

2.5.2.6. International Cooperation for 818.3. Country strategies will be develo- Development ped to ensure Turkish development assistances are distributed with the perception 2.5.2.6.1. National Capacity for that these assistances contribute to capacity International Cooperation increases and to the development of mutual economic and commercial relations in the a. Objective target countries including LDCs. 817. The ainm objective is to make Turkish international cooperation activities inclu- 819. The development assistance of public, ding humanitarian aids provide maximum private sector and NGOs will be provided contribution to the development of our in coordination and the data will be collec- country and other countries by considering ted in a proper way. the stability and needs of our country and the region and current obligations arising 819.1. The independent aid activities of from international law and international Turkish NGOs and the private sector will humanitarian law, with an inclusive and be handled in a strategic direction and car- strategic approach, in a more coordinated ried out in coordination with public. and effective manner. 819.2. Current legislation regarding the b. Policies and Measures collection and reporting of development assistance data provided by public institu- 818. Priorities and strategies for internatio- tions, local administrations and NGOs will nal development cooperation activities will be updated. be determined on the basis of countries and regions, and in the line with these priorities 819.3. Information infrastructure of deve- and strategies the activities of public insti- lopment assistance will be strengthened. tutions within this scope will be carriedout in harmoniously. 820. Turkey's coordination in international humanitarian assistance will be strengthe- 818.1. The Development Cooperation Le- ned in national and international, the effec- gislation will be completed with the aim of tiveness and visibility of Turkish humanita- increasing the effectiveness of development rian assistances will be increased. assistance, strengthening the institutional, human, financial and legal infrastructure 820.1. Legislative arrangement will be and setting out the principles and priorities made in order to increase the effectiveness in this area without losing any of the flexi- of Turkey's international humanitarian as- bility in the methods used by Turkey in the sistance. field of the development assistance. 820.2. The current situation of Turkey’s in- 818.2. A national strategy document will ternational humanitarian assistance will be be prepared in order to enhance the effecti- evaluated. veness of Turkish development assistance.

205 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

820.3. Institutional coordination between and international NGOs with the national development and humanitarian assistance policies. policies and practices will be improved. 822. Thecompetencies of the personnel 820.4. A mechanism will be developed in working in the foreign missions and the order to strengthen coordination of Tur- foreign relations departments of our public key’s international humanitarian assistance institutions will be improved, and the ad- at the national level and a communication ministrative and technical capacity of these strategy will be prepared in order to increa- departments will be strengthened. se the visibility of assistance. 822.1. The personnel needed in the foreign 820.5. In order to ensure more effective missions of our country will be determined and widespread usage of social media tools in terms of quantity, quality and minimum in the promotion of our humanitarian as- qualification; within the framework of the sistance, up-to-date information on foreign needs, structure of the legislation will be es- languages will be included in the websites tablished to facilitate the assignment of civil of relevant institutions. servants and non-public human resources in international missions and to make these 820.6. By actively participating in humani- assignments more attractive. tarian aid meetings of the UN and other international platforms, regular information 822.2. The competencies, such as foreign concerning our country in this field will be language, country expertise, diplomacy and provided to the international community. negotiation skills of the personnel working in foreign relations departments of public 821. In order to ensure coordination in institutions will be improved, and admi- practice and increase efficiency, institutions nistrative and technical capacity of these operating in the field of development coo- departments will be strengthened. peration will be ensured to work in compliance with our national policies. 823. Turkey’s development experience acquired in various areas will be shared ef- 821.1. Accreditation criteria for the acti- fectively with other countries. vities of Turkish NGOs in the field of development cooperation will be determined 823.1. Institutionalization will be ensured and NGOs that meet these criteria will be in order to implement systematic and re- accredited by a commission which compri- gular training programs in the field of de- sed of relevant public institutions. velopment for the public personnel in the beneficiary countries. 821.2. A cooperation mechanism will be established in order to ensure the compli- 823.2. Development cooperation prog- ance of activities, conducted in Turkey, of rams will be carried out to support the de- all development cooperation actors such velopment efforts of the countries in whi- as international organizations, foreign aid ch we closely cooperate, especially in the organizations, foreign diplomatic missions countries in the region.

206 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

823.3. Triangular programs and proje- b. Policies and Measures cts will be developed in order to transfer Turkey’s development experience to other 826. The eaturesf of the Standing Com- countries. mittee of the Economic and Commercial Organization of the Islamic Cooperation 823.4. Legislation regulating financial and Organization (COMCEC), in which our technical issues will be prepared concer- country carries out the permanent secreta- ning exchange of experts with other count- riat services, as addressing the development ries and appointment of long-term consul- problems of Islamic countries and the solu- tants from public or non-public. tion offers for these problems, and being a knowledge-based policy dialogue platform 823.5. Awareness raising activities such as will be reinforced and in this respect, the content production and event organization coordination among the national instituti- will be carried out in order to ensure trans- ons will be strengthened. fer of Turkey’s development experience to other countries. 826.1. The institutional capacity of the COMCEC secretariat will be strengthened. 824. Academic activities will be supported in order to increase the knowledge and 826.2. Within the context of developing competence for international development economic relations with Islamic countries, cooperation in our country and to contri- active coordination of the relevant public bute more to the development processes of institutions at the national level will be en- other countries, especially LDCs. sured through the National Coordination Committee of COMCEC. 824.1. Master's programs in the field of international development cooperation will 826.3. By ensuring to work in line with the be developed, academic studies in this field COMCEC agenda within a specific prog- will be diversified and activities of think ram, the effectiveness of the cooperation tanks will be supported. efforts of the COMCEC Forums, which our institutions provide secretarial services, 2.5.2.6.2. Regional Cooperation will be enhanced. a. Objective 826.4. Technical and financial support to the capacity building projects of the mem- 825. Themain objective is to enhance re- ber countries within the scope of working lations with Islamic countries, EU, other group activities, COMCEC project fun- regional countries and regional initiatives ding and other mechanisms as parts of the in political, economic, social, cultural and COMCEC Strategy will be continued. scientific fields and to make more effective use of multilateral and regional cooperati- 826.5. The ssuesi such as industry, R&D, on. innovation, renewable energy and digitalization will be brought to the agenda of the COMCEC.

207 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

827. The relations initiated or accelerated ground for the implementation of these ag- in various areas with Islamic countries du- reements will be established in our country. ring our OIC Summit Term Presidency will be deepened and continued after our Term 828.3. Activities will be carried out to Presidency. position our country in a more attractive manner in bilateral and multilateral trans- 827.1. Theestablishment of the OIC Arbit- boundary transportation corridors. ration Center and the OIC Police Coopera- tion and Coordination Center, which were 828.4. Diplomatic efforts towards the decided to be established in our country, export of goods and services that are im- will be completed. portant for our country will be increased.

827.2. Within the scope of developing eco- 829. Regional cooperation initiatives such nomic relations with Islamic countries, the as ECO, Black Sea Economic Cooperati- projects of COMCEC Gold Exchange and on (BSEC), D-8, which are hosted by our COMCEC Real Estate Exchange pioneered country or of which Turkey is a founding by our country will be realized. member, will be benefited more effectively.

827.3. Encouraging the efforts for the 829.1. By completing the membership comprehensive reform of the OIC will be process of ECO Science Institute and ECO continued. Culture Institute, the activities of the institutions will be supported. 828. Efforts to facilitate and liberalize trade in the Islamic world and in our close vici- 829.2. Efforts to increase the number of nity will be increased. members of the ECO Trade and Develop- ment Bank hosted by our country will be continued, and the human and institutional 828.1. Efforts to establish free trade agree- capacity of the Bank will be strengthened. ments with regional countries and regional blocs such as the Gulf Cooperation Coun- 829.3. Efforts towards institutionalization cil, including provisions on trade in servi- of the ECO Educational Institute in Ankara ces and investments will be maintained. will be increased. 828.2. Initiatives will continue for the imp- 829.4. Strategies will be developed in order lementation of the Developing-8 Countries to get the maximum benefit from the acti- (D-8) Preferential Trade Agreement by all vities carried out within the scope of BSEC Contracting Parties. Necessary initiatives and D-8. will be taken before the member countries in order to activate regional trade agree- 830. Bilateral and multilateral relations, ments such as Trade Preferential System which our country is conducting more and among the Member States of the OIC (TPS- more intensively with Islamic countries, OIC) and Economic Cooperation Orga- will be ensured to reach to a stronger scien- nization (ECO) Trade Agreement and the tific base.

208 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

830.1. Research centers for the Islamic intained resolutely and taking a position in world will be established within the univer- line with the interests of our country during sities. the Brexit process will be ensured.

830.2. Academic studies that will contri- 833.1. Considering the harmonization bute to the relations of our country with Is- process with the EU acquis, the National lamic countries in the fields of politics, eco- Action Plan for the EU Accession will be nomy, trade and culture will be encouraged. updated.

831. Political, economic, cultural, social 833.2. In accordance with the agreement and scientific cooperation with the Turkic reached in Turkey-EU Summits, activi- world will be developed. ties will be carried out in key areas such as strengthening cooperation on critical the- 831.1. The contribution made to the coo- matic issues, in particular the High Level peration efforts of the intergovernmental Political Dialogue, expediting the process organizations such as the Turkic Council of Visa Liberalization Dialogue, burden and Türksoy will be increased and sustai- sharing in migration management, upda- ned. ting the Customs Union. 833.3. Considering our national priorities, 832. Our country's political, economic, administrative and financial measures will social, cultural and scientific cooperation be taken by all relevant institutions to en- activities with Asia-Pacific, Africa, South sure the efficient and effective use of the fi- Asia, Latin America and Caribbean count- nancial assistance provided to our country ries will be deepened. within the framework of the EU accession process. 832.1. The Third Summit of Turkey-Africa Partnership will be held and efforts to fol- 833.4. Common policies and cooperation low the decisions taken will be increased. activities between Turkey and the EU on strategic issues, particularly in defense, se- 832.2. Regional mechanisms, in particular curity, counterterrorism and irregular mig- the UN Economic Commission for Latin ration will be developed in bilateral level or America and the Caribbean, will be used to multilateral platforms. enhance cooperation. 833.5. By closely following Brexit process 832.3. Our efforts to be effective in the UN carried out by the EU and United Kingdom, Asia Pacific Economic and Social Commis- legal, political and diplomatic initiatives sion, in particular in its decision-making will be made before the parties in order to mechanisms, will be increased. protect Turkey's rights, including the Cus- toms Union, arising from the Partnership 833. Efforts to expedite the accession ne- with the EU. gotiations for EU membership, as Turkey's strategic goal, and develop a common po- 834. Constructive cooperation with the licy and activities with the EU will be ma- UN, the Council of Europe, the human ri-

209 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

ghts mechanisms at the Organization for 836.2. International initiatives will be in- Security and Co-operation in Europe and tensified and processes for establishing le- the European Court of Human Rights will gal infrastructure will be facilitated for the be maintained and an active role will be as- purpose of hosting UN agencies especially sumed in decisions taken. operating in the field of development.

834.1. Activities will be observed by fol- 836.3. Efforts will be carried on for impro- lowing up the issues on the agenda of inter- ving global economic governance and close national mechanisms related to human ri- cooperation and coordination with count- ghts and our contribution will be provided ries in these platforms will be ensured. to these activities within the framework of our national policy, and rights and interests 836.4. Efforts to keep the problems faced of our country. by countries graduated from LDC status on the agenda will be supported within the 2.5.2.6.3. Increasing Contribution context of İstanbul Plan of Action. and Visibility of Turkey in Global Development Agenda 836.5. Common concerns of Islamic world as Quds Al-Sharif will be pursued in the a. Objective presence of UN and other international institutions. 835. The ainm objective is to make our country play an active role in solving global 837. Strategies and programs will be deve- problems, mainly in bringing the problems loped to improve relations with emerging of developing countries to the global agen- economies, which transforms global eco- da and resolving these problems. nomic system significantly. b. Policies and Measures 837.1. Country strategies will be prepared for emerging countries which may become 836. To enable that international platfor- economically and commercially priority in ms such as UN, G20 and OECD to produce the coming term. effective solutions concerning problems in global agenda, initiatives will be taken in 838. Medium and long-term strategies will these platforms. Our country will be pro- be prepared to make Turkish higher educa- vided to host to regional offices of inter- tion center of attraction for countries where national organizations and in this regard our international cooperation is well-built. bilateral and multilateral cooperation mechanisms will be utilized more actively. 838.1. Placing students in the undergraduate and graduate programs in Turkey will 836.1. Efforts will be intensified in brin- be performed by identifying the needs of ging developing countries' development the countries prioritized in the field of de- problems into the agenda of international velopment cooperation. platforms especially UN, G20 and OECD.

210 OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PLAN

838.2. A special program will be develo- context instant information flow will be ped under Turkey Scholarships, qualified provided to decision makers. workforce will be identified and obtaining work permit in Turkey will be facilitated for 839.5. Within the scope of fighting against selected students. black propaganda, efforts will be made to inform public correctly and qualified publi- 839. To increase international visibility and cations for international society will be en- strengthen the image of Turkey, public and couraged in this respect. culture diplomacy activities will be intensified, thesis put forward by our Nation and 839.6. Within the scope of promotion of national policy choices will be conveyed to Turkish culture, launching Turkish langu- the national and international arena effecti- age and literature undergraduate programs vely via strategic communication. in selected countries will be supported.

839.1. Strategy of National Public Diplo- 840. The capacity to deal with urgencies of macy will be prepared and within this con- the countries experiencing crisis or trans- text public diplomacy activities will be con- formation will be increased. ducted with a holistic view in coordination with public institutions and organizations. 840.1. Emergency and Humanitarian Aid will be continued to the countries experien- 839.2. Public policy activities carried out cing crisis or transformation and capacity by traditional and new media tools; will be development programs will be implemen- continued by events like seminar, conferen- ted on these matters with these countries. ce and forum which can influence public opinion, international organizations which 841. International efforts aimed at finan- contribute promotion of Turkey will be at- cing development and increasing the role tended, and effectiveness of these activities of private sector in development will be ac- will be increased by enlarging digital diplo- tively supported. macy channels. 841.1. Institutional and legal infrastructu- 839.3. International cooperation will be re to attract more impact investment, Isla- developed with institutions and organiza- mic finance and socially responsible finan- tions, universities, NGOs and people that ce resources into Turkey will be established, are influent on international public opinion efforts in international platforms in this and within this framework researches and respect will be actively supported. projects will be carried out devoted to promotion of Turkey. 841.2. Increase of public-private partnerships will be supported for necessary legal 839.4. All positive and negative propa- and financial ground to support entrepre- ganda activities concerning Turkey will be neurs which produce innovative and te- closely monitored, evaluated and in this ch-based solutions to development problems.

211 ELEVENTH DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2019-2023

2.5.2.7. Sustainable Development be established for the follow-up and review Goals of SDGs. a. Objective 844.1. In order to ensure the follow-up and review and the coordination of SDG 842. The main objective is to reflect the implementation at national level, the Natio- Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) in nal Sustainable Development Coordination line with our priorities and to establish an Board will be established under the Presi- effective follow-up and review mechanism. dency of Strategy and Budget in a flexible structure for the participation of represen- b. Policies and Measures tatives of local administrations, academia, private sector and NGOs in addition to re- 843. SDGs will be reflected in sectoral and lated public institutions. thematic policy documents in line with national priorities and conditions. 845. In line with the developments of global SDG indicator set, the scope of the na- 843.1. Alignment with the SDGs will be tional indicator set will be expanded in line considered in the preparation of institutio- with the priorities. nal strategic plans and sectoral and thematic policy documents. 845.1. National sustainable development goals monitoring and evaluation system 844. A well-functioning and participatory will be established. institutional coordination mechanism will

212